User login
Prevalence of the Use of PIVCs
Peripheral intravenous catheters (PIVCs) are ubiquitous devices that can have serious complications including bloodstream infections.[1] The annual use of PIVCs in North America has been reported to be in excess of 330 million. The estimated number of PIVCs used across greater Europe or other regions of the world is largely unknown, although estimates from global device sales have been reported to be approximately 1.2 billion.[1, 2]
Robust data on the prevalence of PIVCs and their associated management and infection prevention practices remain poor in Western countries; even more concerning is that PIVC data in developing nations remain relatively unknown.[3] Healthcare‐associated infection rates are significantly higher in developing nations, where the lack of resources and staff training can contribute to poor PIVC insertion and management.[4, 5]
There are currently scant data on PIVC management practices across different regions of the world. Localized complication rates such as phlebitis and infiltration are an under‐reported problem, yet are known to be a contributing factor for PIVC failure that leads to premature cessation of intravenous (IV) therapy, device removal, and the requirement for resiting of a new PIVC. Such failure can lead to delays in IV therapy, increased length of hospital stay, and cost.[6] Importantly, it can also lead to patient‐reported anxiety and pain. This lack of information has made it difficult to identify contributing factors for PIVC failure that may include inserter characteristics, patient‐related factors, and anatomical placement as well as healthcare facility adherence to international best practice and infection prevention guidelines.[6, 7]
The aim of this study was to undertake a multicenter, international study to assess the prevalence of PIVCs across different countries, to review population and PIVC characteristics from different regions of the world, and ascertain whether a larger study would provide beneficial data. The data of interest for this study included: (1) prevalence of PIVC use, (2) patient and PIVC characteristics, (3) prevalence of localized symptoms such as phlebitis, and (4) PIVC securement and dressing practices.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Study Design and Participants
Participating hospitals were sourced through the authors international networks and specialist organizations in vascular access (such as the Association for Vascular Access in the United States and the World Congress in Vascular Access in Europe). A convenience sampling method was used for this point prevalence study. Participating sites were instructed to choose inpatient wards with medical or surgical patients and were asked to collect data on as many patients as possible with a PIVC in place on a given day. This method of patient recruitment was used due to the nature of the collaboration with participating sites; workload constraints dictated final sample numbers, as no funding was available. Sampling of general medical or surgical patients was expected to yield the greatest number of PIVCs compared to higher acuity areas.
The study was approved by the Human Research Ethics Committee of Griffith University (Queensland, Australia), with each participating organization required to comply with local ethical and regulatory requirements prior to participation. For the purpose of the study, only adult patients were screened, and all were required to give verbal or written informed consent prior to assessment of the PIVC.
A site questionnaire identified organizational characteristics regarding resource allocation and clinician training for insertion and management of PIVCs. The patient case report form (CRF) elicited information on patient demographics, characteristics of the PIVC, site assessment, and dressing and securement assessment. The CRF provided standardized assessment criteria. The Strengthening the Reporting of Observational Studies in Epidemiology guidelines for cross‐sectional studies were followed, and results are presented following these recommendations.
Statistical Analysis
Statistical software (SAS version 9.1; SAS Institute, Inc., Cary, NC) was used with results stratified into individual countries and regions. Proportions were used (with total number of PIVCs as the denominator) to present the data on PIVC characteristics. Data describing the prevalence of PIVC by country used individual country totals for derivation of a denominator.
RESULTS
Prevalence of PIVC Use
Fourteen sites in 13 countries contributed to this study (including 2 sites in the United States). The regions of Oceania, North and South America, Europe, and Asia were all represented. A total of 479 patients across all sites were screened for the presence of a PIVC. On the day of the study, the PIVC prevalence was 59% (n=281), with a range of 24% to 100%; only 1 patient across the entire cohort had more than 1 PIVC in place on the day of the study. The prevalence of patients with a vascular access device (VAD) other than a PIVC (eg, centrally or peripherally inserted central venous catheters) was 16% (n=76), and a quarter (n=122, 25%) of the patients screened had no VAD in place (Table 1).
Region/Country | PIVC, n (%) | Other VAD, n (%) | No IV, n (%) | Total Patients, n |
---|---|---|---|---|
| ||||
North America | ||||
Canada | 10 (48) | 11 (52) | 0 | 21 |
United States of America | 16 (64) | 9 (36) | 0 | 25 |
Latin America | ||||
Argentina | 50 (79) | 3 (5) | 10 (16) | 63 |
Western Europe | ||||
England | 23 (100) | 0 | 0 | 23 |
Greece | 5 (71) | 2 (29) | 0 | 7 |
Italy | 12 (34) | 9 (26) | 14 (40) | 35 |
Malta | 18 (78) | 0 | 5 (22) | 23 |
Scotland | 12 (100) | 0 | 0 | 12 |
Spain | 59 (83) | 3 (4) | 9 (13) | 71 |
Asia | ||||
China | 23 (24) | 24 (26) | 46 (50) | 93 |
India | 16 (73) | 2 (9) | 4 (18) | 22 |
Oceania | ||||
Australia | 18 (37) | 13 (26) | 18 (37) | 49 |
New Zealand | 19 (54) | 0 | 16 (46) | 35 |
The study sites in Spain and Argentina were among the countries that screened the largest number of patients and had a similar prevalence of PIVC use (83% and 79%, respectively, Table 1). The study site in China, which screened the highest number of patients overall (n=93), had the lowest PIVC prevalence at only 24%; this site also had the highest proportion of patients with no device at all (50%).
PIVC Characteristics
Overall, PIVC gauge preference was between 18 gauge and 22 gauge; this comprised 95% of all PIVCs in place across the regions. The forearm was the preferential choice for the regions of North America and Asia, with approximately half of PIVCs placed in this area. Notably, most PIVCs were inserted by nurses or specialty vascular access teams (Table 2), with medical practitioner insertions reported in only 2 regions (Western Europe and Oceania). Overall, most PIVCs were inserted in the general wards (91%). No PIVCs were found to have been inserted in the emergency room on the day of the study, although they could be represented in the unknown category.
Population Group* | Region | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
North America | Latin America | Western Europe | Asia | Oceania | Total | |
| ||||||
Total PIVCs, n (%) | 26 (9) | 50 (18) | 129 (46) | 39 (14) | 37 (13) | 281 (100) |
Age, mean (SD), y | 58 (16) | 51 (17) | 66 (19) | 51 (19) | 68 (17) | 59 (18) |
Total men, n (%) | 11 (42) | 26 (52) | 72 (56) | 19 (49) | 25 (68) | 154 (55) |
Hospital category, n (%) | ||||||
Medical | 23 (89) | 19 (38) | 96 (74) | 28 (72) | 13 (35) | 179 (63) |
Surgical | 0 | 23 (46) | 30 (23) | 3 (8) | 16 (43) | 72 (26) |
Oncology | 0 | 0 | 3 (2) | 8 (20) | 8 (22) | 19 (7) |
Intensive/coronary care | 3 (11) | 8 (16) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 11 (4) |
PIVC inserted by, n (%) | ||||||
Specialist team | 14 (54) | 8 (16) | 19 (15) | 0 | 27 (72) | 68 (24) |
Nurse | 12 (47) | 42 (84) | 88 (68) | 39 (100.0) | 2 (5.0) | 183 (65) |
Doctor | 0 | 0 | 22 (17) | 0 | 7 (19) | 29 (10) |
Technician | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 (3) | 1 (1) |
Where PIVC was inserted, n (%) | ||||||
Ward | 22 (85) | 42 (84) | 124 (96) | 39 (100.0) | 28 (76) | 255 (91) |
Intensive/coronary care | 3 (12) | 8 (16) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 11 (4) |
Unknown | 1 (4) | 0 | 5 (4) | 0 | 9 (24) | 15 (5) |
Current IV fluid orders, n (%) | ||||||
Yes | 10 (38) | 27 (54) | 62 (48) | 33 (85) | 14 (38) | 146 (52) |
Current IV meds orders, n (%) | ||||||
Yes | 22 (85) | 40 (80) | 93 (72) | 37 (95) | 16 (43) | 208 (74) |
No IV or meds order, n (%) | ||||||
Yes | 3 (12) | 6 (12) | 20 (16) | 1 (3) | 16 (43) | 46 (16) |
Dressing quality, n (%) | ||||||
Clean and intact | 25 (96) | 43 (86) | 98 (76) | 35 (90) | 25 (68) | 226 (80) |
Moist or soiled | 0 | 2 (4) | 17 (13) | 1 (2) | 3 (8) | 23 (8) |
Loose or lifting | 1 (4) | 5 (10) | 14 (11) | 3 (8) | 9 (24) | 32 (12) |
Symptoms of phlebitis, n (%) | ||||||
None | 25 (96) | 44 (88) | 114 (88) | 32 (82) | 36 (97) | 251 (89) |
Pain or tenderness | 0 | 3 (6) | 5 (4) | 0 | 0 | 8 (3) |
Redness | 0 | 0 | 7 (5) | 2 (5) | 0 | 9 (3) |
Swelling | 1 (4) | 3 (6) | 2 (2) | 1 (3) | 0 | 7 (3) |
Other | 0 | 0 | 1 (1) | 4 (10) | 1 (3) | 6 (2) |
There were disparate results across the regions for whether patients had a documented IV fluid order or IV medication order. The Asian region had the highest proportion of documented IV fluid and medication orders (85% and 95%, respectively) for patients with a PIVC. The lowest proportions of documented IV fluid and medication orders were from Oceania (38% and 43%, respectively). This region also had the highest number of PIVCs with neither IV nor medication order (43%). The overall study incidence of redundant PIVCs with no IV orders was 16%.
Most PIVC sites assessed had no symptoms of phlebitis; although every region had some patients with at least 1 sign (range: 3%12%). PIVC dressings were primarily clean and intact (n=226, 80%); however, the Oceania region had the highest proportion of dressings that were loose or lifting (24%). Dressing selection was homogenous in North America, Latin America, and Asia, where study sites exclusively used borderless transparent polyurethane dressings. A small proportion (9%) of patients in Western Europe had gauze and tape dressings.
Five of the 14 sites (36%) had a dedicated IV team, and most hospitals had dedicated PIVC insertion training for nursing staff (n=10, 71%). In contrast, only 43% (n=6) of sites provided PIVC insertion training for medical staff. Some facilities also used specially trained technicians to undertake cannulation (n=6, 43%). Most sites had policies for care and maintenance of PIVCs (n=12, 86%) and predominantly prescribed routine replacement of PIVCs every 72 to 96 hours (n=11, 83%). No sites exclusively prescribed leaving PIVCs in place until clinically indicated for removal, although some provided this as an option for certain patients.
DISCUSSION
This study has shown variation in the prevalence, characteristics, and management practices of PIVCs across sites from different regions of the world. Estimates for global PIVC prevalence in hospitalized patients vary widely from 30% to 80%.[8, 9, 10] The overall prevalence of PIVCs in this pilot study at 59% lay in the midrange of those reported in recent literature,[11] yet we found disproportionate PIVC prevalence between sites and regions. This heterogeneity could be explained by a number of factors including cohort acuity, clinician preference, and hospital guidelines. The generalizability of results from participating hospitals to their country is limited, because in most countries only a single institution participated.
Insertion of PIVCs was mainly by nurses, except in the Oceania region, where specialist teams and medical staff were the primary inserters. Of concern was the disparity in training provided by sites, with medical staff being less likely to receive instruction in how to prevent infection during this important procedure. A larger study would be needed to understand the effect on patient and infection outcomes of different inserter models and training provided.
A small proportion of patients from a site in Western Europe were observed to have gauze and tape as the PIVC dressing. The preference for gauze and tape is not common in developed nations, although recommended in clinical practice guidelines as an acceptable option.[12] There is currently no strong evidence to suggest that any 1 dressing or securement device to secure PIVCs is more effective than any other.[13] Nearly a quarter of PIVCs were loose or lifting from the Oceania region, this is of concern as interrupted dressings have been shown to increase the risk of catheter failure and catheter‐related bloodstream infection.[14]
We found that 17% of PIVCs overall had no IV order for fluids or medication. This proportion of redundant catheters increases the burden of preventable intravascular infection.[15] The prevalence of unnecessary PIVCs was lowest in Asia and greatest in the Oceania region, where 43% had no documented IV orders.
We reported PIVC prevalence from only a small number of nonrepresentative international sites for the purpose of considering a larger prevalence study. Observed differences in PIVC care and management cannot be generalized to entire regions. We asked sites to focus on medicalsurgical wards, and as such some PIVCs in higher acuity areas were likely not included. A larger study will help to assess PIVC outcomes and contributing factors for any differences, and improve external validity.
Operational challenges also may have affected sample selection and size. This was an unfunded study undertaken by hospital investigators, with competing workload demands. Poor or slow internet connection at the bedside was reported by every participating site, and may have contributed to the small numbers of patients screened at some sites.
CONCLUSION
More than half of hospitalized patients screened internationally had a PIVC, and 1 in 4 patients had no VAD, with wide variability from country to country both in prevalence and practice. The data gained have provided valuable initial insights into the global variation in PIVC use and care, and confirm that a larger international study with multiple sites is warranted. In particular, it remains important to understand variations in PIVC use and whether country or regional trends increase the risk of infection.
Acknowledgements
The authors thank the following collaborators for assisting in the collection of the data for this pilot study: Argentina: Laura Alberto, Fabio Castel, Estela Farias, and Carlos Daz; Australia: Nicholas Mifflin and Timothy Spencer; Canada: Jocelyn Hill; China: Lili Jin; Greece: Evangelos Konstantinou and Theodoros Katsoulas; India: Gracy Joseph and Sojan Ipe; Italy: Giancarlo Scoppettuolo and Laura Dolcetti; Malta: Michael Borg and Elmira Tartari; New Zealand: Ruth Barratt; Scotland: Linda Kelly and Audrey Green; Spain: Sonia Casanova, Jos Luis Mic, and Vicenta Solaz; England: Sheila Inwood; United States: Julie Jefferson and Janette Whitley.
Disclosures
All authors have made substantial contributions to the study conception and design, acquisition of the data, and analysis and interpretation of the data. Each author has contributed to drafting and editing the manuscript and approved the final version for publishing as per the International Committee of Medical Journal Editors convention. The authors wish to declare they have received unrestricted investigator‐initiated research grants from Becton Dickinson (BD) and 3M. The investigators also received professional translation services for most languages that were funded by B. Braun. All funds have been made payable to Griffith University and not to researchers themselves. These funders played no role in the conception, design, execution, analysis or reporting of the study. BD, 3M, CareFusion, Smiths Medical, B Braun, Vygon, and Teleflex assisted in disseminating study information and assisting with translation of data forms where necessary. No commercial entity had any involvement in the design, execution and analysis, or reporting of the study. Evan Alexandrou has provided education services for CareFusion, Teleflex, Cook Medical, and 3M. Peter Carr is undertaking a PhD, which is partly funded by BD. He has received payment for educational lectures from CareFusion. Claire Rickard's department (Griffith University) has received investigator‐initiated, unrestricted research/educational grants from suppliers of vascular access device products including: 3M, BD, CareFusion, and Centurion. Claire Rickard has undertaken contract research or educational lectures for Bard, BBraun, BD, CareFusion, and Teleflex. Sheila Inwood is an employee of CareFusion. Leonard Mermel has received research funding from Theravance, Astellas Pharma, Marvao Medical, and CareFusion, and he has been a consultant for 3M, CareFusion, Catheter Connections, Fresenius Medical, Marvao Medical, Bard Access, and ICU Medical.
- Peripheral venous catheters: an under‐evaluated problem. Int J Antimicrob Agents. 2009;34:S38–S42. , .
- PR Newswire. Global peripheral I.V. catheter market 2014–2018. Available at: http://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/global-peripheral-iv-catheter-market-2014-2018-257019061.html. Accessed April 28, 2015.
- Burden of endemic health‐care‐associated infection in developing countries: systematic review and meta‐analysis. Lancet. 2011;377(9761):228–241. , , , et al.
- The attributable cost, length of hospital stay, and mortality of central line‐associated bloodstream infection in intensive care departments in Argentina: a prospective, matched analysis. Am J Infect Control. 2003;31(8):475–480. , , , .
- Health‐care‐associated infection in Africa: a systematic review. Bull World Health Organ. 2011;89(10):757–765. , , , , .
- Risk factors for PIV catheter failure: a multivariate analysis from a randomized control trial. InfectControl Hosp Epidemiol. 2014;35(1):63–68. , , , , , .
- Intravenous catheter complications in the hand and forearm. J Trauma. 2004;56(1):123–127. , .
- The Auckland City Hospital Device Point Prevalence Survey 2005: utilisation and infectious complications of intravascular and urinary devices. NZ Med J. 2007;120(1260):U2683. , , .
- Prospective surveillance of phlebitis associated with peripheral intravenous catheters. Am J Infect Control. 2006;34(5):308–312. , , , et al.
- Clinical epidemiology and outcomes of peripheral venous catheter‐related bloodstream infections at a university‐affiliated hospital. J Hosp Infect. 2007;67(1):22–29. , , , et al.
- Gauze and tape and transparent polyurethane dressings for central venous catheters. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2011;(11):CD003827. , , , , .
- Gauze and tape and transparent polyurethane dressings for central venous catheters. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2003;(4):CD003827. , , , , , .
- Central venous catheter dressings: a systematic review. J Adv Nurs. 2003;44(6):623–632. , , , , , .
- Dressing disruption is a major risk factor for catheter‐related infections. Crit Care Med. 2012;40(6):1707–1714. , , , et al.
- The idle intravenous catheter. Ann Intern Med. 1992;116(9):737–738. , , , .
Peripheral intravenous catheters (PIVCs) are ubiquitous devices that can have serious complications including bloodstream infections.[1] The annual use of PIVCs in North America has been reported to be in excess of 330 million. The estimated number of PIVCs used across greater Europe or other regions of the world is largely unknown, although estimates from global device sales have been reported to be approximately 1.2 billion.[1, 2]
Robust data on the prevalence of PIVCs and their associated management and infection prevention practices remain poor in Western countries; even more concerning is that PIVC data in developing nations remain relatively unknown.[3] Healthcare‐associated infection rates are significantly higher in developing nations, where the lack of resources and staff training can contribute to poor PIVC insertion and management.[4, 5]
There are currently scant data on PIVC management practices across different regions of the world. Localized complication rates such as phlebitis and infiltration are an under‐reported problem, yet are known to be a contributing factor for PIVC failure that leads to premature cessation of intravenous (IV) therapy, device removal, and the requirement for resiting of a new PIVC. Such failure can lead to delays in IV therapy, increased length of hospital stay, and cost.[6] Importantly, it can also lead to patient‐reported anxiety and pain. This lack of information has made it difficult to identify contributing factors for PIVC failure that may include inserter characteristics, patient‐related factors, and anatomical placement as well as healthcare facility adherence to international best practice and infection prevention guidelines.[6, 7]
The aim of this study was to undertake a multicenter, international study to assess the prevalence of PIVCs across different countries, to review population and PIVC characteristics from different regions of the world, and ascertain whether a larger study would provide beneficial data. The data of interest for this study included: (1) prevalence of PIVC use, (2) patient and PIVC characteristics, (3) prevalence of localized symptoms such as phlebitis, and (4) PIVC securement and dressing practices.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Study Design and Participants
Participating hospitals were sourced through the authors international networks and specialist organizations in vascular access (such as the Association for Vascular Access in the United States and the World Congress in Vascular Access in Europe). A convenience sampling method was used for this point prevalence study. Participating sites were instructed to choose inpatient wards with medical or surgical patients and were asked to collect data on as many patients as possible with a PIVC in place on a given day. This method of patient recruitment was used due to the nature of the collaboration with participating sites; workload constraints dictated final sample numbers, as no funding was available. Sampling of general medical or surgical patients was expected to yield the greatest number of PIVCs compared to higher acuity areas.
The study was approved by the Human Research Ethics Committee of Griffith University (Queensland, Australia), with each participating organization required to comply with local ethical and regulatory requirements prior to participation. For the purpose of the study, only adult patients were screened, and all were required to give verbal or written informed consent prior to assessment of the PIVC.
A site questionnaire identified organizational characteristics regarding resource allocation and clinician training for insertion and management of PIVCs. The patient case report form (CRF) elicited information on patient demographics, characteristics of the PIVC, site assessment, and dressing and securement assessment. The CRF provided standardized assessment criteria. The Strengthening the Reporting of Observational Studies in Epidemiology guidelines for cross‐sectional studies were followed, and results are presented following these recommendations.
Statistical Analysis
Statistical software (SAS version 9.1; SAS Institute, Inc., Cary, NC) was used with results stratified into individual countries and regions. Proportions were used (with total number of PIVCs as the denominator) to present the data on PIVC characteristics. Data describing the prevalence of PIVC by country used individual country totals for derivation of a denominator.
RESULTS
Prevalence of PIVC Use
Fourteen sites in 13 countries contributed to this study (including 2 sites in the United States). The regions of Oceania, North and South America, Europe, and Asia were all represented. A total of 479 patients across all sites were screened for the presence of a PIVC. On the day of the study, the PIVC prevalence was 59% (n=281), with a range of 24% to 100%; only 1 patient across the entire cohort had more than 1 PIVC in place on the day of the study. The prevalence of patients with a vascular access device (VAD) other than a PIVC (eg, centrally or peripherally inserted central venous catheters) was 16% (n=76), and a quarter (n=122, 25%) of the patients screened had no VAD in place (Table 1).
Region/Country | PIVC, n (%) | Other VAD, n (%) | No IV, n (%) | Total Patients, n |
---|---|---|---|---|
| ||||
North America | ||||
Canada | 10 (48) | 11 (52) | 0 | 21 |
United States of America | 16 (64) | 9 (36) | 0 | 25 |
Latin America | ||||
Argentina | 50 (79) | 3 (5) | 10 (16) | 63 |
Western Europe | ||||
England | 23 (100) | 0 | 0 | 23 |
Greece | 5 (71) | 2 (29) | 0 | 7 |
Italy | 12 (34) | 9 (26) | 14 (40) | 35 |
Malta | 18 (78) | 0 | 5 (22) | 23 |
Scotland | 12 (100) | 0 | 0 | 12 |
Spain | 59 (83) | 3 (4) | 9 (13) | 71 |
Asia | ||||
China | 23 (24) | 24 (26) | 46 (50) | 93 |
India | 16 (73) | 2 (9) | 4 (18) | 22 |
Oceania | ||||
Australia | 18 (37) | 13 (26) | 18 (37) | 49 |
New Zealand | 19 (54) | 0 | 16 (46) | 35 |
The study sites in Spain and Argentina were among the countries that screened the largest number of patients and had a similar prevalence of PIVC use (83% and 79%, respectively, Table 1). The study site in China, which screened the highest number of patients overall (n=93), had the lowest PIVC prevalence at only 24%; this site also had the highest proportion of patients with no device at all (50%).
PIVC Characteristics
Overall, PIVC gauge preference was between 18 gauge and 22 gauge; this comprised 95% of all PIVCs in place across the regions. The forearm was the preferential choice for the regions of North America and Asia, with approximately half of PIVCs placed in this area. Notably, most PIVCs were inserted by nurses or specialty vascular access teams (Table 2), with medical practitioner insertions reported in only 2 regions (Western Europe and Oceania). Overall, most PIVCs were inserted in the general wards (91%). No PIVCs were found to have been inserted in the emergency room on the day of the study, although they could be represented in the unknown category.
Population Group* | Region | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
North America | Latin America | Western Europe | Asia | Oceania | Total | |
| ||||||
Total PIVCs, n (%) | 26 (9) | 50 (18) | 129 (46) | 39 (14) | 37 (13) | 281 (100) |
Age, mean (SD), y | 58 (16) | 51 (17) | 66 (19) | 51 (19) | 68 (17) | 59 (18) |
Total men, n (%) | 11 (42) | 26 (52) | 72 (56) | 19 (49) | 25 (68) | 154 (55) |
Hospital category, n (%) | ||||||
Medical | 23 (89) | 19 (38) | 96 (74) | 28 (72) | 13 (35) | 179 (63) |
Surgical | 0 | 23 (46) | 30 (23) | 3 (8) | 16 (43) | 72 (26) |
Oncology | 0 | 0 | 3 (2) | 8 (20) | 8 (22) | 19 (7) |
Intensive/coronary care | 3 (11) | 8 (16) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 11 (4) |
PIVC inserted by, n (%) | ||||||
Specialist team | 14 (54) | 8 (16) | 19 (15) | 0 | 27 (72) | 68 (24) |
Nurse | 12 (47) | 42 (84) | 88 (68) | 39 (100.0) | 2 (5.0) | 183 (65) |
Doctor | 0 | 0 | 22 (17) | 0 | 7 (19) | 29 (10) |
Technician | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 (3) | 1 (1) |
Where PIVC was inserted, n (%) | ||||||
Ward | 22 (85) | 42 (84) | 124 (96) | 39 (100.0) | 28 (76) | 255 (91) |
Intensive/coronary care | 3 (12) | 8 (16) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 11 (4) |
Unknown | 1 (4) | 0 | 5 (4) | 0 | 9 (24) | 15 (5) |
Current IV fluid orders, n (%) | ||||||
Yes | 10 (38) | 27 (54) | 62 (48) | 33 (85) | 14 (38) | 146 (52) |
Current IV meds orders, n (%) | ||||||
Yes | 22 (85) | 40 (80) | 93 (72) | 37 (95) | 16 (43) | 208 (74) |
No IV or meds order, n (%) | ||||||
Yes | 3 (12) | 6 (12) | 20 (16) | 1 (3) | 16 (43) | 46 (16) |
Dressing quality, n (%) | ||||||
Clean and intact | 25 (96) | 43 (86) | 98 (76) | 35 (90) | 25 (68) | 226 (80) |
Moist or soiled | 0 | 2 (4) | 17 (13) | 1 (2) | 3 (8) | 23 (8) |
Loose or lifting | 1 (4) | 5 (10) | 14 (11) | 3 (8) | 9 (24) | 32 (12) |
Symptoms of phlebitis, n (%) | ||||||
None | 25 (96) | 44 (88) | 114 (88) | 32 (82) | 36 (97) | 251 (89) |
Pain or tenderness | 0 | 3 (6) | 5 (4) | 0 | 0 | 8 (3) |
Redness | 0 | 0 | 7 (5) | 2 (5) | 0 | 9 (3) |
Swelling | 1 (4) | 3 (6) | 2 (2) | 1 (3) | 0 | 7 (3) |
Other | 0 | 0 | 1 (1) | 4 (10) | 1 (3) | 6 (2) |
There were disparate results across the regions for whether patients had a documented IV fluid order or IV medication order. The Asian region had the highest proportion of documented IV fluid and medication orders (85% and 95%, respectively) for patients with a PIVC. The lowest proportions of documented IV fluid and medication orders were from Oceania (38% and 43%, respectively). This region also had the highest number of PIVCs with neither IV nor medication order (43%). The overall study incidence of redundant PIVCs with no IV orders was 16%.
Most PIVC sites assessed had no symptoms of phlebitis; although every region had some patients with at least 1 sign (range: 3%12%). PIVC dressings were primarily clean and intact (n=226, 80%); however, the Oceania region had the highest proportion of dressings that were loose or lifting (24%). Dressing selection was homogenous in North America, Latin America, and Asia, where study sites exclusively used borderless transparent polyurethane dressings. A small proportion (9%) of patients in Western Europe had gauze and tape dressings.
Five of the 14 sites (36%) had a dedicated IV team, and most hospitals had dedicated PIVC insertion training for nursing staff (n=10, 71%). In contrast, only 43% (n=6) of sites provided PIVC insertion training for medical staff. Some facilities also used specially trained technicians to undertake cannulation (n=6, 43%). Most sites had policies for care and maintenance of PIVCs (n=12, 86%) and predominantly prescribed routine replacement of PIVCs every 72 to 96 hours (n=11, 83%). No sites exclusively prescribed leaving PIVCs in place until clinically indicated for removal, although some provided this as an option for certain patients.
DISCUSSION
This study has shown variation in the prevalence, characteristics, and management practices of PIVCs across sites from different regions of the world. Estimates for global PIVC prevalence in hospitalized patients vary widely from 30% to 80%.[8, 9, 10] The overall prevalence of PIVCs in this pilot study at 59% lay in the midrange of those reported in recent literature,[11] yet we found disproportionate PIVC prevalence between sites and regions. This heterogeneity could be explained by a number of factors including cohort acuity, clinician preference, and hospital guidelines. The generalizability of results from participating hospitals to their country is limited, because in most countries only a single institution participated.
Insertion of PIVCs was mainly by nurses, except in the Oceania region, where specialist teams and medical staff were the primary inserters. Of concern was the disparity in training provided by sites, with medical staff being less likely to receive instruction in how to prevent infection during this important procedure. A larger study would be needed to understand the effect on patient and infection outcomes of different inserter models and training provided.
A small proportion of patients from a site in Western Europe were observed to have gauze and tape as the PIVC dressing. The preference for gauze and tape is not common in developed nations, although recommended in clinical practice guidelines as an acceptable option.[12] There is currently no strong evidence to suggest that any 1 dressing or securement device to secure PIVCs is more effective than any other.[13] Nearly a quarter of PIVCs were loose or lifting from the Oceania region, this is of concern as interrupted dressings have been shown to increase the risk of catheter failure and catheter‐related bloodstream infection.[14]
We found that 17% of PIVCs overall had no IV order for fluids or medication. This proportion of redundant catheters increases the burden of preventable intravascular infection.[15] The prevalence of unnecessary PIVCs was lowest in Asia and greatest in the Oceania region, where 43% had no documented IV orders.
We reported PIVC prevalence from only a small number of nonrepresentative international sites for the purpose of considering a larger prevalence study. Observed differences in PIVC care and management cannot be generalized to entire regions. We asked sites to focus on medicalsurgical wards, and as such some PIVCs in higher acuity areas were likely not included. A larger study will help to assess PIVC outcomes and contributing factors for any differences, and improve external validity.
Operational challenges also may have affected sample selection and size. This was an unfunded study undertaken by hospital investigators, with competing workload demands. Poor or slow internet connection at the bedside was reported by every participating site, and may have contributed to the small numbers of patients screened at some sites.
CONCLUSION
More than half of hospitalized patients screened internationally had a PIVC, and 1 in 4 patients had no VAD, with wide variability from country to country both in prevalence and practice. The data gained have provided valuable initial insights into the global variation in PIVC use and care, and confirm that a larger international study with multiple sites is warranted. In particular, it remains important to understand variations in PIVC use and whether country or regional trends increase the risk of infection.
Acknowledgements
The authors thank the following collaborators for assisting in the collection of the data for this pilot study: Argentina: Laura Alberto, Fabio Castel, Estela Farias, and Carlos Daz; Australia: Nicholas Mifflin and Timothy Spencer; Canada: Jocelyn Hill; China: Lili Jin; Greece: Evangelos Konstantinou and Theodoros Katsoulas; India: Gracy Joseph and Sojan Ipe; Italy: Giancarlo Scoppettuolo and Laura Dolcetti; Malta: Michael Borg and Elmira Tartari; New Zealand: Ruth Barratt; Scotland: Linda Kelly and Audrey Green; Spain: Sonia Casanova, Jos Luis Mic, and Vicenta Solaz; England: Sheila Inwood; United States: Julie Jefferson and Janette Whitley.
Disclosures
All authors have made substantial contributions to the study conception and design, acquisition of the data, and analysis and interpretation of the data. Each author has contributed to drafting and editing the manuscript and approved the final version for publishing as per the International Committee of Medical Journal Editors convention. The authors wish to declare they have received unrestricted investigator‐initiated research grants from Becton Dickinson (BD) and 3M. The investigators also received professional translation services for most languages that were funded by B. Braun. All funds have been made payable to Griffith University and not to researchers themselves. These funders played no role in the conception, design, execution, analysis or reporting of the study. BD, 3M, CareFusion, Smiths Medical, B Braun, Vygon, and Teleflex assisted in disseminating study information and assisting with translation of data forms where necessary. No commercial entity had any involvement in the design, execution and analysis, or reporting of the study. Evan Alexandrou has provided education services for CareFusion, Teleflex, Cook Medical, and 3M. Peter Carr is undertaking a PhD, which is partly funded by BD. He has received payment for educational lectures from CareFusion. Claire Rickard's department (Griffith University) has received investigator‐initiated, unrestricted research/educational grants from suppliers of vascular access device products including: 3M, BD, CareFusion, and Centurion. Claire Rickard has undertaken contract research or educational lectures for Bard, BBraun, BD, CareFusion, and Teleflex. Sheila Inwood is an employee of CareFusion. Leonard Mermel has received research funding from Theravance, Astellas Pharma, Marvao Medical, and CareFusion, and he has been a consultant for 3M, CareFusion, Catheter Connections, Fresenius Medical, Marvao Medical, Bard Access, and ICU Medical.
Peripheral intravenous catheters (PIVCs) are ubiquitous devices that can have serious complications including bloodstream infections.[1] The annual use of PIVCs in North America has been reported to be in excess of 330 million. The estimated number of PIVCs used across greater Europe or other regions of the world is largely unknown, although estimates from global device sales have been reported to be approximately 1.2 billion.[1, 2]
Robust data on the prevalence of PIVCs and their associated management and infection prevention practices remain poor in Western countries; even more concerning is that PIVC data in developing nations remain relatively unknown.[3] Healthcare‐associated infection rates are significantly higher in developing nations, where the lack of resources and staff training can contribute to poor PIVC insertion and management.[4, 5]
There are currently scant data on PIVC management practices across different regions of the world. Localized complication rates such as phlebitis and infiltration are an under‐reported problem, yet are known to be a contributing factor for PIVC failure that leads to premature cessation of intravenous (IV) therapy, device removal, and the requirement for resiting of a new PIVC. Such failure can lead to delays in IV therapy, increased length of hospital stay, and cost.[6] Importantly, it can also lead to patient‐reported anxiety and pain. This lack of information has made it difficult to identify contributing factors for PIVC failure that may include inserter characteristics, patient‐related factors, and anatomical placement as well as healthcare facility adherence to international best practice and infection prevention guidelines.[6, 7]
The aim of this study was to undertake a multicenter, international study to assess the prevalence of PIVCs across different countries, to review population and PIVC characteristics from different regions of the world, and ascertain whether a larger study would provide beneficial data. The data of interest for this study included: (1) prevalence of PIVC use, (2) patient and PIVC characteristics, (3) prevalence of localized symptoms such as phlebitis, and (4) PIVC securement and dressing practices.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Study Design and Participants
Participating hospitals were sourced through the authors international networks and specialist organizations in vascular access (such as the Association for Vascular Access in the United States and the World Congress in Vascular Access in Europe). A convenience sampling method was used for this point prevalence study. Participating sites were instructed to choose inpatient wards with medical or surgical patients and were asked to collect data on as many patients as possible with a PIVC in place on a given day. This method of patient recruitment was used due to the nature of the collaboration with participating sites; workload constraints dictated final sample numbers, as no funding was available. Sampling of general medical or surgical patients was expected to yield the greatest number of PIVCs compared to higher acuity areas.
The study was approved by the Human Research Ethics Committee of Griffith University (Queensland, Australia), with each participating organization required to comply with local ethical and regulatory requirements prior to participation. For the purpose of the study, only adult patients were screened, and all were required to give verbal or written informed consent prior to assessment of the PIVC.
A site questionnaire identified organizational characteristics regarding resource allocation and clinician training for insertion and management of PIVCs. The patient case report form (CRF) elicited information on patient demographics, characteristics of the PIVC, site assessment, and dressing and securement assessment. The CRF provided standardized assessment criteria. The Strengthening the Reporting of Observational Studies in Epidemiology guidelines for cross‐sectional studies were followed, and results are presented following these recommendations.
Statistical Analysis
Statistical software (SAS version 9.1; SAS Institute, Inc., Cary, NC) was used with results stratified into individual countries and regions. Proportions were used (with total number of PIVCs as the denominator) to present the data on PIVC characteristics. Data describing the prevalence of PIVC by country used individual country totals for derivation of a denominator.
RESULTS
Prevalence of PIVC Use
Fourteen sites in 13 countries contributed to this study (including 2 sites in the United States). The regions of Oceania, North and South America, Europe, and Asia were all represented. A total of 479 patients across all sites were screened for the presence of a PIVC. On the day of the study, the PIVC prevalence was 59% (n=281), with a range of 24% to 100%; only 1 patient across the entire cohort had more than 1 PIVC in place on the day of the study. The prevalence of patients with a vascular access device (VAD) other than a PIVC (eg, centrally or peripherally inserted central venous catheters) was 16% (n=76), and a quarter (n=122, 25%) of the patients screened had no VAD in place (Table 1).
Region/Country | PIVC, n (%) | Other VAD, n (%) | No IV, n (%) | Total Patients, n |
---|---|---|---|---|
| ||||
North America | ||||
Canada | 10 (48) | 11 (52) | 0 | 21 |
United States of America | 16 (64) | 9 (36) | 0 | 25 |
Latin America | ||||
Argentina | 50 (79) | 3 (5) | 10 (16) | 63 |
Western Europe | ||||
England | 23 (100) | 0 | 0 | 23 |
Greece | 5 (71) | 2 (29) | 0 | 7 |
Italy | 12 (34) | 9 (26) | 14 (40) | 35 |
Malta | 18 (78) | 0 | 5 (22) | 23 |
Scotland | 12 (100) | 0 | 0 | 12 |
Spain | 59 (83) | 3 (4) | 9 (13) | 71 |
Asia | ||||
China | 23 (24) | 24 (26) | 46 (50) | 93 |
India | 16 (73) | 2 (9) | 4 (18) | 22 |
Oceania | ||||
Australia | 18 (37) | 13 (26) | 18 (37) | 49 |
New Zealand | 19 (54) | 0 | 16 (46) | 35 |
The study sites in Spain and Argentina were among the countries that screened the largest number of patients and had a similar prevalence of PIVC use (83% and 79%, respectively, Table 1). The study site in China, which screened the highest number of patients overall (n=93), had the lowest PIVC prevalence at only 24%; this site also had the highest proportion of patients with no device at all (50%).
PIVC Characteristics
Overall, PIVC gauge preference was between 18 gauge and 22 gauge; this comprised 95% of all PIVCs in place across the regions. The forearm was the preferential choice for the regions of North America and Asia, with approximately half of PIVCs placed in this area. Notably, most PIVCs were inserted by nurses or specialty vascular access teams (Table 2), with medical practitioner insertions reported in only 2 regions (Western Europe and Oceania). Overall, most PIVCs were inserted in the general wards (91%). No PIVCs were found to have been inserted in the emergency room on the day of the study, although they could be represented in the unknown category.
Population Group* | Region | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
North America | Latin America | Western Europe | Asia | Oceania | Total | |
| ||||||
Total PIVCs, n (%) | 26 (9) | 50 (18) | 129 (46) | 39 (14) | 37 (13) | 281 (100) |
Age, mean (SD), y | 58 (16) | 51 (17) | 66 (19) | 51 (19) | 68 (17) | 59 (18) |
Total men, n (%) | 11 (42) | 26 (52) | 72 (56) | 19 (49) | 25 (68) | 154 (55) |
Hospital category, n (%) | ||||||
Medical | 23 (89) | 19 (38) | 96 (74) | 28 (72) | 13 (35) | 179 (63) |
Surgical | 0 | 23 (46) | 30 (23) | 3 (8) | 16 (43) | 72 (26) |
Oncology | 0 | 0 | 3 (2) | 8 (20) | 8 (22) | 19 (7) |
Intensive/coronary care | 3 (11) | 8 (16) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 11 (4) |
PIVC inserted by, n (%) | ||||||
Specialist team | 14 (54) | 8 (16) | 19 (15) | 0 | 27 (72) | 68 (24) |
Nurse | 12 (47) | 42 (84) | 88 (68) | 39 (100.0) | 2 (5.0) | 183 (65) |
Doctor | 0 | 0 | 22 (17) | 0 | 7 (19) | 29 (10) |
Technician | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 (3) | 1 (1) |
Where PIVC was inserted, n (%) | ||||||
Ward | 22 (85) | 42 (84) | 124 (96) | 39 (100.0) | 28 (76) | 255 (91) |
Intensive/coronary care | 3 (12) | 8 (16) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 11 (4) |
Unknown | 1 (4) | 0 | 5 (4) | 0 | 9 (24) | 15 (5) |
Current IV fluid orders, n (%) | ||||||
Yes | 10 (38) | 27 (54) | 62 (48) | 33 (85) | 14 (38) | 146 (52) |
Current IV meds orders, n (%) | ||||||
Yes | 22 (85) | 40 (80) | 93 (72) | 37 (95) | 16 (43) | 208 (74) |
No IV or meds order, n (%) | ||||||
Yes | 3 (12) | 6 (12) | 20 (16) | 1 (3) | 16 (43) | 46 (16) |
Dressing quality, n (%) | ||||||
Clean and intact | 25 (96) | 43 (86) | 98 (76) | 35 (90) | 25 (68) | 226 (80) |
Moist or soiled | 0 | 2 (4) | 17 (13) | 1 (2) | 3 (8) | 23 (8) |
Loose or lifting | 1 (4) | 5 (10) | 14 (11) | 3 (8) | 9 (24) | 32 (12) |
Symptoms of phlebitis, n (%) | ||||||
None | 25 (96) | 44 (88) | 114 (88) | 32 (82) | 36 (97) | 251 (89) |
Pain or tenderness | 0 | 3 (6) | 5 (4) | 0 | 0 | 8 (3) |
Redness | 0 | 0 | 7 (5) | 2 (5) | 0 | 9 (3) |
Swelling | 1 (4) | 3 (6) | 2 (2) | 1 (3) | 0 | 7 (3) |
Other | 0 | 0 | 1 (1) | 4 (10) | 1 (3) | 6 (2) |
There were disparate results across the regions for whether patients had a documented IV fluid order or IV medication order. The Asian region had the highest proportion of documented IV fluid and medication orders (85% and 95%, respectively) for patients with a PIVC. The lowest proportions of documented IV fluid and medication orders were from Oceania (38% and 43%, respectively). This region also had the highest number of PIVCs with neither IV nor medication order (43%). The overall study incidence of redundant PIVCs with no IV orders was 16%.
Most PIVC sites assessed had no symptoms of phlebitis; although every region had some patients with at least 1 sign (range: 3%12%). PIVC dressings were primarily clean and intact (n=226, 80%); however, the Oceania region had the highest proportion of dressings that were loose or lifting (24%). Dressing selection was homogenous in North America, Latin America, and Asia, where study sites exclusively used borderless transparent polyurethane dressings. A small proportion (9%) of patients in Western Europe had gauze and tape dressings.
Five of the 14 sites (36%) had a dedicated IV team, and most hospitals had dedicated PIVC insertion training for nursing staff (n=10, 71%). In contrast, only 43% (n=6) of sites provided PIVC insertion training for medical staff. Some facilities also used specially trained technicians to undertake cannulation (n=6, 43%). Most sites had policies for care and maintenance of PIVCs (n=12, 86%) and predominantly prescribed routine replacement of PIVCs every 72 to 96 hours (n=11, 83%). No sites exclusively prescribed leaving PIVCs in place until clinically indicated for removal, although some provided this as an option for certain patients.
DISCUSSION
This study has shown variation in the prevalence, characteristics, and management practices of PIVCs across sites from different regions of the world. Estimates for global PIVC prevalence in hospitalized patients vary widely from 30% to 80%.[8, 9, 10] The overall prevalence of PIVCs in this pilot study at 59% lay in the midrange of those reported in recent literature,[11] yet we found disproportionate PIVC prevalence between sites and regions. This heterogeneity could be explained by a number of factors including cohort acuity, clinician preference, and hospital guidelines. The generalizability of results from participating hospitals to their country is limited, because in most countries only a single institution participated.
Insertion of PIVCs was mainly by nurses, except in the Oceania region, where specialist teams and medical staff were the primary inserters. Of concern was the disparity in training provided by sites, with medical staff being less likely to receive instruction in how to prevent infection during this important procedure. A larger study would be needed to understand the effect on patient and infection outcomes of different inserter models and training provided.
A small proportion of patients from a site in Western Europe were observed to have gauze and tape as the PIVC dressing. The preference for gauze and tape is not common in developed nations, although recommended in clinical practice guidelines as an acceptable option.[12] There is currently no strong evidence to suggest that any 1 dressing or securement device to secure PIVCs is more effective than any other.[13] Nearly a quarter of PIVCs were loose or lifting from the Oceania region, this is of concern as interrupted dressings have been shown to increase the risk of catheter failure and catheter‐related bloodstream infection.[14]
We found that 17% of PIVCs overall had no IV order for fluids or medication. This proportion of redundant catheters increases the burden of preventable intravascular infection.[15] The prevalence of unnecessary PIVCs was lowest in Asia and greatest in the Oceania region, where 43% had no documented IV orders.
We reported PIVC prevalence from only a small number of nonrepresentative international sites for the purpose of considering a larger prevalence study. Observed differences in PIVC care and management cannot be generalized to entire regions. We asked sites to focus on medicalsurgical wards, and as such some PIVCs in higher acuity areas were likely not included. A larger study will help to assess PIVC outcomes and contributing factors for any differences, and improve external validity.
Operational challenges also may have affected sample selection and size. This was an unfunded study undertaken by hospital investigators, with competing workload demands. Poor or slow internet connection at the bedside was reported by every participating site, and may have contributed to the small numbers of patients screened at some sites.
CONCLUSION
More than half of hospitalized patients screened internationally had a PIVC, and 1 in 4 patients had no VAD, with wide variability from country to country both in prevalence and practice. The data gained have provided valuable initial insights into the global variation in PIVC use and care, and confirm that a larger international study with multiple sites is warranted. In particular, it remains important to understand variations in PIVC use and whether country or regional trends increase the risk of infection.
Acknowledgements
The authors thank the following collaborators for assisting in the collection of the data for this pilot study: Argentina: Laura Alberto, Fabio Castel, Estela Farias, and Carlos Daz; Australia: Nicholas Mifflin and Timothy Spencer; Canada: Jocelyn Hill; China: Lili Jin; Greece: Evangelos Konstantinou and Theodoros Katsoulas; India: Gracy Joseph and Sojan Ipe; Italy: Giancarlo Scoppettuolo and Laura Dolcetti; Malta: Michael Borg and Elmira Tartari; New Zealand: Ruth Barratt; Scotland: Linda Kelly and Audrey Green; Spain: Sonia Casanova, Jos Luis Mic, and Vicenta Solaz; England: Sheila Inwood; United States: Julie Jefferson and Janette Whitley.
Disclosures
All authors have made substantial contributions to the study conception and design, acquisition of the data, and analysis and interpretation of the data. Each author has contributed to drafting and editing the manuscript and approved the final version for publishing as per the International Committee of Medical Journal Editors convention. The authors wish to declare they have received unrestricted investigator‐initiated research grants from Becton Dickinson (BD) and 3M. The investigators also received professional translation services for most languages that were funded by B. Braun. All funds have been made payable to Griffith University and not to researchers themselves. These funders played no role in the conception, design, execution, analysis or reporting of the study. BD, 3M, CareFusion, Smiths Medical, B Braun, Vygon, and Teleflex assisted in disseminating study information and assisting with translation of data forms where necessary. No commercial entity had any involvement in the design, execution and analysis, or reporting of the study. Evan Alexandrou has provided education services for CareFusion, Teleflex, Cook Medical, and 3M. Peter Carr is undertaking a PhD, which is partly funded by BD. He has received payment for educational lectures from CareFusion. Claire Rickard's department (Griffith University) has received investigator‐initiated, unrestricted research/educational grants from suppliers of vascular access device products including: 3M, BD, CareFusion, and Centurion. Claire Rickard has undertaken contract research or educational lectures for Bard, BBraun, BD, CareFusion, and Teleflex. Sheila Inwood is an employee of CareFusion. Leonard Mermel has received research funding from Theravance, Astellas Pharma, Marvao Medical, and CareFusion, and he has been a consultant for 3M, CareFusion, Catheter Connections, Fresenius Medical, Marvao Medical, Bard Access, and ICU Medical.
- Peripheral venous catheters: an under‐evaluated problem. Int J Antimicrob Agents. 2009;34:S38–S42. , .
- PR Newswire. Global peripheral I.V. catheter market 2014–2018. Available at: http://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/global-peripheral-iv-catheter-market-2014-2018-257019061.html. Accessed April 28, 2015.
- Burden of endemic health‐care‐associated infection in developing countries: systematic review and meta‐analysis. Lancet. 2011;377(9761):228–241. , , , et al.
- The attributable cost, length of hospital stay, and mortality of central line‐associated bloodstream infection in intensive care departments in Argentina: a prospective, matched analysis. Am J Infect Control. 2003;31(8):475–480. , , , .
- Health‐care‐associated infection in Africa: a systematic review. Bull World Health Organ. 2011;89(10):757–765. , , , , .
- Risk factors for PIV catheter failure: a multivariate analysis from a randomized control trial. InfectControl Hosp Epidemiol. 2014;35(1):63–68. , , , , , .
- Intravenous catheter complications in the hand and forearm. J Trauma. 2004;56(1):123–127. , .
- The Auckland City Hospital Device Point Prevalence Survey 2005: utilisation and infectious complications of intravascular and urinary devices. NZ Med J. 2007;120(1260):U2683. , , .
- Prospective surveillance of phlebitis associated with peripheral intravenous catheters. Am J Infect Control. 2006;34(5):308–312. , , , et al.
- Clinical epidemiology and outcomes of peripheral venous catheter‐related bloodstream infections at a university‐affiliated hospital. J Hosp Infect. 2007;67(1):22–29. , , , et al.
- Gauze and tape and transparent polyurethane dressings for central venous catheters. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2011;(11):CD003827. , , , , .
- Gauze and tape and transparent polyurethane dressings for central venous catheters. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2003;(4):CD003827. , , , , , .
- Central venous catheter dressings: a systematic review. J Adv Nurs. 2003;44(6):623–632. , , , , , .
- Dressing disruption is a major risk factor for catheter‐related infections. Crit Care Med. 2012;40(6):1707–1714. , , , et al.
- The idle intravenous catheter. Ann Intern Med. 1992;116(9):737–738. , , , .
- Peripheral venous catheters: an under‐evaluated problem. Int J Antimicrob Agents. 2009;34:S38–S42. , .
- PR Newswire. Global peripheral I.V. catheter market 2014–2018. Available at: http://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/global-peripheral-iv-catheter-market-2014-2018-257019061.html. Accessed April 28, 2015.
- Burden of endemic health‐care‐associated infection in developing countries: systematic review and meta‐analysis. Lancet. 2011;377(9761):228–241. , , , et al.
- The attributable cost, length of hospital stay, and mortality of central line‐associated bloodstream infection in intensive care departments in Argentina: a prospective, matched analysis. Am J Infect Control. 2003;31(8):475–480. , , , .
- Health‐care‐associated infection in Africa: a systematic review. Bull World Health Organ. 2011;89(10):757–765. , , , , .
- Risk factors for PIV catheter failure: a multivariate analysis from a randomized control trial. InfectControl Hosp Epidemiol. 2014;35(1):63–68. , , , , , .
- Intravenous catheter complications in the hand and forearm. J Trauma. 2004;56(1):123–127. , .
- The Auckland City Hospital Device Point Prevalence Survey 2005: utilisation and infectious complications of intravascular and urinary devices. NZ Med J. 2007;120(1260):U2683. , , .
- Prospective surveillance of phlebitis associated with peripheral intravenous catheters. Am J Infect Control. 2006;34(5):308–312. , , , et al.
- Clinical epidemiology and outcomes of peripheral venous catheter‐related bloodstream infections at a university‐affiliated hospital. J Hosp Infect. 2007;67(1):22–29. , , , et al.
- Gauze and tape and transparent polyurethane dressings for central venous catheters. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2011;(11):CD003827. , , , , .
- Gauze and tape and transparent polyurethane dressings for central venous catheters. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2003;(4):CD003827. , , , , , .
- Central venous catheter dressings: a systematic review. J Adv Nurs. 2003;44(6):623–632. , , , , , .
- Dressing disruption is a major risk factor for catheter‐related infections. Crit Care Med. 2012;40(6):1707–1714. , , , et al.
- The idle intravenous catheter. Ann Intern Med. 1992;116(9):737–738. , , , .
AACE: How to safely skip radioactive iodine for low-grade thyroid cancer
NASHVILLE, TENN. – Patients with stage I or II differentiated thyroid cancers do not need radioactive iodine treatment if their nonsuppressed thyroglobulin level is less than 2 ng/mL 2 weeks after surgery, according to Dr. Kathleen Hands.
When that’s the case, “I know the patient had an excellent surgery and will have an excellent prognosis with an extremely low likelihood of recurrence over the next 10 years without radioactive iodine. These patients can be managed safely and effectively without radioactive iodine in a community setting,” said Dr. Hands, a thyroidologist who practices in San Antonio.
It’s common for patients in the United States to receive iodine-131 (I-131) after surgery for low-risk thyroid cancers “despite the abundance of evidence” showing that it does them no good and may cause harm and despite guidelines calling for conservative use of I-131, she said (World. J. Surg. 2002;26:879-85).
“It’s a habit,” a holdover from decades ago “when we didn’t actually have good surgical technique. We need to [heed recent data] and step away from what we did in the 60s, 70s, and 80s and get into the 21st century. We should stop using radioactive iodine in these low-risk patients,” Dr. Hands said at the American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists annual meeting.
Among radioactive iodine’s drawbacks are its expense and sometimes salivary and lacrimal problems associated with its use. Earlier in her career, “I personally had two of my cases” – 19 and 22 years old – “develop acute myelogenous leukemia [shortly] after I-131, one of whom succumbed. I took that very seriously. I’ve become very conservative in the use of this drug. Ablation should be restricted to patients with incomplete surgical excision or poor prognostic factors for recurrence or death,” she said.
This advice is backed up by findings from her review of 378 patients who underwent surgery for differentiated thyroid cancer, with MACIS (metastasis, age, completeness of resection, invasion, and size) scores below 7, meaning low-intermediate-risk disease. Patients ranged from 18 to 79 years old. The majority were women, and about a third had multifocal disease. Tumor sizes ranged from 0.8 mm to 4.0 cm. Twenty-one patients under 45 years old had lymph node metastases of less than 5 mm.
The patients had nonsuppressed thyroglobulin levels below 2 ng/mL 2 weeks after surgery. They opted against I-131, and were started on levothyroxine. There’s been no recurrence of disease in the group after 8 years’ follow-up; thyroglobulin was undetectable in 72% by 2 years. Those in whom thyroglobulin remained detectable had thyroglobulin velocities below 10% over a period of 5 years.
“Nonsuppressed thyroglobulin” means that the patients were not put on thyroxine right after surgery, so that Dr. Hands could get an idea if any tumor was left 2 weeks later. They also weren’t put on low-iodine diets in the interim, she said, because she had no intention of giving them I-131.
To get the most out of the approach, patients need excellent and complete surgeries. That means that endocrinologists should learn to perform preoperative neck ultrasounds – or refer to someone who can – to give surgeons a heads-up about tumor location, size, shape, and invasiveness, as well as lymph node involvement, calcifications, and other issues. “This is the kind of information your surgeon needs” to do a good job, Dr. Hands said.
She said she doesn’t worry about hypothyroidism when patients don’t get thyroxine right after surgery. Manipulation of the thyroid during surgery releases hormone into the system, and “I think that tides them over; It’s a long-acting hormone. Patients tolerate not having replacement immediately [after surgery],” Dr. Hands said.
There was no funding for the project, and Dr. Hands said she had no relevant financial disclosures.
NASHVILLE, TENN. – Patients with stage I or II differentiated thyroid cancers do not need radioactive iodine treatment if their nonsuppressed thyroglobulin level is less than 2 ng/mL 2 weeks after surgery, according to Dr. Kathleen Hands.
When that’s the case, “I know the patient had an excellent surgery and will have an excellent prognosis with an extremely low likelihood of recurrence over the next 10 years without radioactive iodine. These patients can be managed safely and effectively without radioactive iodine in a community setting,” said Dr. Hands, a thyroidologist who practices in San Antonio.
It’s common for patients in the United States to receive iodine-131 (I-131) after surgery for low-risk thyroid cancers “despite the abundance of evidence” showing that it does them no good and may cause harm and despite guidelines calling for conservative use of I-131, she said (World. J. Surg. 2002;26:879-85).
“It’s a habit,” a holdover from decades ago “when we didn’t actually have good surgical technique. We need to [heed recent data] and step away from what we did in the 60s, 70s, and 80s and get into the 21st century. We should stop using radioactive iodine in these low-risk patients,” Dr. Hands said at the American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists annual meeting.
Among radioactive iodine’s drawbacks are its expense and sometimes salivary and lacrimal problems associated with its use. Earlier in her career, “I personally had two of my cases” – 19 and 22 years old – “develop acute myelogenous leukemia [shortly] after I-131, one of whom succumbed. I took that very seriously. I’ve become very conservative in the use of this drug. Ablation should be restricted to patients with incomplete surgical excision or poor prognostic factors for recurrence or death,” she said.
This advice is backed up by findings from her review of 378 patients who underwent surgery for differentiated thyroid cancer, with MACIS (metastasis, age, completeness of resection, invasion, and size) scores below 7, meaning low-intermediate-risk disease. Patients ranged from 18 to 79 years old. The majority were women, and about a third had multifocal disease. Tumor sizes ranged from 0.8 mm to 4.0 cm. Twenty-one patients under 45 years old had lymph node metastases of less than 5 mm.
The patients had nonsuppressed thyroglobulin levels below 2 ng/mL 2 weeks after surgery. They opted against I-131, and were started on levothyroxine. There’s been no recurrence of disease in the group after 8 years’ follow-up; thyroglobulin was undetectable in 72% by 2 years. Those in whom thyroglobulin remained detectable had thyroglobulin velocities below 10% over a period of 5 years.
“Nonsuppressed thyroglobulin” means that the patients were not put on thyroxine right after surgery, so that Dr. Hands could get an idea if any tumor was left 2 weeks later. They also weren’t put on low-iodine diets in the interim, she said, because she had no intention of giving them I-131.
To get the most out of the approach, patients need excellent and complete surgeries. That means that endocrinologists should learn to perform preoperative neck ultrasounds – or refer to someone who can – to give surgeons a heads-up about tumor location, size, shape, and invasiveness, as well as lymph node involvement, calcifications, and other issues. “This is the kind of information your surgeon needs” to do a good job, Dr. Hands said.
She said she doesn’t worry about hypothyroidism when patients don’t get thyroxine right after surgery. Manipulation of the thyroid during surgery releases hormone into the system, and “I think that tides them over; It’s a long-acting hormone. Patients tolerate not having replacement immediately [after surgery],” Dr. Hands said.
There was no funding for the project, and Dr. Hands said she had no relevant financial disclosures.
NASHVILLE, TENN. – Patients with stage I or II differentiated thyroid cancers do not need radioactive iodine treatment if their nonsuppressed thyroglobulin level is less than 2 ng/mL 2 weeks after surgery, according to Dr. Kathleen Hands.
When that’s the case, “I know the patient had an excellent surgery and will have an excellent prognosis with an extremely low likelihood of recurrence over the next 10 years without radioactive iodine. These patients can be managed safely and effectively without radioactive iodine in a community setting,” said Dr. Hands, a thyroidologist who practices in San Antonio.
It’s common for patients in the United States to receive iodine-131 (I-131) after surgery for low-risk thyroid cancers “despite the abundance of evidence” showing that it does them no good and may cause harm and despite guidelines calling for conservative use of I-131, she said (World. J. Surg. 2002;26:879-85).
“It’s a habit,” a holdover from decades ago “when we didn’t actually have good surgical technique. We need to [heed recent data] and step away from what we did in the 60s, 70s, and 80s and get into the 21st century. We should stop using radioactive iodine in these low-risk patients,” Dr. Hands said at the American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists annual meeting.
Among radioactive iodine’s drawbacks are its expense and sometimes salivary and lacrimal problems associated with its use. Earlier in her career, “I personally had two of my cases” – 19 and 22 years old – “develop acute myelogenous leukemia [shortly] after I-131, one of whom succumbed. I took that very seriously. I’ve become very conservative in the use of this drug. Ablation should be restricted to patients with incomplete surgical excision or poor prognostic factors for recurrence or death,” she said.
This advice is backed up by findings from her review of 378 patients who underwent surgery for differentiated thyroid cancer, with MACIS (metastasis, age, completeness of resection, invasion, and size) scores below 7, meaning low-intermediate-risk disease. Patients ranged from 18 to 79 years old. The majority were women, and about a third had multifocal disease. Tumor sizes ranged from 0.8 mm to 4.0 cm. Twenty-one patients under 45 years old had lymph node metastases of less than 5 mm.
The patients had nonsuppressed thyroglobulin levels below 2 ng/mL 2 weeks after surgery. They opted against I-131, and were started on levothyroxine. There’s been no recurrence of disease in the group after 8 years’ follow-up; thyroglobulin was undetectable in 72% by 2 years. Those in whom thyroglobulin remained detectable had thyroglobulin velocities below 10% over a period of 5 years.
“Nonsuppressed thyroglobulin” means that the patients were not put on thyroxine right after surgery, so that Dr. Hands could get an idea if any tumor was left 2 weeks later. They also weren’t put on low-iodine diets in the interim, she said, because she had no intention of giving them I-131.
To get the most out of the approach, patients need excellent and complete surgeries. That means that endocrinologists should learn to perform preoperative neck ultrasounds – or refer to someone who can – to give surgeons a heads-up about tumor location, size, shape, and invasiveness, as well as lymph node involvement, calcifications, and other issues. “This is the kind of information your surgeon needs” to do a good job, Dr. Hands said.
She said she doesn’t worry about hypothyroidism when patients don’t get thyroxine right after surgery. Manipulation of the thyroid during surgery releases hormone into the system, and “I think that tides them over; It’s a long-acting hormone. Patients tolerate not having replacement immediately [after surgery],” Dr. Hands said.
There was no funding for the project, and Dr. Hands said she had no relevant financial disclosures.
AT AACE 2015
Key clinical point: Thyroid cancer patients do not need radioactive iodine treatment if their nonsuppressed thyroglobulin is less than 2 ng/mL 2 weeks after surgery.
Major finding: Among 378 patients whose nonsuppressed thyroglobulin levels were below 2 ng/mL 2 weeks after removal of low-risk differentiated thyroid cancers, there were zero recurrences over 8 years of follow-up.
Data source: A single-center, retrospective study.
Disclosures: The investigator said she had no relevant financial disclosures and no outside funding.
ASCO: Precision medicine initiatives take wing
CHICAGO – It’s getting very personal in oncology, and that’s a very good thing.
At the annual meeting of the American Society of Clinical Oncology, major cancer organizations announced new precision medicine initiatives that will attempt to match patients who have advanced cancers with the best available therapies based not on the location or histologic subtypes of their tumors, but on specific molecular abnormalities.
The National Cancer Institute’s Molecular Analysis for Therapy Choice (NCI-MATCH) trial will begin enrolling patients in July 2015. The study’s objective is “to understand the relative efficacy of the same therapy applied to oncogene-defined subsets across the entire cancer population as defined by site of origin or tumor histology,” said co–principal investigator Dr. Keith T. Flaherty of Harvard Medical School, Boston.
“This is the beginning, not the end, in terms of how we think about applying these therapies,” he said at a briefing that was held to announce the start of trial enrollment and a second initiative – the Targeted Agent and Profiling Utilization Registry (TAPUR) Study – by ASCO in cooperation with major pharmaceutical companies.
NCI-MATCH
NCI-MATCH is a phase II trial that will be operated through the National Clinical Trials Network. Oncologists at participating centers throughout the United States can enroll patients aged 18 years and older who have solid tumors or lymphomas that have relapsed or are refractory to conventional therapy, or who have a type of cancer for which no effective, consensus-based therapy is available.
Investigators plan to screen 3,000 patients initially, with the goal of enrolling 1,000 patients distributed among several substudies that will be evaluating specific drugs against specific molecular targets.
Patients will undergo biopsy at study entry, and their tumors will be subjected to genomic analysis to detect specific, targetable molecular abnormalities.
If a patient has a specific abnormality that is being explored in a current substudy, that patient will be further evaluated to determine whether he or she meets the eligibility criteria for that trial arm. Once enrolled, patients can remain on therapy until disease progression. The therapies will include both currently marketed agents and investigational therapies contributed by drug companies. Most of the trial arms will explore monotherapy with a targeted agent, but a few may investigate combinations which have accumulated enough safety and efficacy data to suggest that they might work against a specific molecular target.
The primary endpoint will be overall response rate, with a secondary endpoint of 6-month progression-free survival (PFS).
“This holds promise to bring faster cures to millions of Americans who so desperately need them,” ASCO past president Dr. Clifford A. Hudis said at the briefing.
TAPUR Trial
In cooperation with major pharmaceutical manufacturers (currently five, with more expected to sign on), ASCO has initiated a study designed to help answer the question, “I’ve got the tumor genome – now what do I do with it?”
The goal of the TAPUR trial, says ASCO Chief Medical Officer Dr. Richard Schilsky, is “to learn from the real world practice of prescribing targeted therapies to patients with advanced cancer whose tumor harbors a genomic variant known to be a drug target.”
The primary objectives are to describe the antitumor activity and toxicity profiles of targeted therapies, and to help patients get access to Food and Drug Administration–approved agents from which they may be able to benefit.
The trial will enroll patients with advanced solid tumors, B-cell non-Hodgkin’s lymphomas, and multiple myelomas for which there are no standard therapies. The patients must have adequate organ function and good performance status (0-2).
Patients will be matched by their personal physicians to specific therapies, if such a match exists; otherwise, they will be treated at the physician’s discretion.
The primary endpoint of the study will be overall response rates by Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors (RECIST). Secondary endpoints will be PFS, OS, time on treatment, grade 3 or greater adverse events, and serious adverse event. The investigators plan to begin patient enrollment in the fourth quarter of 2015.
Current industry partners include AstraZeneca, Bristol Myers Squibb, Eli Lilly, Genentech, and Pfizer.
The NCI-MATCH study is funded by the National Institutes of Health. Dr. Flaherty has received NIH research grants. Dr. Hudis disclosed ties to AstraZeneca, Sanofi-Aventis, Amgen, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Genentech, Eli Lilly, Novartis, Ortho Biotech, Pfizer, and Roche. Dr. Schilsky disclosed no relevant conflicts of interest.
CHICAGO – It’s getting very personal in oncology, and that’s a very good thing.
At the annual meeting of the American Society of Clinical Oncology, major cancer organizations announced new precision medicine initiatives that will attempt to match patients who have advanced cancers with the best available therapies based not on the location or histologic subtypes of their tumors, but on specific molecular abnormalities.
The National Cancer Institute’s Molecular Analysis for Therapy Choice (NCI-MATCH) trial will begin enrolling patients in July 2015. The study’s objective is “to understand the relative efficacy of the same therapy applied to oncogene-defined subsets across the entire cancer population as defined by site of origin or tumor histology,” said co–principal investigator Dr. Keith T. Flaherty of Harvard Medical School, Boston.
“This is the beginning, not the end, in terms of how we think about applying these therapies,” he said at a briefing that was held to announce the start of trial enrollment and a second initiative – the Targeted Agent and Profiling Utilization Registry (TAPUR) Study – by ASCO in cooperation with major pharmaceutical companies.
NCI-MATCH
NCI-MATCH is a phase II trial that will be operated through the National Clinical Trials Network. Oncologists at participating centers throughout the United States can enroll patients aged 18 years and older who have solid tumors or lymphomas that have relapsed or are refractory to conventional therapy, or who have a type of cancer for which no effective, consensus-based therapy is available.
Investigators plan to screen 3,000 patients initially, with the goal of enrolling 1,000 patients distributed among several substudies that will be evaluating specific drugs against specific molecular targets.
Patients will undergo biopsy at study entry, and their tumors will be subjected to genomic analysis to detect specific, targetable molecular abnormalities.
If a patient has a specific abnormality that is being explored in a current substudy, that patient will be further evaluated to determine whether he or she meets the eligibility criteria for that trial arm. Once enrolled, patients can remain on therapy until disease progression. The therapies will include both currently marketed agents and investigational therapies contributed by drug companies. Most of the trial arms will explore monotherapy with a targeted agent, but a few may investigate combinations which have accumulated enough safety and efficacy data to suggest that they might work against a specific molecular target.
The primary endpoint will be overall response rate, with a secondary endpoint of 6-month progression-free survival (PFS).
“This holds promise to bring faster cures to millions of Americans who so desperately need them,” ASCO past president Dr. Clifford A. Hudis said at the briefing.
TAPUR Trial
In cooperation with major pharmaceutical manufacturers (currently five, with more expected to sign on), ASCO has initiated a study designed to help answer the question, “I’ve got the tumor genome – now what do I do with it?”
The goal of the TAPUR trial, says ASCO Chief Medical Officer Dr. Richard Schilsky, is “to learn from the real world practice of prescribing targeted therapies to patients with advanced cancer whose tumor harbors a genomic variant known to be a drug target.”
The primary objectives are to describe the antitumor activity and toxicity profiles of targeted therapies, and to help patients get access to Food and Drug Administration–approved agents from which they may be able to benefit.
The trial will enroll patients with advanced solid tumors, B-cell non-Hodgkin’s lymphomas, and multiple myelomas for which there are no standard therapies. The patients must have adequate organ function and good performance status (0-2).
Patients will be matched by their personal physicians to specific therapies, if such a match exists; otherwise, they will be treated at the physician’s discretion.
The primary endpoint of the study will be overall response rates by Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors (RECIST). Secondary endpoints will be PFS, OS, time on treatment, grade 3 or greater adverse events, and serious adverse event. The investigators plan to begin patient enrollment in the fourth quarter of 2015.
Current industry partners include AstraZeneca, Bristol Myers Squibb, Eli Lilly, Genentech, and Pfizer.
The NCI-MATCH study is funded by the National Institutes of Health. Dr. Flaherty has received NIH research grants. Dr. Hudis disclosed ties to AstraZeneca, Sanofi-Aventis, Amgen, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Genentech, Eli Lilly, Novartis, Ortho Biotech, Pfizer, and Roche. Dr. Schilsky disclosed no relevant conflicts of interest.
CHICAGO – It’s getting very personal in oncology, and that’s a very good thing.
At the annual meeting of the American Society of Clinical Oncology, major cancer organizations announced new precision medicine initiatives that will attempt to match patients who have advanced cancers with the best available therapies based not on the location or histologic subtypes of their tumors, but on specific molecular abnormalities.
The National Cancer Institute’s Molecular Analysis for Therapy Choice (NCI-MATCH) trial will begin enrolling patients in July 2015. The study’s objective is “to understand the relative efficacy of the same therapy applied to oncogene-defined subsets across the entire cancer population as defined by site of origin or tumor histology,” said co–principal investigator Dr. Keith T. Flaherty of Harvard Medical School, Boston.
“This is the beginning, not the end, in terms of how we think about applying these therapies,” he said at a briefing that was held to announce the start of trial enrollment and a second initiative – the Targeted Agent and Profiling Utilization Registry (TAPUR) Study – by ASCO in cooperation with major pharmaceutical companies.
NCI-MATCH
NCI-MATCH is a phase II trial that will be operated through the National Clinical Trials Network. Oncologists at participating centers throughout the United States can enroll patients aged 18 years and older who have solid tumors or lymphomas that have relapsed or are refractory to conventional therapy, or who have a type of cancer for which no effective, consensus-based therapy is available.
Investigators plan to screen 3,000 patients initially, with the goal of enrolling 1,000 patients distributed among several substudies that will be evaluating specific drugs against specific molecular targets.
Patients will undergo biopsy at study entry, and their tumors will be subjected to genomic analysis to detect specific, targetable molecular abnormalities.
If a patient has a specific abnormality that is being explored in a current substudy, that patient will be further evaluated to determine whether he or she meets the eligibility criteria for that trial arm. Once enrolled, patients can remain on therapy until disease progression. The therapies will include both currently marketed agents and investigational therapies contributed by drug companies. Most of the trial arms will explore monotherapy with a targeted agent, but a few may investigate combinations which have accumulated enough safety and efficacy data to suggest that they might work against a specific molecular target.
The primary endpoint will be overall response rate, with a secondary endpoint of 6-month progression-free survival (PFS).
“This holds promise to bring faster cures to millions of Americans who so desperately need them,” ASCO past president Dr. Clifford A. Hudis said at the briefing.
TAPUR Trial
In cooperation with major pharmaceutical manufacturers (currently five, with more expected to sign on), ASCO has initiated a study designed to help answer the question, “I’ve got the tumor genome – now what do I do with it?”
The goal of the TAPUR trial, says ASCO Chief Medical Officer Dr. Richard Schilsky, is “to learn from the real world practice of prescribing targeted therapies to patients with advanced cancer whose tumor harbors a genomic variant known to be a drug target.”
The primary objectives are to describe the antitumor activity and toxicity profiles of targeted therapies, and to help patients get access to Food and Drug Administration–approved agents from which they may be able to benefit.
The trial will enroll patients with advanced solid tumors, B-cell non-Hodgkin’s lymphomas, and multiple myelomas for which there are no standard therapies. The patients must have adequate organ function and good performance status (0-2).
Patients will be matched by their personal physicians to specific therapies, if such a match exists; otherwise, they will be treated at the physician’s discretion.
The primary endpoint of the study will be overall response rates by Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors (RECIST). Secondary endpoints will be PFS, OS, time on treatment, grade 3 or greater adverse events, and serious adverse event. The investigators plan to begin patient enrollment in the fourth quarter of 2015.
Current industry partners include AstraZeneca, Bristol Myers Squibb, Eli Lilly, Genentech, and Pfizer.
The NCI-MATCH study is funded by the National Institutes of Health. Dr. Flaherty has received NIH research grants. Dr. Hudis disclosed ties to AstraZeneca, Sanofi-Aventis, Amgen, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Genentech, Eli Lilly, Novartis, Ortho Biotech, Pfizer, and Roche. Dr. Schilsky disclosed no relevant conflicts of interest.
AT THE 2015 ASCO ANNUAL MEETING
Expert: Don’t discourage pregnancy in MS patients; manage it
INDIANAPOLIS – If you feel overwhelmed by the notion of managing multiple sclerosis patients who seek your guidance in navigating their pregnancy, you’re not alone.
Comprehensive management programs for pregnant MS patients currently do not exist, even within most dedicated MS centers and clinics, Dr. Maria K. Houtchens said at the annual meeting of the Consortium of Multiple Sclerosis Centers.
“Individual providers have an interest in this area, but there are no guidelines for most physicians or nurse practitioners to follow yet,” she said. “The level of care these patients receive varies dramatically, from one part of the country to another and from one provider to the next.”
An estimated 50% of all pregnancies in the United States and about 40% of all pregnancies worldwide are unplanned.
“I believe that women with MS should receive support and counseling from their MS specialist on issues about possible pregnancy,” said Dr. Houtchens, a neurologist who directs the Women’s Health Program at the Partners MS Center at Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston. “I believe that we should all feel comfortable discussing with our patients the effects of pregnancy on their MS course and the reciprocal effect on pregnancy outcomes of their disease, the genetic risk of disease in their offspring, and optimal conception timing. We need to be able to talk to them freely about disease control before, during, and after pregnancy.”
Dr. Houtchens, one of the authors of a recent multinational systematic review on the topic noted that increasing numbers of MS patients with stable disease are choosing not to become pregnant (Obstet. Gynecol. 2014;124:1157-68). Others “want to get pregnant and feel cheated out of their life goal,” she said.
A large survey of female patients with MS from Canada found that more than three-quarters had not become pregnant since being diagnosed with the disease. The most common contributing factor across both MS-related and non–MS-related categories was completion of families prior to an MS diagnosis (53%). The top MS-related reasons that contributed to not having children were symptoms interfering with parenting, burdening the partner, and finances (Mult. Scler. 2013;19:351-8).
“It’s only in the last 2-3 decades that this issue has come to the forefront in caring for MS patients,” she said. “Previous to that, a lot of colleagues would discourage patients from becoming pregnant. Some of those attitudes persist to this day. There’s a perception of disapproval from health care providers on the part of the patient, and from their family and peers, and historic misconceptions. Our goal as physicians is to help women live lives to their fullest potential with a disease that can’t be cured. We should not discourage our patients from becoming pregnant.”
To optimize chances of conception, she recommended that oral contraceptives be stopped 2-3 months prior to conception attempts, and patients should be advised to transition to mechanical birth control. The optimal “fertility window” is a 6-day period, ending with the ovulation day. This window can be estimated based on duration of menstrual cycle, cervical mucus, and basal body temperature, as well as commercially available ovulation kits. Intercourse is most likely going to result in a pregnancy if attempted within a 3-day period, ending with the ovulation day. Moderate alcohol consumption, smoking, drug use, and vaginal lubricant use decrease the chance of contraception, she said.
Assisted reproductive technologies, if associated with failed pregnancy attempts, can lead to an increased relapse rate.
“If somebody really wants to have a child and are not able to conceive on their own, they may certainly consider ART; it’s all about education,” Dr. Houtchens said. “You just need to tell them what to expect and that they might have a higher risk of relapses if their attempt is unsuccessful.”
According to the medical literature, an MS patient’s prepregnancy annualized relapse rate predicts her risk for relapse during the postpartum period. “From that perspective, if you have the luxury of time, you ideally try to make sure that her disease is stabilized for the year before she becomes pregnant,” she said. “That means if she has an active MRI or has had a couple of attacks on whatever drug she’s taking, you talk to her about that, and you change the medication and repeat the MRI after the medication is changed to try to make sure that her disease is stable before she becomes pregnant. Hopefully that will help prevent postpartum attacks.”
Dr. Houtchens recommends standard preconception care including prenatal vitamins with 0.4 mg-1 mg of daily folate, smoking and alcohol cessation, improved sleep hygiene, and vitamin D3 supplementation. Low levels of vitamin D3 are associated with adverse pregnancy outcomes, and a poorer clinical and radiologic MS course. Low levels may also be associated with increased MS risk in offspring.
“A pregnancy test should be administered prior to every treatment with a chemotherapeutic or cytotoxic agent in a woman of child-bearing age, even if she thinks her periods have ceased as a result of chemotherapy treatment,” she said. “They may have ceased due to pregnancy, and we don’t want to treat our pregnant patients with chemotherapy.”
The approximate risk of MS is 1 in 500 in the general population, 1 in 100 in people with an affected second-degree relative, 1 in 50 with an affected first-degree relative, and 1 in 4 in monozygotic twins born to an affected mother, according to Dr. Houtchens.
Babies born to MS moms face a risk of being slightly smaller for gestational age by weight (odds ratio, 1.45) but their Apgar scores are the same as their healthy mom counterpart babies. MS moms face a slight risk for operative deliveries but no increased risk for birth defects or other adverse fetal outcomes specifically related to MS. The method of labor and delivery does not impact the postpartum course of the disease, she said.
“Epidural anesthesia is perfectly safe and does not impact the postpartum course of MS,” Dr. Houtchens said. “There’s still an ongoing misconception [about this], especially among obstetric providers and anesthesiologists. Multiple studies have been published stating that there is no increased risk of relapse in these patients after they get an epidural. If they don’t want an epidural, that’s okay, but they shouldn’t be denied it because they have MS.”
Secondary MS symptoms may be affected by pregnancy, including fatigue, bladder symptoms, and mobility difficulty due to increased weight. IV corticosteroids are used widely to treat MS relapses during pregnancy, as well as in obstetrics to speed fetal lung maturity.
Steroids “cross the placental barrier and may increase the risk of cleft palate when used in the first trimester or may cause lower birth weight in the baby and earlier than expected delivery. They could also in theory delay healing for the mother after giving birth,” she said.
However, prednisone, prednisolone, and methylprednisolone can be administered with low levels of fetal exposure. “These agents are metabolized to inactive forms by 11 beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase in the placenta, allowing less than 10% of the maternal dose to reach the fetus,” she said. Betamethasone and dexamethasone cross the placenta with minimal metabolism, leading to direct full-dose effects on the fetus.
Dr. Houtchens cautioned that none of the available MS drugs should be used in pregnant patients.
“It appears that pregnancy itself is protective enough that we don’t need to use a drug to keep them healthier,” she said.
For a nonlactating patient, it’s safe to resume MS therapy within 1 week after birth. For a lactating patient with previously active disease, it may be safe to administer monthly steroids or monthly IVIG, instructing them to discontinue breastfeeding for 24 hours after treatment. In breast milk, beta-interferon agents are found at 0.006% of the maternal dose. Oral small molecules such as fingolimod and dimethyl fumarate “are freely passed in breast milk at a lower level than in sera but are more likely to directly affect the infant’s immune/neurological systems,” Dr. Houtchens said. “Hepatic clearance is slower in infants. We don’t have anyone at our MS center taking any MS medications and breastfeeding. Is this the right thing to do? I don’t know. But if you have someone who really wants to breastfeed, you could theoretically put them on an injectable medication.”
MRI should be repeated within 6 months postpartum to assess radiographic disease activity, she recommended.
Dr. Houtchers pointed out that postpartum depression is common in mothers with MS, “and it’s probably under-studied in general.” In fact, the lifetime prevalence of major depressive disorder in people with MS is estimated to be approximately 50%, while the rate of suicides among people with MS is 7.5 times greater than that of the general population.
Helping MS patients navigate conception, pregnancy, and the postpartum period is just the beginning.
“You’re still going to be her doctor,” Dr. Houtchens said. “She’s still going to have that child for the rest of her life. How is she going to deal with raising the child with all of the symptoms of her disease over time? How is she going to relate to her child? You’re going to walk this road with your patients, as one of their most important health care providers.”
Dr. Houtchens disclosed that she has received research grants from Genzyme Sanofi, Biogen Idec, and Novartis. She has also served as a consultant for Teva Pharmaceuticals, Genzyme Sanofi, Questcor, Biogen Idec, and Novartis.
On Twitter @dougbrunk
INDIANAPOLIS – If you feel overwhelmed by the notion of managing multiple sclerosis patients who seek your guidance in navigating their pregnancy, you’re not alone.
Comprehensive management programs for pregnant MS patients currently do not exist, even within most dedicated MS centers and clinics, Dr. Maria K. Houtchens said at the annual meeting of the Consortium of Multiple Sclerosis Centers.
“Individual providers have an interest in this area, but there are no guidelines for most physicians or nurse practitioners to follow yet,” she said. “The level of care these patients receive varies dramatically, from one part of the country to another and from one provider to the next.”
An estimated 50% of all pregnancies in the United States and about 40% of all pregnancies worldwide are unplanned.
“I believe that women with MS should receive support and counseling from their MS specialist on issues about possible pregnancy,” said Dr. Houtchens, a neurologist who directs the Women’s Health Program at the Partners MS Center at Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston. “I believe that we should all feel comfortable discussing with our patients the effects of pregnancy on their MS course and the reciprocal effect on pregnancy outcomes of their disease, the genetic risk of disease in their offspring, and optimal conception timing. We need to be able to talk to them freely about disease control before, during, and after pregnancy.”
Dr. Houtchens, one of the authors of a recent multinational systematic review on the topic noted that increasing numbers of MS patients with stable disease are choosing not to become pregnant (Obstet. Gynecol. 2014;124:1157-68). Others “want to get pregnant and feel cheated out of their life goal,” she said.
A large survey of female patients with MS from Canada found that more than three-quarters had not become pregnant since being diagnosed with the disease. The most common contributing factor across both MS-related and non–MS-related categories was completion of families prior to an MS diagnosis (53%). The top MS-related reasons that contributed to not having children were symptoms interfering with parenting, burdening the partner, and finances (Mult. Scler. 2013;19:351-8).
“It’s only in the last 2-3 decades that this issue has come to the forefront in caring for MS patients,” she said. “Previous to that, a lot of colleagues would discourage patients from becoming pregnant. Some of those attitudes persist to this day. There’s a perception of disapproval from health care providers on the part of the patient, and from their family and peers, and historic misconceptions. Our goal as physicians is to help women live lives to their fullest potential with a disease that can’t be cured. We should not discourage our patients from becoming pregnant.”
To optimize chances of conception, she recommended that oral contraceptives be stopped 2-3 months prior to conception attempts, and patients should be advised to transition to mechanical birth control. The optimal “fertility window” is a 6-day period, ending with the ovulation day. This window can be estimated based on duration of menstrual cycle, cervical mucus, and basal body temperature, as well as commercially available ovulation kits. Intercourse is most likely going to result in a pregnancy if attempted within a 3-day period, ending with the ovulation day. Moderate alcohol consumption, smoking, drug use, and vaginal lubricant use decrease the chance of contraception, she said.
Assisted reproductive technologies, if associated with failed pregnancy attempts, can lead to an increased relapse rate.
“If somebody really wants to have a child and are not able to conceive on their own, they may certainly consider ART; it’s all about education,” Dr. Houtchens said. “You just need to tell them what to expect and that they might have a higher risk of relapses if their attempt is unsuccessful.”
According to the medical literature, an MS patient’s prepregnancy annualized relapse rate predicts her risk for relapse during the postpartum period. “From that perspective, if you have the luxury of time, you ideally try to make sure that her disease is stabilized for the year before she becomes pregnant,” she said. “That means if she has an active MRI or has had a couple of attacks on whatever drug she’s taking, you talk to her about that, and you change the medication and repeat the MRI after the medication is changed to try to make sure that her disease is stable before she becomes pregnant. Hopefully that will help prevent postpartum attacks.”
Dr. Houtchens recommends standard preconception care including prenatal vitamins with 0.4 mg-1 mg of daily folate, smoking and alcohol cessation, improved sleep hygiene, and vitamin D3 supplementation. Low levels of vitamin D3 are associated with adverse pregnancy outcomes, and a poorer clinical and radiologic MS course. Low levels may also be associated with increased MS risk in offspring.
“A pregnancy test should be administered prior to every treatment with a chemotherapeutic or cytotoxic agent in a woman of child-bearing age, even if she thinks her periods have ceased as a result of chemotherapy treatment,” she said. “They may have ceased due to pregnancy, and we don’t want to treat our pregnant patients with chemotherapy.”
The approximate risk of MS is 1 in 500 in the general population, 1 in 100 in people with an affected second-degree relative, 1 in 50 with an affected first-degree relative, and 1 in 4 in monozygotic twins born to an affected mother, according to Dr. Houtchens.
Babies born to MS moms face a risk of being slightly smaller for gestational age by weight (odds ratio, 1.45) but their Apgar scores are the same as their healthy mom counterpart babies. MS moms face a slight risk for operative deliveries but no increased risk for birth defects or other adverse fetal outcomes specifically related to MS. The method of labor and delivery does not impact the postpartum course of the disease, she said.
“Epidural anesthesia is perfectly safe and does not impact the postpartum course of MS,” Dr. Houtchens said. “There’s still an ongoing misconception [about this], especially among obstetric providers and anesthesiologists. Multiple studies have been published stating that there is no increased risk of relapse in these patients after they get an epidural. If they don’t want an epidural, that’s okay, but they shouldn’t be denied it because they have MS.”
Secondary MS symptoms may be affected by pregnancy, including fatigue, bladder symptoms, and mobility difficulty due to increased weight. IV corticosteroids are used widely to treat MS relapses during pregnancy, as well as in obstetrics to speed fetal lung maturity.
Steroids “cross the placental barrier and may increase the risk of cleft palate when used in the first trimester or may cause lower birth weight in the baby and earlier than expected delivery. They could also in theory delay healing for the mother after giving birth,” she said.
However, prednisone, prednisolone, and methylprednisolone can be administered with low levels of fetal exposure. “These agents are metabolized to inactive forms by 11 beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase in the placenta, allowing less than 10% of the maternal dose to reach the fetus,” she said. Betamethasone and dexamethasone cross the placenta with minimal metabolism, leading to direct full-dose effects on the fetus.
Dr. Houtchens cautioned that none of the available MS drugs should be used in pregnant patients.
“It appears that pregnancy itself is protective enough that we don’t need to use a drug to keep them healthier,” she said.
For a nonlactating patient, it’s safe to resume MS therapy within 1 week after birth. For a lactating patient with previously active disease, it may be safe to administer monthly steroids or monthly IVIG, instructing them to discontinue breastfeeding for 24 hours after treatment. In breast milk, beta-interferon agents are found at 0.006% of the maternal dose. Oral small molecules such as fingolimod and dimethyl fumarate “are freely passed in breast milk at a lower level than in sera but are more likely to directly affect the infant’s immune/neurological systems,” Dr. Houtchens said. “Hepatic clearance is slower in infants. We don’t have anyone at our MS center taking any MS medications and breastfeeding. Is this the right thing to do? I don’t know. But if you have someone who really wants to breastfeed, you could theoretically put them on an injectable medication.”
MRI should be repeated within 6 months postpartum to assess radiographic disease activity, she recommended.
Dr. Houtchers pointed out that postpartum depression is common in mothers with MS, “and it’s probably under-studied in general.” In fact, the lifetime prevalence of major depressive disorder in people with MS is estimated to be approximately 50%, while the rate of suicides among people with MS is 7.5 times greater than that of the general population.
Helping MS patients navigate conception, pregnancy, and the postpartum period is just the beginning.
“You’re still going to be her doctor,” Dr. Houtchens said. “She’s still going to have that child for the rest of her life. How is she going to deal with raising the child with all of the symptoms of her disease over time? How is she going to relate to her child? You’re going to walk this road with your patients, as one of their most important health care providers.”
Dr. Houtchens disclosed that she has received research grants from Genzyme Sanofi, Biogen Idec, and Novartis. She has also served as a consultant for Teva Pharmaceuticals, Genzyme Sanofi, Questcor, Biogen Idec, and Novartis.
On Twitter @dougbrunk
INDIANAPOLIS – If you feel overwhelmed by the notion of managing multiple sclerosis patients who seek your guidance in navigating their pregnancy, you’re not alone.
Comprehensive management programs for pregnant MS patients currently do not exist, even within most dedicated MS centers and clinics, Dr. Maria K. Houtchens said at the annual meeting of the Consortium of Multiple Sclerosis Centers.
“Individual providers have an interest in this area, but there are no guidelines for most physicians or nurse practitioners to follow yet,” she said. “The level of care these patients receive varies dramatically, from one part of the country to another and from one provider to the next.”
An estimated 50% of all pregnancies in the United States and about 40% of all pregnancies worldwide are unplanned.
“I believe that women with MS should receive support and counseling from their MS specialist on issues about possible pregnancy,” said Dr. Houtchens, a neurologist who directs the Women’s Health Program at the Partners MS Center at Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston. “I believe that we should all feel comfortable discussing with our patients the effects of pregnancy on their MS course and the reciprocal effect on pregnancy outcomes of their disease, the genetic risk of disease in their offspring, and optimal conception timing. We need to be able to talk to them freely about disease control before, during, and after pregnancy.”
Dr. Houtchens, one of the authors of a recent multinational systematic review on the topic noted that increasing numbers of MS patients with stable disease are choosing not to become pregnant (Obstet. Gynecol. 2014;124:1157-68). Others “want to get pregnant and feel cheated out of their life goal,” she said.
A large survey of female patients with MS from Canada found that more than three-quarters had not become pregnant since being diagnosed with the disease. The most common contributing factor across both MS-related and non–MS-related categories was completion of families prior to an MS diagnosis (53%). The top MS-related reasons that contributed to not having children were symptoms interfering with parenting, burdening the partner, and finances (Mult. Scler. 2013;19:351-8).
“It’s only in the last 2-3 decades that this issue has come to the forefront in caring for MS patients,” she said. “Previous to that, a lot of colleagues would discourage patients from becoming pregnant. Some of those attitudes persist to this day. There’s a perception of disapproval from health care providers on the part of the patient, and from their family and peers, and historic misconceptions. Our goal as physicians is to help women live lives to their fullest potential with a disease that can’t be cured. We should not discourage our patients from becoming pregnant.”
To optimize chances of conception, she recommended that oral contraceptives be stopped 2-3 months prior to conception attempts, and patients should be advised to transition to mechanical birth control. The optimal “fertility window” is a 6-day period, ending with the ovulation day. This window can be estimated based on duration of menstrual cycle, cervical mucus, and basal body temperature, as well as commercially available ovulation kits. Intercourse is most likely going to result in a pregnancy if attempted within a 3-day period, ending with the ovulation day. Moderate alcohol consumption, smoking, drug use, and vaginal lubricant use decrease the chance of contraception, she said.
Assisted reproductive technologies, if associated with failed pregnancy attempts, can lead to an increased relapse rate.
“If somebody really wants to have a child and are not able to conceive on their own, they may certainly consider ART; it’s all about education,” Dr. Houtchens said. “You just need to tell them what to expect and that they might have a higher risk of relapses if their attempt is unsuccessful.”
According to the medical literature, an MS patient’s prepregnancy annualized relapse rate predicts her risk for relapse during the postpartum period. “From that perspective, if you have the luxury of time, you ideally try to make sure that her disease is stabilized for the year before she becomes pregnant,” she said. “That means if she has an active MRI or has had a couple of attacks on whatever drug she’s taking, you talk to her about that, and you change the medication and repeat the MRI after the medication is changed to try to make sure that her disease is stable before she becomes pregnant. Hopefully that will help prevent postpartum attacks.”
Dr. Houtchens recommends standard preconception care including prenatal vitamins with 0.4 mg-1 mg of daily folate, smoking and alcohol cessation, improved sleep hygiene, and vitamin D3 supplementation. Low levels of vitamin D3 are associated with adverse pregnancy outcomes, and a poorer clinical and radiologic MS course. Low levels may also be associated with increased MS risk in offspring.
“A pregnancy test should be administered prior to every treatment with a chemotherapeutic or cytotoxic agent in a woman of child-bearing age, even if she thinks her periods have ceased as a result of chemotherapy treatment,” she said. “They may have ceased due to pregnancy, and we don’t want to treat our pregnant patients with chemotherapy.”
The approximate risk of MS is 1 in 500 in the general population, 1 in 100 in people with an affected second-degree relative, 1 in 50 with an affected first-degree relative, and 1 in 4 in monozygotic twins born to an affected mother, according to Dr. Houtchens.
Babies born to MS moms face a risk of being slightly smaller for gestational age by weight (odds ratio, 1.45) but their Apgar scores are the same as their healthy mom counterpart babies. MS moms face a slight risk for operative deliveries but no increased risk for birth defects or other adverse fetal outcomes specifically related to MS. The method of labor and delivery does not impact the postpartum course of the disease, she said.
“Epidural anesthesia is perfectly safe and does not impact the postpartum course of MS,” Dr. Houtchens said. “There’s still an ongoing misconception [about this], especially among obstetric providers and anesthesiologists. Multiple studies have been published stating that there is no increased risk of relapse in these patients after they get an epidural. If they don’t want an epidural, that’s okay, but they shouldn’t be denied it because they have MS.”
Secondary MS symptoms may be affected by pregnancy, including fatigue, bladder symptoms, and mobility difficulty due to increased weight. IV corticosteroids are used widely to treat MS relapses during pregnancy, as well as in obstetrics to speed fetal lung maturity.
Steroids “cross the placental barrier and may increase the risk of cleft palate when used in the first trimester or may cause lower birth weight in the baby and earlier than expected delivery. They could also in theory delay healing for the mother after giving birth,” she said.
However, prednisone, prednisolone, and methylprednisolone can be administered with low levels of fetal exposure. “These agents are metabolized to inactive forms by 11 beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase in the placenta, allowing less than 10% of the maternal dose to reach the fetus,” she said. Betamethasone and dexamethasone cross the placenta with minimal metabolism, leading to direct full-dose effects on the fetus.
Dr. Houtchens cautioned that none of the available MS drugs should be used in pregnant patients.
“It appears that pregnancy itself is protective enough that we don’t need to use a drug to keep them healthier,” she said.
For a nonlactating patient, it’s safe to resume MS therapy within 1 week after birth. For a lactating patient with previously active disease, it may be safe to administer monthly steroids or monthly IVIG, instructing them to discontinue breastfeeding for 24 hours after treatment. In breast milk, beta-interferon agents are found at 0.006% of the maternal dose. Oral small molecules such as fingolimod and dimethyl fumarate “are freely passed in breast milk at a lower level than in sera but are more likely to directly affect the infant’s immune/neurological systems,” Dr. Houtchens said. “Hepatic clearance is slower in infants. We don’t have anyone at our MS center taking any MS medications and breastfeeding. Is this the right thing to do? I don’t know. But if you have someone who really wants to breastfeed, you could theoretically put them on an injectable medication.”
MRI should be repeated within 6 months postpartum to assess radiographic disease activity, she recommended.
Dr. Houtchers pointed out that postpartum depression is common in mothers with MS, “and it’s probably under-studied in general.” In fact, the lifetime prevalence of major depressive disorder in people with MS is estimated to be approximately 50%, while the rate of suicides among people with MS is 7.5 times greater than that of the general population.
Helping MS patients navigate conception, pregnancy, and the postpartum period is just the beginning.
“You’re still going to be her doctor,” Dr. Houtchens said. “She’s still going to have that child for the rest of her life. How is she going to deal with raising the child with all of the symptoms of her disease over time? How is she going to relate to her child? You’re going to walk this road with your patients, as one of their most important health care providers.”
Dr. Houtchens disclosed that she has received research grants from Genzyme Sanofi, Biogen Idec, and Novartis. She has also served as a consultant for Teva Pharmaceuticals, Genzyme Sanofi, Questcor, Biogen Idec, and Novartis.
On Twitter @dougbrunk
EXPERT ANALYSIS AT THE CMSC ANNUAL MEETING
Diagnosis and Management of Complex Pelvic Floor Disorders in Women
From Beaumont Health System, Royal Oak, MI.
Abstract
- Objective: To review the evaluation and management of complex pelvic floor disorders in elderly women.
- Methods: Literature review and presentation of a clinical case.
- Results: Pelvic floor disorders are a common problem in elderly women. Pelvic organ prolapse and voiding complaints often coexist and several treatment options are available. A step-wise approach should be used in which management of the most bothersome symptoms occurs first. Conservative, medication, and surgical options should be discussed with each patient depending on treatment goals and health status. Some effects do overlap; however, treatment of one condition may not preclude treatment of other symptoms.
- Conclusion: In women with complex pelvic floor disorders, addressing the most bothersome symptom first will increase patient satisfaction. Patients should be counseled about the potential need for multiple treatments for optimal results.
The female pelvic floor consists of a complex relationship of muscles, connective tissue and fascia, ligaments, and neurovascular support. These structures are responsible for support of the pelvic organs (uterus, bladder, rectum, and vagina), maintain continence, and assist in normal bowel function. Pelvic floor disorders occur when there is a compromise in these structures, resulting in prolapse, urinary incontinence, bowel complaints, or pain. Often several symptoms coexist with overlapping pathophysiology. Examinations and studies should aim to correctly diagnose the disorders and guide treatments toward the most bothersome symptoms.
Pelvic organ prolapse occurs when there is a weakening of the pelvic floor connective tissue, muscles, and nerves, allowing a bulge or protrusion of the vaginal walls and their associated pelvic organs. Between 3% to 50% of women in the United States have some degree of pelvic organ prolapse depending on whether the definition is based on symptoms or anatomic evaluation [1–3]. Risk factors include vaginal delivery, obesity, Caucasian race, and prior prolapse surgery. Despite the non–life-threatening nature of pelvic organ prolapse, the associated social and physical restrictions can significantly impact quality of life [4]. The cost of prolapse surgery has been estimated to be over $1.4 billion per year [3].
The sensation of a vaginal bulge is the only symptom consistently related to pelvic organ prolapse, with patients typically reporting symptoms once the prolapse extends beyond the hymenal ring [5]. The diagnosis of pelvic organ prolapse is made based on symptoms and confirmed by physical exam.
Patients with pelvic organ prolapse may experience obstructive voiding symptoms, such as hesitancy, straining, or incomplete bladder emptying. In some cases, patients may have to manually reduce the bulge to be able to void, a practice known as “splinting.” Overactive bladder (OAB), a syndrome of urinary urgency, frequency, and nocturia with or without urgency incontinence, can also occur. In patients with lower urinary tract complaints, repair of a vaginal bulge, especially a cystocele, can be associated with improved voiding symptoms [6]. Additionally, prolapse treatment can unmask de novo stress urinary incontinence (SUI), leaking with cough, sneeze or other activity that increases abdominal pressure. Urinary tract infections, pelvic pain, dyspareunia and defecatory problems can also be present.
When evaluating a woman with pelvic organ prolapse and voiding complaints, the clinician should strive to illicit which symptoms bother the patient most. A patient with primarily OAB symptoms and minimal prolapse may be treated with physical therapy or medications addressing the OAB rather than reconstructive surgery. In contrast, the patient with OAB symptoms and bothersome prolapse must be counseled on possible need for additional treatment of voiding complaints following surgical repair. This may include management of persistent OAB symptoms or SUI occurring following prolapse repair. Defecatory problems may be independent of a small rectocele present on exam, especially if long-term constipation is present. Choice of treatment depends on the severity of symptoms, the degree of prolapse, and the patient’s health status and activity level.
Case Study
Initial Presentation
A 68-year-old woman with a 15-month history of urinary urgency, frequency, incontinence and vaginal pressure presents to a urologist.
History and Physical Examination
The patient’s symptoms began shortly after the death of her husband. She initially saw her internist who prescribed antibiotics for a suspected urinary tract infection (UTI) based on office urinalysis. The symptoms did not resolve so another course of antibiotics was tried, again without relief. At her 3rd visit, a urine culture was done which was negative and she was referred to a urologist.
The patient reports 3 UTIs in the last 6 months. Following antibiotic treatment, the burning improves but she still complains of urgency and frequency. She also wears 2 to 3 pads per day for leakage that occurs with coughing and also when she feels an urge but cannot make it to the bathroom. She wakes 1 to 3 times at night to void. She feels that she empties her bladder well but often has to strain to void and sometimes feels a “bulge” in her vagina. All of these symptoms increase after being on her feet all day while she works as a grocery store cashier.
Physical exam demonstrates mild suprapubic tenderness and mild atrophic vaginitis. The anterior vaginal wall protrudes to the hymen with straining and her vaginal apex is supported 5 cm above the hymenal ring. With reduction of the cystocele there was urine leakage with cough. The cervix is surgically absent and her posterior vaginal wall is without bulge on valsalva. Her catheterized post-void residual (PVR) was 105 mL. Urine dipstick analysis was negative for infection or blood.
What is the initial evaluation of a woman with pelvic organ prolapse and voiding complaints?
The initial evaluation of a woman with pelvic organ prolapse and voiding complaints consists of a detailed history and physical examination. The nature, duration, and severity of symptoms should be assessed. Complaints of vaginal pressure or bulge are important, as well as exacerbating instances (standing, straining, defecation). Local irritation or vaginal spotting is common if prolapse is beyond the hymen. Splinting or reduction of a bulge to void or defecate are important elements of the history. Sexual history should never be overlooked, including both sexual status (active or not) as well as goals for future sexual activity. Voiding symptoms such as dysuria, frequency, urgency, nocturia and incontinence should be discussed. A 3-day voiding diary that captures number of voids per day, voided volumes, and fluid intake can be obtained. If incontinence is present, the clinician should determine what causes the incontinence. Incontinence that is associated with urgency or no warning (urge incontinence) should be treated differently than incontinence associated with activity (SUI). Mixed urinary incontinence is the presence of both stress and urgency incontinence.
Past medical history should include common medical comorbidities such as diabetes, hypertension and cardiovascular disease. Obstetric history is important due to the increased risk for pelvic floor disorders in women with multiple pregnancies and vaginal deliveries [2]. Prior hysterectomy, colon resection, or other pelvic surgeries may also contribute to symptoms. Smokers have a greater risk of genitourinary malignancy and high caffeine consumption is implicated in urgency-frequency syndromes. Exercise, sleep, and work may also be affected.
Pelvic examination should evaluate for vaginal atrophy or other vaginal mucosal abnormalities such as tears, ulcerations, lichen sclerosis, or erythema. To evaluate for prolapse, using one-half of a Graves or Pederson speculum, examine the 3 compartments of the vagina: anterior, posterior and apical. To view the anterior wall, the speculum is placed posteriorly to retract the posterior wall downward. Next it is rotated anteriorly to retract the anterior wall up and examine the posterior compartment. The uterus or the apex is evaluated with 2 halves of the speculum, one pushing anteriorly and the other posteriorly. At each point in the evaluation, the patient is told to strain or valsalva. The pelvic organ prolapse quantification system (POP-Q) is a systematic description of site-specific measurements of a woman’s pelvic support [7]. Using this classification system, a standardized and reproducible method of documenting the severity of the prolapse is done based on 6 points of the vaginal wall in relation to the hymen (2 on the anterior wall, 2 in the superior vagina, and 2 on the posterior vaginal wall). A corresponding prolapse stage can then be assigned to the patient based on POP-Q measurements. If unable to reproduce the patient’s symptoms, or exam findings do not correlate with the history, a standing exam can be helpful. Close evaluation of the urethra is also important. In severe prolapse the urethra may become kinked and mask a potential underlying problem (occult SUI). Patients should be asked to valsalva or cough with prolapse reduction and a full bladder to evaluate for this. Lastly, the pelvic floor muscles should be palpated to assess for pain or pelvic floor atrophy, hypertonicity, tenderness, or spasms.
If the patient complains of urgency, frequency, and/or dysuria, urine cultures should be performed to exclude infection even if the urinalysis is negative. Antibiotics should be given based on culture results. A postvoid ultrasound or catheterization is used to evaluate for incomplete bladder emptying. Patients with microscopic or gross hematuria should undergo further testing with radiologic and cystoscopic evaluation as indicated, especially with a history of smoking. Women should be questioned regarding their menstrual history and if postmenopausal, about any vaginal bleeding. A pelvic ultrasound should be considered if the patient has a history of endometriosis, gynecological cancers, uterine fibroids, or ovarian cysts or if considering uterine preserving surgery or colpocleisis. Urodynamics are often indicated in complex patients with prolapse and lower urinary tract complaints or prior pelvic surgery.
Diagnosis
The patient was diagnosed with mixed urinary incontinence and a grade 2 cystocele. Treatment options were discussed and she was most interested in conservative management options.
What is first-line treatment for the complaints of urgency, frequency, and incontinence?
In an older patient with complaints of urgency, frequency, and incontinence, dietary and behavioral modifications as well as pelvic floor physical therapy are considered first-line minimally invasive treatments.
Dietary irritants such as coffee, tea, soda, and other caffeinated beverages can contribute to worsening of symptoms [8]. A randomized study measuring the effects of caffeine noted a significant reduction in urgency and frequency of voids and in symptom scores with reduction of caffeine use [9]. Some elderly patients are reluctant to change their lifestyle, but even small changes can significantly improve their urgency symptoms.
Timed voiding is an effective method for bladder retraining, which can be critical for managing symptoms both alone and as an adjunct to other interventions. Studies of behavioral therapy show significant improvement in urgency, frequency, and incontinence episodes. In a study by Wyman and Fanti, patients participating in bladder training and Kegel exercises noted a 57% decrease in incontinence episodes and 54% decrease in urine loss without medications [10]. Burgio et al compared behavioral therapy to anticholinergic medication administration. After 4 sessions over 8 weeks they reported 81% reduction in incontinence episodes compared to 69% in the drug group and 39% in the placebo group [11].
Elderly patients may take several medications, some of which can affect urine volume and timing of urine production. Diuretics given later in the day can increase nighttime urine production and worsen nocturia. Similarly, lower extremity edema can increase nocturnal urine volumes when the patient reclines. Compressive stockings and leg elevation 2-3 hours prior to bedtime will help evenly distribute fluids and decrease reabsorption when supine at night.
Pelvic Floor Physical Therapy
Pelvic floor physical therapy (PFPT) can be an effective treatment for OAB, SUI, and pelvic organ prolapse. PFPT is used as an urge suppression strategy for OAB by teaching patients how to contract their pelvic muscles to occlude the urethra and prevent leakage during a detrusor contraction. Strategies to help suppress urge and manage stress situations can reduce incontinence episodes up to 60% to 80% [12]. Behavioral programs can include bladder diaries, scheduled voiding, delayed voiding, double voiding, fluid management, and caffeine reduction. When combined with PFPT they can be very effective in the management of OAB symptoms and incontinence. The BE-DRI study showed that combined behavioral training and drug therapy yielded better outcomes over time in OAB symptoms, patient distress and treatment satisfaction than drug therapy alone [13]. PFPT is considered a first-line treatment for OAB and is a noninvasive and effective treatment for these symptoms [14].
Pelvic floor programs for SUI aim to teach pelvic floor muscle contraction to help prevent stress leakage and use a variety of methods including biofeedback and personalized training programs. A recent Cochrane review included 18 studies of PFPT for incontinence. They concluded that there was high quality evidence that PFPT was associated with cure and moderate evidence for improvement in SUI [15]. In a study comparing surgery versus PFPT at 1 year, subjective improvement in the surgery group was 91% compared to 64% in the PFPT group. While PFPT was not as effective as surgery, over 50% had improvement. PFPT remains an effective noninvasive option that should be considered, particularly in an older patient [16].
PFPT has also been studied as a treatment option for pelvic organ prolapse. In a randomized controlled trial (RCT) that compared PFPT to controls over time, more women in the PFPT group improved 1 POP-Q stage compared to the control group. They also had significantly improved pelvic floor symptom bother [17]. In the POPPY study examining PFPT versus a control condition, researchers were not able to show statistically significant improvement in prolapse stages but did show improvement in secondary outcomes, including symptom bother and the feeling of “bulge.” Fewer women sought further treatment for prolapse after undergoing PFPT [18]. PFPT can be effective in managing prolapse symptoms and may help improve prolapse stage.
Pessary
Pessaries are commonly used for management of pelvic organ prolapse in patients who choose nonoperative management. In a large study of pessary use in the Medicare population, it was noted that of 34,782 women diagnosed with prolapse between 1999 and 2000, 11.6% were treated with a pessary. Complications noted during the 9 years of follow-up included 3% with vesicovaginal or rectovaginal fistulas and 5% with a device-associated complication [19]. Use increased with age, with 24% of women over 85 being managed with a pessary. In a review examining quality of life, improvement in bulge, irritative symptoms, and sexual satisfaction occurred with pessary use. In the medium-term, prolapse-related bother symptoms, quality of life, and overall perception of body image improved with the use of a pessary [20]. For SUI, rings with a knob or an incontinence dish can provide support to the urethra and help to pinch it closed with coughing, sneezing, and laughing, preventing leakage. In an RCT comparing women who received behavioral therapy, an incontinence pessary, or both, at 3 months 33% of those assigned to pessary reported improved incontinence symptoms compared to 49% with behavioral therapy, and 63% were satisfied with pessary treatment compared to 75% with behavioral therapy [21,22]. Differences did not persist to 12 months with over one third of all women improved and even more satisfied. A pessary can be safely used in the elderly population but does require office management and regular follow-up to prevent complications.
Initital Treatment
The patient was treated with 3 months of PFPT with biofeedback and pelvic floor muscle strengthening. In addition, she was able to decrease her caffeine use from 4 cups of coffee per day to 1 cup in the morning. At her 3-month follow-up visit, she noticed significant improvement in her voiding symptoms, and her voiding diary showed improved voided volumes and decreased frequency and nocturia. However, she was becoming more active in her community, going to aerobics and dance classes. She was more bothered by the “bulge” feeling in her vagina. She was not interested in a pessary but wanted to hear about surgical options for prolapse treatment.
What is operative management of pelvic organ prolapse?
The goals for surgical pelvic organ prolapse repair are to resolve symptoms, restore normal or near-normal anatomy, preserve sexual, urinary and bowel function, and minimize patient morbidity. The extent of prolapse, patient risk factors for recurrence, patient preference, and overall medical condition all influence the method for surgical repair. Surgeon familiarity and experience is also important when selecting the appropriate repair. Recent concerns regarding the use of synthetic mesh material has become a factor in counseling patients since the 2011 US Food and Drug Administration safety communication on transvaginal mesh [23].
Vaginal Approaches
Numerous techniques for pelvic organ prolapse repair have been described, though most repairs can broadly be divided into vaginal and abdominal procedures. Vaginal surgery is consistently associated with shorter operative times, less postoperative pain, and a shorter length of stay than abdominal approaches. All prolapsing compartments can be addressed vaginally using a patient’s own tissue, often called a “native tissue repair.” The vaginal apex is suspended from either the uterosacral ligament (USL) condensations or to the sacrospinous ligaments (SSL). Sutures are placed through these structures and tied to hold the vaginal vault in place, often at the time of concomitant enterocele, cystocele, or rectocele repairs. A recent randomized trial comparing USL and SSL repair showed composite functional and symptomatic success was 60% at 2 years and did not differ by technique [24]. While overall success may appear low, symptomatic vaginal bulge was present in only 17% to 19% of women at 2 years and only 5% underwent re-treatment with surgery or pessary during follow-up. Similar outcomes have been demonstrated for isolated cystocele repairs plicating the pubo-cervical fascia (anterior colporrhaphy). Cited failure rates have been as high as 70% [25], though this depends on the definition of success. When symptoms of bulge and/or prolapse beyond the hymen are used, success rates are closer to 89% at 2 years [26]. In one study comparing mesh-augmented cystocele repair with native tissue anterior colporrhaphy, 49% of women had a successful composite outcome at 2 years of grade 0 or 1 prolapse and no symptoms of bulge without the use of mesh graft [27]. Despite lower anatomic success rates, anterior colporrhaphy consistently relieves symptoms of bulge with low retreatment rates.
The high failure rates of native tissue vaginal repairs, especially in women with high-grade or recurrent prolapse, led to an interest in graft-augmented repairs. Furthermore, anatomic studies showed that up to 88% of cystoceles were associated with a lateral defect, or tearing of the pubocervical fascia from the pelvic sidewall (arcus tendineous fascia pelvis) [28]. Plicating the already weak fascia centrally would not repair an underlying lateral defect resulting in treatment failure. Replacing this weak fascia with a graft and anchoring it laterally and proximally should result in better anatomic and functional outcomes. These patches can be made from autologous tissue (rectus fascia), donor allograft material (fascia lata), xenografts (porcine dermis, bovine pericardium), or synthetic mesh. Initial studies using cadaveric dermis grafts for recurrent stage II or stage III/IV pelvic organ prolapse resulted in 50% failure at 4 years, but symptomatic failure was only 11% [29]. Further publications utilizing cadaveric tissue patches showed lower rates of cystocele recurrences of 0 to 17% between 20 and 56 months of follow-up [30].
As interest in patch repairs became popular, the use of synthetic mesh was applied to tension-free mid-urethral tapes for SUI. Studies were also showing rapid cadaveric and xenograft graft metabolism, graft extrusion, and early failure in some women [31]. This led to the use of larger pieces of synthetic mesh for prolapse repair, as it had been for abdominal wall and inguinal hernia repairs. Ultimately large-pore, light-weight polypropylene mesh was seen as the most favorable material and large randomized studies were performed to compare outcomes. Theoretically, a synthetic material would provide a replacement for the weakened and torn pubocervical fascia and not be subjected to enzymatic degradation. Altman et al published a widely cited randomized trial comparing native tissue vs. synthetic mesh showing that improvement in the composite primary outcome (no prolapse on the basis of both objective and subjective assessments) was more common in the mesh group (61% vs. 35%) at 1 year. Mesh placement was associated with longer operative times, higher blood loss, and 3.2% of women underwent secondary procedures for vaginal mesh exposure [27]. While there is still debate on the routine use of transvaginal mesh placement, current recommendations generally limit its use for recurrent or high grade pelvic organ prolapse (> Stage III), and possibly those at higher risks for recurrence. The American Urological Association has supported the FDA recommendation that patients undergo a thorough consent process and that surgeons are properly trained in pelvic reconstruction and mesh placement techniques. Furthermore, surgeons placing transvaginal mesh should be equipped to diagnose and treat any complications that may arise subsequent to its use.
Abdominal Approaches
Pelvic organ prolapse can also be approached through an abdominal technique. The classic description for vaginal vault prolapse repair is the abdominal sacrocolpopexy. This involves fixating the vaginal apex to the anterior longitudinal ligament at the sacral promontory. Hysterectomy is performed at the same setting if still in situ. A strip of lightweight polypropylene mesh is sutured to the anterior and posterior vaginal walls after dissecting the bladder and rectum off, then suspended in a tension-free manner to the sacrum. Large trials with long-term follow-up show durability of this repair. Seven-year follow-up of a large NIH-sponsored trial comparing sacrocolpopexy with and without urethropexy found 31/181 (17%) with anatomic prolapse beyond the hymen [32]. Of these women one-third had involvement of the vaginal apex, though 50% of women were asymptomatic. Overall, 95% of women had no retreatment for pelvic organ prolapse. A surprising finding was a 10.5% mesh exposure rate with a mean follow-up of 6.1 years. Previously, abdominally placed mesh was thought to be much safer than transvaginal mesh, but exposure rates are roughly similar in newer studies at high-volume, fellowship-trained centers [33]. The largest advance in abdominal prolapse surgery has come with the adoption of laparoscopic and robotic-assisted technology. Minimally invasive approaches to abdominal surgery have resulted in less blood loss and shorter length of stay, though longer operative times [34]. Short- and medium-term outcomes have been compared to the open techniques in smaller single-center series. At least 1 randomized trial comparing laparoscopic to robotic sacrocolpopexy showed similar complications and perioperative outcomes, though the robotic technique was more costly [35].
Stress Urinary Incontinence Procedures
When SUI is identified preoperatively, treatment should be considered at the time of prolapse repair [32,36]. The gold standard for treatment of SUI with urethral hypermobility has been placement of a synthetic mid-urethral sling. There are several types of slings available, mainly categorized as retropubic, transobturator, or single-incision “mini-slings.” In a multicenter study by the Urinary Incontinence Treatment Network (UITN), patient satisfaction after retropubic and transobturator sling placement was studied 12 months after surgery. Both groups had a high satisfaction rate (from 85% to 90%) for urine leakage, urgency, and frequency [37]. There was no significant difference in outcomes between the 2 approaches. Several other studies and systematic reviews have also shown excellent long-term results with sling treatment. In the recently published 5-year follow-up of the Trial of Mid-Urethral Slings (TOMUS), researchers demonstrated an 80% to 85% patient satisfaction rate with a 10% adverse event rate. Of these adverse events, only 6 were classified as serious requiring surgical, radiologic, or endoscopic intervention [38].
If the patient has SUI but no urethral hypermobility, consider intrinsic sphincter deficiency as the etiology of her incontinence. In that case, injectable therapy with urethral bulking agents is an effective treatment. Some commonly used injectables include carbon beads (Durasphere), calcium hydroxylapatite (Coaptite), bovine collagen (Contigen), and silicon particles (Macroplastique). In a Cochrane review of injectable therapy, they compared urethral injection to conservative treatment with physical therapy and noted an improvement with injection at 3 months. Surgical treatment was overall more effective; however, 50% of the women that received a collagen injection were satisfied at 12 months after the procedure. They also note lower morbidity for this procedure compared to surgery [39].
Treatment in This Patient
The patient underwent successful robotic sacrocolpopexy with mesh and a transobturator sling. There were no complications during the procedure and she reports no bulge or SUI symptoms. She has not been straining to void and has been emptying her bladder well since the Foley catheter was removed the day after surgery. However, she continues to complain of bothersome urgency, frequency, and urge incontinence. She is wearing 1 to 3 pads daily for leakage. At her 6-week postoperative visit, the exam showed excellent vaginal support, no SUI, low PVR, and her urine culture was negative.
What are the clinical implications of these findings?
At this point it is reasonable to continue treatment of OAB. The patient may continue to see improvement as she gets further out from surgery but especially in a patient that had preoperative OAB symptoms, treatment is indicated and may consist of reminding her of behavioral modifications, returning to pelvic floor physical therapy, or starting her on a medication.
What medications are used to treat OAB?
Anticholinergic Drugs
Anticholinergics are second-line therapy for OAB; these medications prevent the binding of acetylcholine to the M3 muscarinic receptor in the detrusor muscle and inhibit uncontrolled bladder contraction. There are numerous medications and delivery methods (pills, patches, gels) but efficacy is similar among the different drugs and all are limited by side effects such as dry mouth, constipation, and central nervous system side effects. Mirabegron, approved by the FDA in June 2012 and released in October 2012, is an agonist of the β3-adrenoceptor receptor in the detrusor muscle promoting bladder storage. A phase III trial found that mirabegron significantly decreased incontinence episodes and micturition frequency compared to placebo [40]. Dry mouth, common with anticholinergics, was 3 times less likely compared to tolterodine [41]. The most common side effects (headache, urinary tract infection, hypertension, and nasopharyngitis) were similar between treatment and placebo groups.
Long-term compliance, side effects, and decreased efficacy limit the benefits of medication therapy [42]. In one survey, 25% of patients taking OAB medications discontinued them within 12 months with 89% reporting unmet treatment expectations and/or tolerability [43].
6 Months Later
The patient continues to complain of persistent OAB symptoms despite anticholinergic and beta-3 agonist therapy. She reported significant constipation and dry mouth with an anticholinergic and symptoms did not improve with mirebegron. Despite having OAB symptoms prior to her prolapse repair, it is important to evaluate for any other cause of her persistent symptoms. Her surgical repair remains intact and urodynamics and cystoscopy were performed showing no evidence of bladder outlet obstruction and no mesh or suture material in the bladder. There was no leakage with valsalva, though she had some early sensation of fullness (sensory urge). With a negative evaluation, refractory OAB is diagnosed and the patient is a candidate for third-line OAB treatment.
What are third-line OAB treatments?
OnabotulinumtoxinA
OnabotulinumtoxinA (Botox) was approved in 2013 for patients intolerant or unresponsive to behavioral therapy and oral medications. OnabotulinumtoxinA is a chemical neuromodulator that cleaves the SNARE protein SNAP-25, inhibits the fusion of the cytoplasmic vesical to the nerve terminal, and prevents the release of acetylcholine. This causes detrusor muscle relaxation and may also inhibit sensory afferent pathways [44].
Nitti et al compared Botox 100 U to placebo in 557 patients that were refractory to anticholinergics [45]. Botox decreased the frequency of daily urinary incontinence episodes vs placebo (–2.65 vs –0.87, P < 0.001) and 22.9% vs 6.5% of patients became completely continent. A 5.4% rate of urinary retention occurred and UTI was the most common side effect (16%) in those receiving active drug. A dose of 100 U is recommended to limit side effects while maintaining efficacy [46].
Comparision of a daily anticholinergic (solifenacin) versus Botox 100 U for 6 months was done in a randomized double-blind, double-placebo-controlled trial [47]. Patients underwent saline injection or took an oral placebo in the anticholinergic and Botox groups, respectively. Complete resolution of urinary symptoms occurred in 13% of the medication group and 27% of the Botox group (P = 0.003). Dry mouth was more common in the medication group (46% vs. 31%) and the Botox group had a higher rate of catheter use and urinary tract infections (5% vs. 0%; 33% vs. 13%). Quality of life measures have also been shown to improve significantly following Botox injection [45,48].
When considering whether Botox is appropriate for a particular patient, physicians must determine whether the patient is willing and able to perform clean intermittent catheterization. Contraindications include active UTI, urinary retention, unwilling or unable to do clean intermittent catheterization, and known hypersenstivitiy to botulinum toxin type A. Although the definition of urinary retention and the PVR at which clean intermittent catheterization should be initiated varies, one study found a 94% rate of urinary retention with a preoperative PVR > 100 mL [49].
Botox can be administered in the clinic with or without local anesthetic but general anesthetic may be used in patients who might be poorly tolerant of the procedure. Using flexible or rigid cystoscopy, the bladder is filled to 100 to 200 mL. An injection needle is used to inject 0.5 cc aliquots of reconstituted onabotulinumtoxinA in 20 areas spaced 1 cm apart. Periprocedure antibiotics are recommended by the manufacturer but actual usage varies [50]. Patients should understand that the effects of Botox may take up to 4 weeks and an appointment should be scheduled within 2 weeks to evaluate PVR and any other adverse reactions. Repeat injections are needed between 3 to 9 months as symptoms return; however, efficacy is maintained with subsequent treatments [51].
Neuromodulation
Additional third-line treatment options include sacral or posterior tibial nerve neuromodulation. Sacral neuromodulation has been FDA approved for treatment of urgency, frequency and urgency incontinence since 1997. Also known as InterStim (Medtronic, Minneapolis, MN), this involves placement of a tined electrode adjacent to the S3 nerve root and is thought to result in modulation of the afferent nerve signals from the bladder to the spinal cord and the pontine micturition center.
Since the FDA approved sacral neuromodulation, long-term results for this therapy have been positive. A multicenter study with a 5-year follow-up showed a statistically significant reduction in daily leakage episodes, number of daily voids, and increase in voided volume, with a 5-year success rate of 68% for urgency incontinence and 56% for urgency/frequency [52]. Al-Zahrani et al followed 96 patients (35% with urgency incontinence) for a mean of 50.7 months and approximately 85% of the incontinent patients remained improved [53]. Conversely, Groen et al observed a gradual decrease in success rate from 1 month to 5 years in 60 women with urge incontinence, with only 15% completely continent at 5 years [54].
Sacral neuromodulation is typically performed in 2 stages. The first stage is electrode placement and trial period. A percutaneous nerve evaluation is a temporary electrode placement in the office or a permanent lead placement can be performed in the operating room. Correct placement stimulating the S3 nerve root is confirmed by motor and/or sensory testing. If there is an appropriate response, the electrode lead is connected to a temporary external pulse generator and is worn by the patient for a 2–14 day test period. If more than a 50% improvement in symptoms occur, a permanent lead and battery is placed in the operating room. If there is inadequate symptom response, the lead is removed. There are several recognized limitations of the office percutaneous nerve evaluation compared to operating room lead placement, including false-negative responses, possibly due to lead migration [55], incorrect lead placement, or an inadequate test period [56]. However, it is relatively noninvasive and potentially avoids 2 operating room procedures. Regardless of the choice of the initial test period, sacral neuromodulation offers a minimally invasive, long-term treatment option for refractory OAB.
Percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation (PTNS) is an office procedure that stimulates the posterior tibial nerve. This nerve contains L4–S3 fibers that originate from the same spinal segments that innervate the bladder and pelvic floor. In comparision to sacral neuromodulation, percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation is less invasive, less expensive and there is no permanent implant required [57].
Percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation is performed by a physician, nurse, or other advanced practice provider. Patients sit with knees abducted and the leg externally rotated. A 34-gauge needle is inserted 3 cm into the skin 3 fingerbreadths above the medial malleolus. The Urgent PC Neuromodulation System (Uroplasty, Minnetonka, MN) is attached and the amplitude of the stimulation is increased until the large toe curls or the toes fan. Each session lasts 30 minutes and 12 weekly treatments provides the best improvement in patient symptoms [58, 59]. There is a strong carry-over effect and patients generally need re-treatments every 4-6 weeks for 30 minutes.
Percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation has been compared favorably to both anticholinergic and sham treatments. The Overactive Bladder Innovative Therapy Trial (OrBIT) randomized 100 patients to PTNS or tolterodine for 12 weeks. The global response assessment demonstrated a statistically significant subjective improvement or cure over baseline in OAB symptoms in 79.5% of the PTNS group vs. 54.8% of the tolterodine group (P = 0.01)[60]. The SUmiT trial compared the efficacy of PTNS to sham for 12 weeks of therapy [59]. In this multicenter study, subjects were assessed at 13 weeks using the global response assessment for overall bladder symptoms. 55% of PTNS subjects achieved moderately or marked improvement in bladder symptoms compared to 20.9% of sham subjects (P < 0.001). Voiding diary parameters also improved compared to sham. In an earlier sham controlled trial, 12 patients (71%) in the treatment arm compared to none of the 15 placebo patients, demonstrated more than 50% improvement in diary and quality of life scores [61].
To evaluate long-term efficacy and safety, 36-month results of 29 positive responders of the initial SUmiT trial was reported [59]. In addition, a maintenance regimen was developed so patients received PTNS at tapering intervals over a 3-month period followed by a personalized treatment plan to sustain subjective improvement in their symptoms. With an average of 1 treatment a month, symptom severity scores and health related quality of life scores were statistically significant for improvement at each tested time-point. Yoong et al followed patients for 2 years following initial treatment with PTNS and confirmed a durable improvement in nocturia, frequency, urgency incontinence and symptom scores with a longer median length between treatments of 64 days [62].
PTNS is office-based, has few side effects, and avoids an implantable device. In addition, continuous stimulation is not necessary and a decreased treatment frequency is needed over time. Limitations include the time commitment that is required for both the initial treatment phase and the maintenance phase. Logistical concerns of weekly and monthly office visits or arranging for transportation can limit treatment.
Additional Treatment
The patient received injection of 100 U of Botox in the office. At her 2-week follow up appointment, her PVR was 90 mL and she was already seeing improvement in her incontinence episodes. At 6 weeks she was wearing 1 pad per day but using it mainly for protection. She still notices urgency, particularly if she drinks more than 1 cup of coffee in the morning, but overall she reports significant improvement in her symptoms. She has no complaints of a vaginal bulge and on exam has a grade 1 distal rectocele and no SUI with a full bladder. The physician discussed need for continued yearly examinations and repeat injections due to the duration of action of Botox.
Conclusion
This case demonstrates the complex step-wise management strategy of a patient with pelvic organ prolapse and voiding dysfunction. Interventions directed at patient bother and recognition of the various modalities and timing of treatment are essential to provide the greatest chance of positive treatment outcomes and patient satisfaction.
Corresponding author: Jaimie M Bartley, DO, 3601 W. 13 Mile Rd., Royal Oak, MI 48073.
Financial disclosures: None.
1. Nygaard I, Barber MD, Burgio KL, et al; Pelvic Floor Disorders Network. Prevalence of symptomatic pelvic floor disorders in US women. JAMA 2008;300:1311–6.
2. Hendrix SL, Clark A, Nygaard I, et al. Pelvic organ prolapse in the Women's Health Initiative: gravity and gravidity. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186:1160–6.
3. Barber MD, Maher C. Epidemiology and outcome assessment of pelvic organ prolapse. Int Urogynecol J 2013;24:1783–90.
4. Zhang C, Hai T, Yu L, et al. Association between occupational stress and risk of overactive bladder and other lower urinary tract symptoms: a cross-sectional study of female nurses in China. Neurourol Urodyn 2013;32:254–60.
5. Swift SE, Tate SB, Nicholas J. Correlation of symptoms with degree of pelvic organ support in a general population of women: what is pelvic organ prolapse? Am J Obstet Gynecol 2003;189:372–7.
6. Baessler K, Maher C. Pelvic organ prolapse surgery and bladder function. Int Urogynecol J 2013;24:1843–52.
7. Bump RC, Mattiasson A, Bø K, et al. The standardization of terminology of female pelvic organ prolapse and pelvic floor dysfunction. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1996;175:10–7.
8. Lohsiriwat S, Hirunsai M, Chaiyaprasithi B. Effect of caffeine on bladder function in patients with overactive bladder symptoms. Urol Ann 2011;3:14–8.
9. Wells MJ, Jamieson K, Markham TC, et al. The effect of caffeinated versus decaffeinated drinks on overactive bladder: a double-blind, randomized, crossover study. J Wound Ostomy Continence Nurs 2014;41:371–8.
10. Fantl JA, Wyman JF, McClish DK, et al. Efficacy of bladder training in older women with urinary incontinence. JAMA 1991;265:609–13.
11. Burgio KL, Locher JL, Goode PS, et al. Behavioral vs drug treatment for urge urinary incontinence in older women: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 1998;280:1995–2000.
12. Burgio KL. Update on behavioral and physical therapies for incontinence and overactive bladder: the role of pelvic floor muscle training. Curr Urol Rep 2013;14:457–64.
13. Burgio KL, Kraus SR, Menefee S, et al; Urinary Incontinence Treatment Network. Behavioral therapy to enable women with urge incontinence to discontinue drug treatment: a randomized trial. Ann Intern Med 2008;149:161–9.
14. Gormley EA, Lightner DJ, Faraday M, Vasavada SP. Diagnosis and Treatment of Overactive Bladder (Non-Neurogenic) in Adults: AUA/SUFU Guideline Amendment. J Urol 2015;193:1572–80.
15. Dumoulin C, Hay-Smith J, Habée-Séguin GM, Mercier J. Pelvic floor muscle training versus no treatment, or inactive control treatments, for urinary incontinence in women: A short version Cochrane systematic review with meta-analysis. Neurourol Urodyn 2015;34:300–8.
16. Labrie J, Berghmans BL, Fischer K, et al. Surgery versus physiotherapy for stress urinary incontinence. N Engl J Med 2013;369:1124–33.
17. Braekken IH, Majida M, Engh ME, Bø K. Can pelvic floor muscle training reverse pelvic organ prolapse and reduce prolapse symptoms? An assessor-blinded, randomized, controlled trial. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2010;203:170.e1–7.
18. Hagen S, Stark D, Glazener C, et al; POPPY Trial Collaborators. Individualised pelvic floor muscle training in women with pelvic organ prolapse (POPPY): a multicentre randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2014;383:796–806.
19. Alperin M, Khan A, Dubina E, et al. Patterns of pessary care and outcomes for medicare beneficiaries with pelvic organ prolapse. Female Pelvic Med Reconstr Surg 2013;19:142-7.
20. Lamers BH, Broekman BM, Milani AL. Pessary treatment for pelvic organ prolapse and health-related quality of life: a review. Int Urogynecol J 2011;22:637–44.
21. Richter HE, Burgio KL, Brubaker L, et al; Pelvic Floor Disorders Network. Continence pessary compared with behavioral therapy or combined therapy for stress incontinence: a randomized controlled trial. Obstet Gynecol 2010;115:609–17.
22. Wood LN, Anger JT. Urinary incontinence in women. BMJ 2014;349:g4531.
23. FDA Safety Communication. Update on serious complications associated with transvaginal placement of surgical mesh for pelvic organ prolapse. Available at http://www.fda.gov/MedicalDevices/Safety/AlertsandNotices/ucm262435.htm.
24. Barber MD, Brubaker L, Burgio KL, Meikle SF; Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development Pelvic Floor Disorders Network. Comparison of 2 transvaginal surgical approaches and perioperative behavioral therapy for apical vaginal prolapse: the OPTIMAL randomized trial. JAMA 2014;311:1023–34.
25. Weber AM, Walters MD, Piedmonte MR, Ballard LA. Anterior colporrhaphy: a randomized trial of three surgical techniques. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2001;185:1299–304.
26. Chmielewski L, Walters MD, Weber AM, Barber MD. Reanalysis of a randomized trial of 3 techniques of anterior colporrhaphy using clinically relevan tdefinitions of success. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2011;205:69.e1–8.
27. Altman D, Väyrynen T, Engh ME, et al; Nordic Transvaginal Mesh Group. Anterior colporrhaphy versus transvaginal mesh for pelvic-organ prolapse. N Engl J Med 2011;364:1826–36. Erratum in: N Engl J Med 2013;368:394.
28. Delancey JO. Fascial and muscular abnormalities in women with urethral hypermobility and anterior vaginal wall prolapse. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;187:93–8.
29. Clemons JL, Myers DL, Aguilar VC, Arya LA. Vaginal paravaginal repair with an AlloDerm graft. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2003;189:1612–8.
30. Gomelsky A, Rudy DC, Dmochowski RR. Porcine dermis interposition graft for repair of high grade anterior compartment defects with or without concomitant pelvic organ prolapse procedures. J Urol 2004;171:1581–4.
31. Handel LN, Frenkl TL, Kim YH. Results of cystocele repair: a comparison of traditional anterior colporrhaphy, polypropylene mesh and porcine dermis. J Urol 2007;178:153–6.
32. Nygaard I, Brubaker L, Zyczynski HM, et al. Long-term outcomes following abdominal sacrocolpopexy for pelvic organ prolapse. JAMA 2013;309:2016–24.
33. Sirls LT, McLennan GP, Killinger KA, et al. Exploring predictors of mesh exposure after vaginal prolapse repair. Female Pelvic Med Reconstr Surg 2013;19:206–9.
34. Hsiao KC, Latchamsetty K, Govier FE, et al. Comparison of laparoscopic and abdominal sacrocolpopexy for the treatment of vaginal vault prolapse. J Endourol 2007;21:926–30.
35. Anger JT, Mueller ER, Tarnay C, et al. Robotic compared with laparoscopic sacrocolpopexy: a randomized controlled trial. Obstet Gynecol 2014;123:5–12.
36. Wei JT, Nygaard I, Richter HE, et al; Pelvic Floor Disorders Network. A midurethral sling to reduce incontinence after vaginal prolapse repair. N Engl J Med 2012;366:2358–67.
37. Wai CY, Curto TM, Zyczynski HM, et al; Urinary Incontinence Treatment Network. Patient satisfaction after midurethral sling surgery for stress urinary incontinence. Obstet Gynecol 2013;121:1009–16.
38. Kenton K, Stoddard AM, Zyczynski H, et al. 5-year longitudinal followup after retropubic and transobturator mid urethral slings. J Urol 2015;193:203–10.
39. Kirchin V, Page T, Keegan PE, Atiemo K, Cody JD, McClinton S. Urethral injection therapy for urinary incontinence in women. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2012;2:CD003881.
40. Chapple CR, Kaplan SA, Mitcheson D, et al. Randomized double-blind, active-controlled phase 3 study to assess 12-month safety and efficacy of mirabegron, a β(3)-adrenoceptor agonist, in overactive bladder. Eur Urol 2013;63:296–305.
41. Nitti VW, Auerbach S, Martin N, et al. Results of a randomized phase III trial of mirabegron in patients with overactive bladder. J Urol 2013;189:1388–95.
42. Dmochowski RR, Newman DK. Impact of overactive bladder on women in the United States: results of a national survey. Curr Med Res Opin 2007;23:65–76.
43. Benner JS, Nichol MB, Rovner ES, et al. Patient-reported reasons for discontinuing overactive bladder medication. BJU Int 2010;105:1276–82.
44. Apostolidis A, Dasgupta P, Fowler CJ. Proposed mechanism for the efficacy of injected botulinum toxin in the treatment of human detrusor overactivity. Eur Urol 2006;49:644–50.
45. Nitti VW, Dmochowski R, Herschorn S, et al; EMBARK Study Group. OnabotulinumtoxinA for the treatment of patients with overactive bladder and urinary incontinence: results of a phase 3, randomized, placebo controlled trial. J Urol 2013;189:2186–93.
46. Dmochowski R, Chapple C, Nitti VW, et al. Efficacy and safety of onabotulinumtoxinA for idiopathic overactive bladder: a double-blind, placebo controlled, randomized, dose ranging trial. J Urol 2010;184:2416–22.
47. Visco AG, Brubaker L, Richter HE, et al; Pelvic Floor Disorders Network. Anticholinergic versus botulinum toxin A comparison trial for the treatment of bothersome urge urinary incontinence: ABC trial. Contemp Clin Trials 2012;33:184–96.
48. Chapple C, Sievert KD, MacDiarmid S, et al. OnabotulinumtoxinA 100 U significantly improves all idiopathic overactive bladder symptoms and quality of life in patients with overactive bladder and urinary incontinence: a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Eur Urol 2013;64:249–56.
49. Osborn DJ, Kaufman MR, Mock S, et al. Urinary retention rates after intravesical onabotulinumtoxinA injection for idiopathic overactive bladder in clinical practice and predictors of this outcome. Neurourol Urodyn 2014 Jun 29.
50. Rovner E. Chapter 6: Practical aspects of administration of onabotulinumtoxinA. Neurourol Urodyn 2014;33 Suppl 3:S32–7.
51. Duthie JB, Vincent M, Herbison GP, et al. Botulinum toxin injections for adults with overactive bladder syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2011;(12):CD005493.
52. van Kerrebroeck PE, van Voskuilen AC, Heesakkers JP, et al. Results of sacral neuromodulation therapy for urinary voiding dysfunction: outcomes of a prospective, worldwide clinical study. J Urol 2007;178:2029–34.
53. Al-zahrani AA, Elzayat EA, Gajewski JB. Long-term outcome and surgical interventions after sacral neuromodulation implant for lower urinary tract symptoms: 14-year experience at 1 center. J Urol 2011;185:981–6.
54. Groen J, Blok BF, Bosch JL. Sacral neuromodulation as treatment for refractory idiopathic urge urinary incontinence: 5-year results of a longitudinal study in 60 women. J Urol 2011;186:954–9.
55. Carey M, Fynes M, Murray C, Maher C. Sacral nerve root stimulation for lower urinary tract dysfunction: overcoming the problem of lead migration. BJU Int 2001;87:15–8.
56. Everaert K, Kerckhaert W, Caluwaerts H, et al. A prospective randomized trial comparing the 1-stage with the 2-stage implantation of a pulse generator in patients with pelvic floor dysfunction selected for sacral nerve stimulation. Eur Urol 2004;45:649–54.
57. Staskin DR, Peters KM, MacDiarmid S, et al. Percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation: a clinically and cost effective addition to the overactive bladder algorithm of care. Curr Urol Rep 2012;13:327–34.
58. Peters KM, Carrico DJ, Wooldridge LS, et al. Percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation for the long-term treatment of overactive bladder: 3-year results of the STEP study. J Urol 2013;189:2194–201.
59. Peters KM, Carrico DJ, Perez-Marrero RA, et al. Randomized trial of percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation versus Sham efficacy in the treatment of overactive bladder syndrome: results from the SUmiT trial. J Urol 2010;183:1438–43.
60. Peters KM, Macdiarmid SA, Wooldridge LS, et al. Randomized trial of percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation versus extended-release tolterodine: results from the overactive bladder innovative therapy trial. J Urol 2009;182:1055–61.
61. Finazzi-Agrò E, Petta F, Sciobica F, et al. Percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation effects on detrusor overactivity incontinence are not due to a placebo effect: a randomized, double-blind, placebo controlled trial. J Urol 2010;184:2001–6.
62. Yoong W, Shah P, Dadswell R, Green L. Sustained effectiveness of percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation for overactive bladder syndrome: 2-year follow-up of positive responders. Int Urogynecol J 2013;24:795–9.
From Beaumont Health System, Royal Oak, MI.
Abstract
- Objective: To review the evaluation and management of complex pelvic floor disorders in elderly women.
- Methods: Literature review and presentation of a clinical case.
- Results: Pelvic floor disorders are a common problem in elderly women. Pelvic organ prolapse and voiding complaints often coexist and several treatment options are available. A step-wise approach should be used in which management of the most bothersome symptoms occurs first. Conservative, medication, and surgical options should be discussed with each patient depending on treatment goals and health status. Some effects do overlap; however, treatment of one condition may not preclude treatment of other symptoms.
- Conclusion: In women with complex pelvic floor disorders, addressing the most bothersome symptom first will increase patient satisfaction. Patients should be counseled about the potential need for multiple treatments for optimal results.
The female pelvic floor consists of a complex relationship of muscles, connective tissue and fascia, ligaments, and neurovascular support. These structures are responsible for support of the pelvic organs (uterus, bladder, rectum, and vagina), maintain continence, and assist in normal bowel function. Pelvic floor disorders occur when there is a compromise in these structures, resulting in prolapse, urinary incontinence, bowel complaints, or pain. Often several symptoms coexist with overlapping pathophysiology. Examinations and studies should aim to correctly diagnose the disorders and guide treatments toward the most bothersome symptoms.
Pelvic organ prolapse occurs when there is a weakening of the pelvic floor connective tissue, muscles, and nerves, allowing a bulge or protrusion of the vaginal walls and their associated pelvic organs. Between 3% to 50% of women in the United States have some degree of pelvic organ prolapse depending on whether the definition is based on symptoms or anatomic evaluation [1–3]. Risk factors include vaginal delivery, obesity, Caucasian race, and prior prolapse surgery. Despite the non–life-threatening nature of pelvic organ prolapse, the associated social and physical restrictions can significantly impact quality of life [4]. The cost of prolapse surgery has been estimated to be over $1.4 billion per year [3].
The sensation of a vaginal bulge is the only symptom consistently related to pelvic organ prolapse, with patients typically reporting symptoms once the prolapse extends beyond the hymenal ring [5]. The diagnosis of pelvic organ prolapse is made based on symptoms and confirmed by physical exam.
Patients with pelvic organ prolapse may experience obstructive voiding symptoms, such as hesitancy, straining, or incomplete bladder emptying. In some cases, patients may have to manually reduce the bulge to be able to void, a practice known as “splinting.” Overactive bladder (OAB), a syndrome of urinary urgency, frequency, and nocturia with or without urgency incontinence, can also occur. In patients with lower urinary tract complaints, repair of a vaginal bulge, especially a cystocele, can be associated with improved voiding symptoms [6]. Additionally, prolapse treatment can unmask de novo stress urinary incontinence (SUI), leaking with cough, sneeze or other activity that increases abdominal pressure. Urinary tract infections, pelvic pain, dyspareunia and defecatory problems can also be present.
When evaluating a woman with pelvic organ prolapse and voiding complaints, the clinician should strive to illicit which symptoms bother the patient most. A patient with primarily OAB symptoms and minimal prolapse may be treated with physical therapy or medications addressing the OAB rather than reconstructive surgery. In contrast, the patient with OAB symptoms and bothersome prolapse must be counseled on possible need for additional treatment of voiding complaints following surgical repair. This may include management of persistent OAB symptoms or SUI occurring following prolapse repair. Defecatory problems may be independent of a small rectocele present on exam, especially if long-term constipation is present. Choice of treatment depends on the severity of symptoms, the degree of prolapse, and the patient’s health status and activity level.
Case Study
Initial Presentation
A 68-year-old woman with a 15-month history of urinary urgency, frequency, incontinence and vaginal pressure presents to a urologist.
History and Physical Examination
The patient’s symptoms began shortly after the death of her husband. She initially saw her internist who prescribed antibiotics for a suspected urinary tract infection (UTI) based on office urinalysis. The symptoms did not resolve so another course of antibiotics was tried, again without relief. At her 3rd visit, a urine culture was done which was negative and she was referred to a urologist.
The patient reports 3 UTIs in the last 6 months. Following antibiotic treatment, the burning improves but she still complains of urgency and frequency. She also wears 2 to 3 pads per day for leakage that occurs with coughing and also when she feels an urge but cannot make it to the bathroom. She wakes 1 to 3 times at night to void. She feels that she empties her bladder well but often has to strain to void and sometimes feels a “bulge” in her vagina. All of these symptoms increase after being on her feet all day while she works as a grocery store cashier.
Physical exam demonstrates mild suprapubic tenderness and mild atrophic vaginitis. The anterior vaginal wall protrudes to the hymen with straining and her vaginal apex is supported 5 cm above the hymenal ring. With reduction of the cystocele there was urine leakage with cough. The cervix is surgically absent and her posterior vaginal wall is without bulge on valsalva. Her catheterized post-void residual (PVR) was 105 mL. Urine dipstick analysis was negative for infection or blood.
What is the initial evaluation of a woman with pelvic organ prolapse and voiding complaints?
The initial evaluation of a woman with pelvic organ prolapse and voiding complaints consists of a detailed history and physical examination. The nature, duration, and severity of symptoms should be assessed. Complaints of vaginal pressure or bulge are important, as well as exacerbating instances (standing, straining, defecation). Local irritation or vaginal spotting is common if prolapse is beyond the hymen. Splinting or reduction of a bulge to void or defecate are important elements of the history. Sexual history should never be overlooked, including both sexual status (active or not) as well as goals for future sexual activity. Voiding symptoms such as dysuria, frequency, urgency, nocturia and incontinence should be discussed. A 3-day voiding diary that captures number of voids per day, voided volumes, and fluid intake can be obtained. If incontinence is present, the clinician should determine what causes the incontinence. Incontinence that is associated with urgency or no warning (urge incontinence) should be treated differently than incontinence associated with activity (SUI). Mixed urinary incontinence is the presence of both stress and urgency incontinence.
Past medical history should include common medical comorbidities such as diabetes, hypertension and cardiovascular disease. Obstetric history is important due to the increased risk for pelvic floor disorders in women with multiple pregnancies and vaginal deliveries [2]. Prior hysterectomy, colon resection, or other pelvic surgeries may also contribute to symptoms. Smokers have a greater risk of genitourinary malignancy and high caffeine consumption is implicated in urgency-frequency syndromes. Exercise, sleep, and work may also be affected.
Pelvic examination should evaluate for vaginal atrophy or other vaginal mucosal abnormalities such as tears, ulcerations, lichen sclerosis, or erythema. To evaluate for prolapse, using one-half of a Graves or Pederson speculum, examine the 3 compartments of the vagina: anterior, posterior and apical. To view the anterior wall, the speculum is placed posteriorly to retract the posterior wall downward. Next it is rotated anteriorly to retract the anterior wall up and examine the posterior compartment. The uterus or the apex is evaluated with 2 halves of the speculum, one pushing anteriorly and the other posteriorly. At each point in the evaluation, the patient is told to strain or valsalva. The pelvic organ prolapse quantification system (POP-Q) is a systematic description of site-specific measurements of a woman’s pelvic support [7]. Using this classification system, a standardized and reproducible method of documenting the severity of the prolapse is done based on 6 points of the vaginal wall in relation to the hymen (2 on the anterior wall, 2 in the superior vagina, and 2 on the posterior vaginal wall). A corresponding prolapse stage can then be assigned to the patient based on POP-Q measurements. If unable to reproduce the patient’s symptoms, or exam findings do not correlate with the history, a standing exam can be helpful. Close evaluation of the urethra is also important. In severe prolapse the urethra may become kinked and mask a potential underlying problem (occult SUI). Patients should be asked to valsalva or cough with prolapse reduction and a full bladder to evaluate for this. Lastly, the pelvic floor muscles should be palpated to assess for pain or pelvic floor atrophy, hypertonicity, tenderness, or spasms.
If the patient complains of urgency, frequency, and/or dysuria, urine cultures should be performed to exclude infection even if the urinalysis is negative. Antibiotics should be given based on culture results. A postvoid ultrasound or catheterization is used to evaluate for incomplete bladder emptying. Patients with microscopic or gross hematuria should undergo further testing with radiologic and cystoscopic evaluation as indicated, especially with a history of smoking. Women should be questioned regarding their menstrual history and if postmenopausal, about any vaginal bleeding. A pelvic ultrasound should be considered if the patient has a history of endometriosis, gynecological cancers, uterine fibroids, or ovarian cysts or if considering uterine preserving surgery or colpocleisis. Urodynamics are often indicated in complex patients with prolapse and lower urinary tract complaints or prior pelvic surgery.
Diagnosis
The patient was diagnosed with mixed urinary incontinence and a grade 2 cystocele. Treatment options were discussed and she was most interested in conservative management options.
What is first-line treatment for the complaints of urgency, frequency, and incontinence?
In an older patient with complaints of urgency, frequency, and incontinence, dietary and behavioral modifications as well as pelvic floor physical therapy are considered first-line minimally invasive treatments.
Dietary irritants such as coffee, tea, soda, and other caffeinated beverages can contribute to worsening of symptoms [8]. A randomized study measuring the effects of caffeine noted a significant reduction in urgency and frequency of voids and in symptom scores with reduction of caffeine use [9]. Some elderly patients are reluctant to change their lifestyle, but even small changes can significantly improve their urgency symptoms.
Timed voiding is an effective method for bladder retraining, which can be critical for managing symptoms both alone and as an adjunct to other interventions. Studies of behavioral therapy show significant improvement in urgency, frequency, and incontinence episodes. In a study by Wyman and Fanti, patients participating in bladder training and Kegel exercises noted a 57% decrease in incontinence episodes and 54% decrease in urine loss without medications [10]. Burgio et al compared behavioral therapy to anticholinergic medication administration. After 4 sessions over 8 weeks they reported 81% reduction in incontinence episodes compared to 69% in the drug group and 39% in the placebo group [11].
Elderly patients may take several medications, some of which can affect urine volume and timing of urine production. Diuretics given later in the day can increase nighttime urine production and worsen nocturia. Similarly, lower extremity edema can increase nocturnal urine volumes when the patient reclines. Compressive stockings and leg elevation 2-3 hours prior to bedtime will help evenly distribute fluids and decrease reabsorption when supine at night.
Pelvic Floor Physical Therapy
Pelvic floor physical therapy (PFPT) can be an effective treatment for OAB, SUI, and pelvic organ prolapse. PFPT is used as an urge suppression strategy for OAB by teaching patients how to contract their pelvic muscles to occlude the urethra and prevent leakage during a detrusor contraction. Strategies to help suppress urge and manage stress situations can reduce incontinence episodes up to 60% to 80% [12]. Behavioral programs can include bladder diaries, scheduled voiding, delayed voiding, double voiding, fluid management, and caffeine reduction. When combined with PFPT they can be very effective in the management of OAB symptoms and incontinence. The BE-DRI study showed that combined behavioral training and drug therapy yielded better outcomes over time in OAB symptoms, patient distress and treatment satisfaction than drug therapy alone [13]. PFPT is considered a first-line treatment for OAB and is a noninvasive and effective treatment for these symptoms [14].
Pelvic floor programs for SUI aim to teach pelvic floor muscle contraction to help prevent stress leakage and use a variety of methods including biofeedback and personalized training programs. A recent Cochrane review included 18 studies of PFPT for incontinence. They concluded that there was high quality evidence that PFPT was associated with cure and moderate evidence for improvement in SUI [15]. In a study comparing surgery versus PFPT at 1 year, subjective improvement in the surgery group was 91% compared to 64% in the PFPT group. While PFPT was not as effective as surgery, over 50% had improvement. PFPT remains an effective noninvasive option that should be considered, particularly in an older patient [16].
PFPT has also been studied as a treatment option for pelvic organ prolapse. In a randomized controlled trial (RCT) that compared PFPT to controls over time, more women in the PFPT group improved 1 POP-Q stage compared to the control group. They also had significantly improved pelvic floor symptom bother [17]. In the POPPY study examining PFPT versus a control condition, researchers were not able to show statistically significant improvement in prolapse stages but did show improvement in secondary outcomes, including symptom bother and the feeling of “bulge.” Fewer women sought further treatment for prolapse after undergoing PFPT [18]. PFPT can be effective in managing prolapse symptoms and may help improve prolapse stage.
Pessary
Pessaries are commonly used for management of pelvic organ prolapse in patients who choose nonoperative management. In a large study of pessary use in the Medicare population, it was noted that of 34,782 women diagnosed with prolapse between 1999 and 2000, 11.6% were treated with a pessary. Complications noted during the 9 years of follow-up included 3% with vesicovaginal or rectovaginal fistulas and 5% with a device-associated complication [19]. Use increased with age, with 24% of women over 85 being managed with a pessary. In a review examining quality of life, improvement in bulge, irritative symptoms, and sexual satisfaction occurred with pessary use. In the medium-term, prolapse-related bother symptoms, quality of life, and overall perception of body image improved with the use of a pessary [20]. For SUI, rings with a knob or an incontinence dish can provide support to the urethra and help to pinch it closed with coughing, sneezing, and laughing, preventing leakage. In an RCT comparing women who received behavioral therapy, an incontinence pessary, or both, at 3 months 33% of those assigned to pessary reported improved incontinence symptoms compared to 49% with behavioral therapy, and 63% were satisfied with pessary treatment compared to 75% with behavioral therapy [21,22]. Differences did not persist to 12 months with over one third of all women improved and even more satisfied. A pessary can be safely used in the elderly population but does require office management and regular follow-up to prevent complications.
Initital Treatment
The patient was treated with 3 months of PFPT with biofeedback and pelvic floor muscle strengthening. In addition, she was able to decrease her caffeine use from 4 cups of coffee per day to 1 cup in the morning. At her 3-month follow-up visit, she noticed significant improvement in her voiding symptoms, and her voiding diary showed improved voided volumes and decreased frequency and nocturia. However, she was becoming more active in her community, going to aerobics and dance classes. She was more bothered by the “bulge” feeling in her vagina. She was not interested in a pessary but wanted to hear about surgical options for prolapse treatment.
What is operative management of pelvic organ prolapse?
The goals for surgical pelvic organ prolapse repair are to resolve symptoms, restore normal or near-normal anatomy, preserve sexual, urinary and bowel function, and minimize patient morbidity. The extent of prolapse, patient risk factors for recurrence, patient preference, and overall medical condition all influence the method for surgical repair. Surgeon familiarity and experience is also important when selecting the appropriate repair. Recent concerns regarding the use of synthetic mesh material has become a factor in counseling patients since the 2011 US Food and Drug Administration safety communication on transvaginal mesh [23].
Vaginal Approaches
Numerous techniques for pelvic organ prolapse repair have been described, though most repairs can broadly be divided into vaginal and abdominal procedures. Vaginal surgery is consistently associated with shorter operative times, less postoperative pain, and a shorter length of stay than abdominal approaches. All prolapsing compartments can be addressed vaginally using a patient’s own tissue, often called a “native tissue repair.” The vaginal apex is suspended from either the uterosacral ligament (USL) condensations or to the sacrospinous ligaments (SSL). Sutures are placed through these structures and tied to hold the vaginal vault in place, often at the time of concomitant enterocele, cystocele, or rectocele repairs. A recent randomized trial comparing USL and SSL repair showed composite functional and symptomatic success was 60% at 2 years and did not differ by technique [24]. While overall success may appear low, symptomatic vaginal bulge was present in only 17% to 19% of women at 2 years and only 5% underwent re-treatment with surgery or pessary during follow-up. Similar outcomes have been demonstrated for isolated cystocele repairs plicating the pubo-cervical fascia (anterior colporrhaphy). Cited failure rates have been as high as 70% [25], though this depends on the definition of success. When symptoms of bulge and/or prolapse beyond the hymen are used, success rates are closer to 89% at 2 years [26]. In one study comparing mesh-augmented cystocele repair with native tissue anterior colporrhaphy, 49% of women had a successful composite outcome at 2 years of grade 0 or 1 prolapse and no symptoms of bulge without the use of mesh graft [27]. Despite lower anatomic success rates, anterior colporrhaphy consistently relieves symptoms of bulge with low retreatment rates.
The high failure rates of native tissue vaginal repairs, especially in women with high-grade or recurrent prolapse, led to an interest in graft-augmented repairs. Furthermore, anatomic studies showed that up to 88% of cystoceles were associated with a lateral defect, or tearing of the pubocervical fascia from the pelvic sidewall (arcus tendineous fascia pelvis) [28]. Plicating the already weak fascia centrally would not repair an underlying lateral defect resulting in treatment failure. Replacing this weak fascia with a graft and anchoring it laterally and proximally should result in better anatomic and functional outcomes. These patches can be made from autologous tissue (rectus fascia), donor allograft material (fascia lata), xenografts (porcine dermis, bovine pericardium), or synthetic mesh. Initial studies using cadaveric dermis grafts for recurrent stage II or stage III/IV pelvic organ prolapse resulted in 50% failure at 4 years, but symptomatic failure was only 11% [29]. Further publications utilizing cadaveric tissue patches showed lower rates of cystocele recurrences of 0 to 17% between 20 and 56 months of follow-up [30].
As interest in patch repairs became popular, the use of synthetic mesh was applied to tension-free mid-urethral tapes for SUI. Studies were also showing rapid cadaveric and xenograft graft metabolism, graft extrusion, and early failure in some women [31]. This led to the use of larger pieces of synthetic mesh for prolapse repair, as it had been for abdominal wall and inguinal hernia repairs. Ultimately large-pore, light-weight polypropylene mesh was seen as the most favorable material and large randomized studies were performed to compare outcomes. Theoretically, a synthetic material would provide a replacement for the weakened and torn pubocervical fascia and not be subjected to enzymatic degradation. Altman et al published a widely cited randomized trial comparing native tissue vs. synthetic mesh showing that improvement in the composite primary outcome (no prolapse on the basis of both objective and subjective assessments) was more common in the mesh group (61% vs. 35%) at 1 year. Mesh placement was associated with longer operative times, higher blood loss, and 3.2% of women underwent secondary procedures for vaginal mesh exposure [27]. While there is still debate on the routine use of transvaginal mesh placement, current recommendations generally limit its use for recurrent or high grade pelvic organ prolapse (> Stage III), and possibly those at higher risks for recurrence. The American Urological Association has supported the FDA recommendation that patients undergo a thorough consent process and that surgeons are properly trained in pelvic reconstruction and mesh placement techniques. Furthermore, surgeons placing transvaginal mesh should be equipped to diagnose and treat any complications that may arise subsequent to its use.
Abdominal Approaches
Pelvic organ prolapse can also be approached through an abdominal technique. The classic description for vaginal vault prolapse repair is the abdominal sacrocolpopexy. This involves fixating the vaginal apex to the anterior longitudinal ligament at the sacral promontory. Hysterectomy is performed at the same setting if still in situ. A strip of lightweight polypropylene mesh is sutured to the anterior and posterior vaginal walls after dissecting the bladder and rectum off, then suspended in a tension-free manner to the sacrum. Large trials with long-term follow-up show durability of this repair. Seven-year follow-up of a large NIH-sponsored trial comparing sacrocolpopexy with and without urethropexy found 31/181 (17%) with anatomic prolapse beyond the hymen [32]. Of these women one-third had involvement of the vaginal apex, though 50% of women were asymptomatic. Overall, 95% of women had no retreatment for pelvic organ prolapse. A surprising finding was a 10.5% mesh exposure rate with a mean follow-up of 6.1 years. Previously, abdominally placed mesh was thought to be much safer than transvaginal mesh, but exposure rates are roughly similar in newer studies at high-volume, fellowship-trained centers [33]. The largest advance in abdominal prolapse surgery has come with the adoption of laparoscopic and robotic-assisted technology. Minimally invasive approaches to abdominal surgery have resulted in less blood loss and shorter length of stay, though longer operative times [34]. Short- and medium-term outcomes have been compared to the open techniques in smaller single-center series. At least 1 randomized trial comparing laparoscopic to robotic sacrocolpopexy showed similar complications and perioperative outcomes, though the robotic technique was more costly [35].
Stress Urinary Incontinence Procedures
When SUI is identified preoperatively, treatment should be considered at the time of prolapse repair [32,36]. The gold standard for treatment of SUI with urethral hypermobility has been placement of a synthetic mid-urethral sling. There are several types of slings available, mainly categorized as retropubic, transobturator, or single-incision “mini-slings.” In a multicenter study by the Urinary Incontinence Treatment Network (UITN), patient satisfaction after retropubic and transobturator sling placement was studied 12 months after surgery. Both groups had a high satisfaction rate (from 85% to 90%) for urine leakage, urgency, and frequency [37]. There was no significant difference in outcomes between the 2 approaches. Several other studies and systematic reviews have also shown excellent long-term results with sling treatment. In the recently published 5-year follow-up of the Trial of Mid-Urethral Slings (TOMUS), researchers demonstrated an 80% to 85% patient satisfaction rate with a 10% adverse event rate. Of these adverse events, only 6 were classified as serious requiring surgical, radiologic, or endoscopic intervention [38].
If the patient has SUI but no urethral hypermobility, consider intrinsic sphincter deficiency as the etiology of her incontinence. In that case, injectable therapy with urethral bulking agents is an effective treatment. Some commonly used injectables include carbon beads (Durasphere), calcium hydroxylapatite (Coaptite), bovine collagen (Contigen), and silicon particles (Macroplastique). In a Cochrane review of injectable therapy, they compared urethral injection to conservative treatment with physical therapy and noted an improvement with injection at 3 months. Surgical treatment was overall more effective; however, 50% of the women that received a collagen injection were satisfied at 12 months after the procedure. They also note lower morbidity for this procedure compared to surgery [39].
Treatment in This Patient
The patient underwent successful robotic sacrocolpopexy with mesh and a transobturator sling. There were no complications during the procedure and she reports no bulge or SUI symptoms. She has not been straining to void and has been emptying her bladder well since the Foley catheter was removed the day after surgery. However, she continues to complain of bothersome urgency, frequency, and urge incontinence. She is wearing 1 to 3 pads daily for leakage. At her 6-week postoperative visit, the exam showed excellent vaginal support, no SUI, low PVR, and her urine culture was negative.
What are the clinical implications of these findings?
At this point it is reasonable to continue treatment of OAB. The patient may continue to see improvement as she gets further out from surgery but especially in a patient that had preoperative OAB symptoms, treatment is indicated and may consist of reminding her of behavioral modifications, returning to pelvic floor physical therapy, or starting her on a medication.
What medications are used to treat OAB?
Anticholinergic Drugs
Anticholinergics are second-line therapy for OAB; these medications prevent the binding of acetylcholine to the M3 muscarinic receptor in the detrusor muscle and inhibit uncontrolled bladder contraction. There are numerous medications and delivery methods (pills, patches, gels) but efficacy is similar among the different drugs and all are limited by side effects such as dry mouth, constipation, and central nervous system side effects. Mirabegron, approved by the FDA in June 2012 and released in October 2012, is an agonist of the β3-adrenoceptor receptor in the detrusor muscle promoting bladder storage. A phase III trial found that mirabegron significantly decreased incontinence episodes and micturition frequency compared to placebo [40]. Dry mouth, common with anticholinergics, was 3 times less likely compared to tolterodine [41]. The most common side effects (headache, urinary tract infection, hypertension, and nasopharyngitis) were similar between treatment and placebo groups.
Long-term compliance, side effects, and decreased efficacy limit the benefits of medication therapy [42]. In one survey, 25% of patients taking OAB medications discontinued them within 12 months with 89% reporting unmet treatment expectations and/or tolerability [43].
6 Months Later
The patient continues to complain of persistent OAB symptoms despite anticholinergic and beta-3 agonist therapy. She reported significant constipation and dry mouth with an anticholinergic and symptoms did not improve with mirebegron. Despite having OAB symptoms prior to her prolapse repair, it is important to evaluate for any other cause of her persistent symptoms. Her surgical repair remains intact and urodynamics and cystoscopy were performed showing no evidence of bladder outlet obstruction and no mesh or suture material in the bladder. There was no leakage with valsalva, though she had some early sensation of fullness (sensory urge). With a negative evaluation, refractory OAB is diagnosed and the patient is a candidate for third-line OAB treatment.
What are third-line OAB treatments?
OnabotulinumtoxinA
OnabotulinumtoxinA (Botox) was approved in 2013 for patients intolerant or unresponsive to behavioral therapy and oral medications. OnabotulinumtoxinA is a chemical neuromodulator that cleaves the SNARE protein SNAP-25, inhibits the fusion of the cytoplasmic vesical to the nerve terminal, and prevents the release of acetylcholine. This causes detrusor muscle relaxation and may also inhibit sensory afferent pathways [44].
Nitti et al compared Botox 100 U to placebo in 557 patients that were refractory to anticholinergics [45]. Botox decreased the frequency of daily urinary incontinence episodes vs placebo (–2.65 vs –0.87, P < 0.001) and 22.9% vs 6.5% of patients became completely continent. A 5.4% rate of urinary retention occurred and UTI was the most common side effect (16%) in those receiving active drug. A dose of 100 U is recommended to limit side effects while maintaining efficacy [46].
Comparision of a daily anticholinergic (solifenacin) versus Botox 100 U for 6 months was done in a randomized double-blind, double-placebo-controlled trial [47]. Patients underwent saline injection or took an oral placebo in the anticholinergic and Botox groups, respectively. Complete resolution of urinary symptoms occurred in 13% of the medication group and 27% of the Botox group (P = 0.003). Dry mouth was more common in the medication group (46% vs. 31%) and the Botox group had a higher rate of catheter use and urinary tract infections (5% vs. 0%; 33% vs. 13%). Quality of life measures have also been shown to improve significantly following Botox injection [45,48].
When considering whether Botox is appropriate for a particular patient, physicians must determine whether the patient is willing and able to perform clean intermittent catheterization. Contraindications include active UTI, urinary retention, unwilling or unable to do clean intermittent catheterization, and known hypersenstivitiy to botulinum toxin type A. Although the definition of urinary retention and the PVR at which clean intermittent catheterization should be initiated varies, one study found a 94% rate of urinary retention with a preoperative PVR > 100 mL [49].
Botox can be administered in the clinic with or without local anesthetic but general anesthetic may be used in patients who might be poorly tolerant of the procedure. Using flexible or rigid cystoscopy, the bladder is filled to 100 to 200 mL. An injection needle is used to inject 0.5 cc aliquots of reconstituted onabotulinumtoxinA in 20 areas spaced 1 cm apart. Periprocedure antibiotics are recommended by the manufacturer but actual usage varies [50]. Patients should understand that the effects of Botox may take up to 4 weeks and an appointment should be scheduled within 2 weeks to evaluate PVR and any other adverse reactions. Repeat injections are needed between 3 to 9 months as symptoms return; however, efficacy is maintained with subsequent treatments [51].
Neuromodulation
Additional third-line treatment options include sacral or posterior tibial nerve neuromodulation. Sacral neuromodulation has been FDA approved for treatment of urgency, frequency and urgency incontinence since 1997. Also known as InterStim (Medtronic, Minneapolis, MN), this involves placement of a tined electrode adjacent to the S3 nerve root and is thought to result in modulation of the afferent nerve signals from the bladder to the spinal cord and the pontine micturition center.
Since the FDA approved sacral neuromodulation, long-term results for this therapy have been positive. A multicenter study with a 5-year follow-up showed a statistically significant reduction in daily leakage episodes, number of daily voids, and increase in voided volume, with a 5-year success rate of 68% for urgency incontinence and 56% for urgency/frequency [52]. Al-Zahrani et al followed 96 patients (35% with urgency incontinence) for a mean of 50.7 months and approximately 85% of the incontinent patients remained improved [53]. Conversely, Groen et al observed a gradual decrease in success rate from 1 month to 5 years in 60 women with urge incontinence, with only 15% completely continent at 5 years [54].
Sacral neuromodulation is typically performed in 2 stages. The first stage is electrode placement and trial period. A percutaneous nerve evaluation is a temporary electrode placement in the office or a permanent lead placement can be performed in the operating room. Correct placement stimulating the S3 nerve root is confirmed by motor and/or sensory testing. If there is an appropriate response, the electrode lead is connected to a temporary external pulse generator and is worn by the patient for a 2–14 day test period. If more than a 50% improvement in symptoms occur, a permanent lead and battery is placed in the operating room. If there is inadequate symptom response, the lead is removed. There are several recognized limitations of the office percutaneous nerve evaluation compared to operating room lead placement, including false-negative responses, possibly due to lead migration [55], incorrect lead placement, or an inadequate test period [56]. However, it is relatively noninvasive and potentially avoids 2 operating room procedures. Regardless of the choice of the initial test period, sacral neuromodulation offers a minimally invasive, long-term treatment option for refractory OAB.
Percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation (PTNS) is an office procedure that stimulates the posterior tibial nerve. This nerve contains L4–S3 fibers that originate from the same spinal segments that innervate the bladder and pelvic floor. In comparision to sacral neuromodulation, percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation is less invasive, less expensive and there is no permanent implant required [57].
Percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation is performed by a physician, nurse, or other advanced practice provider. Patients sit with knees abducted and the leg externally rotated. A 34-gauge needle is inserted 3 cm into the skin 3 fingerbreadths above the medial malleolus. The Urgent PC Neuromodulation System (Uroplasty, Minnetonka, MN) is attached and the amplitude of the stimulation is increased until the large toe curls or the toes fan. Each session lasts 30 minutes and 12 weekly treatments provides the best improvement in patient symptoms [58, 59]. There is a strong carry-over effect and patients generally need re-treatments every 4-6 weeks for 30 minutes.
Percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation has been compared favorably to both anticholinergic and sham treatments. The Overactive Bladder Innovative Therapy Trial (OrBIT) randomized 100 patients to PTNS or tolterodine for 12 weeks. The global response assessment demonstrated a statistically significant subjective improvement or cure over baseline in OAB symptoms in 79.5% of the PTNS group vs. 54.8% of the tolterodine group (P = 0.01)[60]. The SUmiT trial compared the efficacy of PTNS to sham for 12 weeks of therapy [59]. In this multicenter study, subjects were assessed at 13 weeks using the global response assessment for overall bladder symptoms. 55% of PTNS subjects achieved moderately or marked improvement in bladder symptoms compared to 20.9% of sham subjects (P < 0.001). Voiding diary parameters also improved compared to sham. In an earlier sham controlled trial, 12 patients (71%) in the treatment arm compared to none of the 15 placebo patients, demonstrated more than 50% improvement in diary and quality of life scores [61].
To evaluate long-term efficacy and safety, 36-month results of 29 positive responders of the initial SUmiT trial was reported [59]. In addition, a maintenance regimen was developed so patients received PTNS at tapering intervals over a 3-month period followed by a personalized treatment plan to sustain subjective improvement in their symptoms. With an average of 1 treatment a month, symptom severity scores and health related quality of life scores were statistically significant for improvement at each tested time-point. Yoong et al followed patients for 2 years following initial treatment with PTNS and confirmed a durable improvement in nocturia, frequency, urgency incontinence and symptom scores with a longer median length between treatments of 64 days [62].
PTNS is office-based, has few side effects, and avoids an implantable device. In addition, continuous stimulation is not necessary and a decreased treatment frequency is needed over time. Limitations include the time commitment that is required for both the initial treatment phase and the maintenance phase. Logistical concerns of weekly and monthly office visits or arranging for transportation can limit treatment.
Additional Treatment
The patient received injection of 100 U of Botox in the office. At her 2-week follow up appointment, her PVR was 90 mL and she was already seeing improvement in her incontinence episodes. At 6 weeks she was wearing 1 pad per day but using it mainly for protection. She still notices urgency, particularly if she drinks more than 1 cup of coffee in the morning, but overall she reports significant improvement in her symptoms. She has no complaints of a vaginal bulge and on exam has a grade 1 distal rectocele and no SUI with a full bladder. The physician discussed need for continued yearly examinations and repeat injections due to the duration of action of Botox.
Conclusion
This case demonstrates the complex step-wise management strategy of a patient with pelvic organ prolapse and voiding dysfunction. Interventions directed at patient bother and recognition of the various modalities and timing of treatment are essential to provide the greatest chance of positive treatment outcomes and patient satisfaction.
Corresponding author: Jaimie M Bartley, DO, 3601 W. 13 Mile Rd., Royal Oak, MI 48073.
Financial disclosures: None.
From Beaumont Health System, Royal Oak, MI.
Abstract
- Objective: To review the evaluation and management of complex pelvic floor disorders in elderly women.
- Methods: Literature review and presentation of a clinical case.
- Results: Pelvic floor disorders are a common problem in elderly women. Pelvic organ prolapse and voiding complaints often coexist and several treatment options are available. A step-wise approach should be used in which management of the most bothersome symptoms occurs first. Conservative, medication, and surgical options should be discussed with each patient depending on treatment goals and health status. Some effects do overlap; however, treatment of one condition may not preclude treatment of other symptoms.
- Conclusion: In women with complex pelvic floor disorders, addressing the most bothersome symptom first will increase patient satisfaction. Patients should be counseled about the potential need for multiple treatments for optimal results.
The female pelvic floor consists of a complex relationship of muscles, connective tissue and fascia, ligaments, and neurovascular support. These structures are responsible for support of the pelvic organs (uterus, bladder, rectum, and vagina), maintain continence, and assist in normal bowel function. Pelvic floor disorders occur when there is a compromise in these structures, resulting in prolapse, urinary incontinence, bowel complaints, or pain. Often several symptoms coexist with overlapping pathophysiology. Examinations and studies should aim to correctly diagnose the disorders and guide treatments toward the most bothersome symptoms.
Pelvic organ prolapse occurs when there is a weakening of the pelvic floor connective tissue, muscles, and nerves, allowing a bulge or protrusion of the vaginal walls and their associated pelvic organs. Between 3% to 50% of women in the United States have some degree of pelvic organ prolapse depending on whether the definition is based on symptoms or anatomic evaluation [1–3]. Risk factors include vaginal delivery, obesity, Caucasian race, and prior prolapse surgery. Despite the non–life-threatening nature of pelvic organ prolapse, the associated social and physical restrictions can significantly impact quality of life [4]. The cost of prolapse surgery has been estimated to be over $1.4 billion per year [3].
The sensation of a vaginal bulge is the only symptom consistently related to pelvic organ prolapse, with patients typically reporting symptoms once the prolapse extends beyond the hymenal ring [5]. The diagnosis of pelvic organ prolapse is made based on symptoms and confirmed by physical exam.
Patients with pelvic organ prolapse may experience obstructive voiding symptoms, such as hesitancy, straining, or incomplete bladder emptying. In some cases, patients may have to manually reduce the bulge to be able to void, a practice known as “splinting.” Overactive bladder (OAB), a syndrome of urinary urgency, frequency, and nocturia with or without urgency incontinence, can also occur. In patients with lower urinary tract complaints, repair of a vaginal bulge, especially a cystocele, can be associated with improved voiding symptoms [6]. Additionally, prolapse treatment can unmask de novo stress urinary incontinence (SUI), leaking with cough, sneeze or other activity that increases abdominal pressure. Urinary tract infections, pelvic pain, dyspareunia and defecatory problems can also be present.
When evaluating a woman with pelvic organ prolapse and voiding complaints, the clinician should strive to illicit which symptoms bother the patient most. A patient with primarily OAB symptoms and minimal prolapse may be treated with physical therapy or medications addressing the OAB rather than reconstructive surgery. In contrast, the patient with OAB symptoms and bothersome prolapse must be counseled on possible need for additional treatment of voiding complaints following surgical repair. This may include management of persistent OAB symptoms or SUI occurring following prolapse repair. Defecatory problems may be independent of a small rectocele present on exam, especially if long-term constipation is present. Choice of treatment depends on the severity of symptoms, the degree of prolapse, and the patient’s health status and activity level.
Case Study
Initial Presentation
A 68-year-old woman with a 15-month history of urinary urgency, frequency, incontinence and vaginal pressure presents to a urologist.
History and Physical Examination
The patient’s symptoms began shortly after the death of her husband. She initially saw her internist who prescribed antibiotics for a suspected urinary tract infection (UTI) based on office urinalysis. The symptoms did not resolve so another course of antibiotics was tried, again without relief. At her 3rd visit, a urine culture was done which was negative and she was referred to a urologist.
The patient reports 3 UTIs in the last 6 months. Following antibiotic treatment, the burning improves but she still complains of urgency and frequency. She also wears 2 to 3 pads per day for leakage that occurs with coughing and also when she feels an urge but cannot make it to the bathroom. She wakes 1 to 3 times at night to void. She feels that she empties her bladder well but often has to strain to void and sometimes feels a “bulge” in her vagina. All of these symptoms increase after being on her feet all day while she works as a grocery store cashier.
Physical exam demonstrates mild suprapubic tenderness and mild atrophic vaginitis. The anterior vaginal wall protrudes to the hymen with straining and her vaginal apex is supported 5 cm above the hymenal ring. With reduction of the cystocele there was urine leakage with cough. The cervix is surgically absent and her posterior vaginal wall is without bulge on valsalva. Her catheterized post-void residual (PVR) was 105 mL. Urine dipstick analysis was negative for infection or blood.
What is the initial evaluation of a woman with pelvic organ prolapse and voiding complaints?
The initial evaluation of a woman with pelvic organ prolapse and voiding complaints consists of a detailed history and physical examination. The nature, duration, and severity of symptoms should be assessed. Complaints of vaginal pressure or bulge are important, as well as exacerbating instances (standing, straining, defecation). Local irritation or vaginal spotting is common if prolapse is beyond the hymen. Splinting or reduction of a bulge to void or defecate are important elements of the history. Sexual history should never be overlooked, including both sexual status (active or not) as well as goals for future sexual activity. Voiding symptoms such as dysuria, frequency, urgency, nocturia and incontinence should be discussed. A 3-day voiding diary that captures number of voids per day, voided volumes, and fluid intake can be obtained. If incontinence is present, the clinician should determine what causes the incontinence. Incontinence that is associated with urgency or no warning (urge incontinence) should be treated differently than incontinence associated with activity (SUI). Mixed urinary incontinence is the presence of both stress and urgency incontinence.
Past medical history should include common medical comorbidities such as diabetes, hypertension and cardiovascular disease. Obstetric history is important due to the increased risk for pelvic floor disorders in women with multiple pregnancies and vaginal deliveries [2]. Prior hysterectomy, colon resection, or other pelvic surgeries may also contribute to symptoms. Smokers have a greater risk of genitourinary malignancy and high caffeine consumption is implicated in urgency-frequency syndromes. Exercise, sleep, and work may also be affected.
Pelvic examination should evaluate for vaginal atrophy or other vaginal mucosal abnormalities such as tears, ulcerations, lichen sclerosis, or erythema. To evaluate for prolapse, using one-half of a Graves or Pederson speculum, examine the 3 compartments of the vagina: anterior, posterior and apical. To view the anterior wall, the speculum is placed posteriorly to retract the posterior wall downward. Next it is rotated anteriorly to retract the anterior wall up and examine the posterior compartment. The uterus or the apex is evaluated with 2 halves of the speculum, one pushing anteriorly and the other posteriorly. At each point in the evaluation, the patient is told to strain or valsalva. The pelvic organ prolapse quantification system (POP-Q) is a systematic description of site-specific measurements of a woman’s pelvic support [7]. Using this classification system, a standardized and reproducible method of documenting the severity of the prolapse is done based on 6 points of the vaginal wall in relation to the hymen (2 on the anterior wall, 2 in the superior vagina, and 2 on the posterior vaginal wall). A corresponding prolapse stage can then be assigned to the patient based on POP-Q measurements. If unable to reproduce the patient’s symptoms, or exam findings do not correlate with the history, a standing exam can be helpful. Close evaluation of the urethra is also important. In severe prolapse the urethra may become kinked and mask a potential underlying problem (occult SUI). Patients should be asked to valsalva or cough with prolapse reduction and a full bladder to evaluate for this. Lastly, the pelvic floor muscles should be palpated to assess for pain or pelvic floor atrophy, hypertonicity, tenderness, or spasms.
If the patient complains of urgency, frequency, and/or dysuria, urine cultures should be performed to exclude infection even if the urinalysis is negative. Antibiotics should be given based on culture results. A postvoid ultrasound or catheterization is used to evaluate for incomplete bladder emptying. Patients with microscopic or gross hematuria should undergo further testing with radiologic and cystoscopic evaluation as indicated, especially with a history of smoking. Women should be questioned regarding their menstrual history and if postmenopausal, about any vaginal bleeding. A pelvic ultrasound should be considered if the patient has a history of endometriosis, gynecological cancers, uterine fibroids, or ovarian cysts or if considering uterine preserving surgery or colpocleisis. Urodynamics are often indicated in complex patients with prolapse and lower urinary tract complaints or prior pelvic surgery.
Diagnosis
The patient was diagnosed with mixed urinary incontinence and a grade 2 cystocele. Treatment options were discussed and she was most interested in conservative management options.
What is first-line treatment for the complaints of urgency, frequency, and incontinence?
In an older patient with complaints of urgency, frequency, and incontinence, dietary and behavioral modifications as well as pelvic floor physical therapy are considered first-line minimally invasive treatments.
Dietary irritants such as coffee, tea, soda, and other caffeinated beverages can contribute to worsening of symptoms [8]. A randomized study measuring the effects of caffeine noted a significant reduction in urgency and frequency of voids and in symptom scores with reduction of caffeine use [9]. Some elderly patients are reluctant to change their lifestyle, but even small changes can significantly improve their urgency symptoms.
Timed voiding is an effective method for bladder retraining, which can be critical for managing symptoms both alone and as an adjunct to other interventions. Studies of behavioral therapy show significant improvement in urgency, frequency, and incontinence episodes. In a study by Wyman and Fanti, patients participating in bladder training and Kegel exercises noted a 57% decrease in incontinence episodes and 54% decrease in urine loss without medications [10]. Burgio et al compared behavioral therapy to anticholinergic medication administration. After 4 sessions over 8 weeks they reported 81% reduction in incontinence episodes compared to 69% in the drug group and 39% in the placebo group [11].
Elderly patients may take several medications, some of which can affect urine volume and timing of urine production. Diuretics given later in the day can increase nighttime urine production and worsen nocturia. Similarly, lower extremity edema can increase nocturnal urine volumes when the patient reclines. Compressive stockings and leg elevation 2-3 hours prior to bedtime will help evenly distribute fluids and decrease reabsorption when supine at night.
Pelvic Floor Physical Therapy
Pelvic floor physical therapy (PFPT) can be an effective treatment for OAB, SUI, and pelvic organ prolapse. PFPT is used as an urge suppression strategy for OAB by teaching patients how to contract their pelvic muscles to occlude the urethra and prevent leakage during a detrusor contraction. Strategies to help suppress urge and manage stress situations can reduce incontinence episodes up to 60% to 80% [12]. Behavioral programs can include bladder diaries, scheduled voiding, delayed voiding, double voiding, fluid management, and caffeine reduction. When combined with PFPT they can be very effective in the management of OAB symptoms and incontinence. The BE-DRI study showed that combined behavioral training and drug therapy yielded better outcomes over time in OAB symptoms, patient distress and treatment satisfaction than drug therapy alone [13]. PFPT is considered a first-line treatment for OAB and is a noninvasive and effective treatment for these symptoms [14].
Pelvic floor programs for SUI aim to teach pelvic floor muscle contraction to help prevent stress leakage and use a variety of methods including biofeedback and personalized training programs. A recent Cochrane review included 18 studies of PFPT for incontinence. They concluded that there was high quality evidence that PFPT was associated with cure and moderate evidence for improvement in SUI [15]. In a study comparing surgery versus PFPT at 1 year, subjective improvement in the surgery group was 91% compared to 64% in the PFPT group. While PFPT was not as effective as surgery, over 50% had improvement. PFPT remains an effective noninvasive option that should be considered, particularly in an older patient [16].
PFPT has also been studied as a treatment option for pelvic organ prolapse. In a randomized controlled trial (RCT) that compared PFPT to controls over time, more women in the PFPT group improved 1 POP-Q stage compared to the control group. They also had significantly improved pelvic floor symptom bother [17]. In the POPPY study examining PFPT versus a control condition, researchers were not able to show statistically significant improvement in prolapse stages but did show improvement in secondary outcomes, including symptom bother and the feeling of “bulge.” Fewer women sought further treatment for prolapse after undergoing PFPT [18]. PFPT can be effective in managing prolapse symptoms and may help improve prolapse stage.
Pessary
Pessaries are commonly used for management of pelvic organ prolapse in patients who choose nonoperative management. In a large study of pessary use in the Medicare population, it was noted that of 34,782 women diagnosed with prolapse between 1999 and 2000, 11.6% were treated with a pessary. Complications noted during the 9 years of follow-up included 3% with vesicovaginal or rectovaginal fistulas and 5% with a device-associated complication [19]. Use increased with age, with 24% of women over 85 being managed with a pessary. In a review examining quality of life, improvement in bulge, irritative symptoms, and sexual satisfaction occurred with pessary use. In the medium-term, prolapse-related bother symptoms, quality of life, and overall perception of body image improved with the use of a pessary [20]. For SUI, rings with a knob or an incontinence dish can provide support to the urethra and help to pinch it closed with coughing, sneezing, and laughing, preventing leakage. In an RCT comparing women who received behavioral therapy, an incontinence pessary, or both, at 3 months 33% of those assigned to pessary reported improved incontinence symptoms compared to 49% with behavioral therapy, and 63% were satisfied with pessary treatment compared to 75% with behavioral therapy [21,22]. Differences did not persist to 12 months with over one third of all women improved and even more satisfied. A pessary can be safely used in the elderly population but does require office management and regular follow-up to prevent complications.
Initital Treatment
The patient was treated with 3 months of PFPT with biofeedback and pelvic floor muscle strengthening. In addition, she was able to decrease her caffeine use from 4 cups of coffee per day to 1 cup in the morning. At her 3-month follow-up visit, she noticed significant improvement in her voiding symptoms, and her voiding diary showed improved voided volumes and decreased frequency and nocturia. However, she was becoming more active in her community, going to aerobics and dance classes. She was more bothered by the “bulge” feeling in her vagina. She was not interested in a pessary but wanted to hear about surgical options for prolapse treatment.
What is operative management of pelvic organ prolapse?
The goals for surgical pelvic organ prolapse repair are to resolve symptoms, restore normal or near-normal anatomy, preserve sexual, urinary and bowel function, and minimize patient morbidity. The extent of prolapse, patient risk factors for recurrence, patient preference, and overall medical condition all influence the method for surgical repair. Surgeon familiarity and experience is also important when selecting the appropriate repair. Recent concerns regarding the use of synthetic mesh material has become a factor in counseling patients since the 2011 US Food and Drug Administration safety communication on transvaginal mesh [23].
Vaginal Approaches
Numerous techniques for pelvic organ prolapse repair have been described, though most repairs can broadly be divided into vaginal and abdominal procedures. Vaginal surgery is consistently associated with shorter operative times, less postoperative pain, and a shorter length of stay than abdominal approaches. All prolapsing compartments can be addressed vaginally using a patient’s own tissue, often called a “native tissue repair.” The vaginal apex is suspended from either the uterosacral ligament (USL) condensations or to the sacrospinous ligaments (SSL). Sutures are placed through these structures and tied to hold the vaginal vault in place, often at the time of concomitant enterocele, cystocele, or rectocele repairs. A recent randomized trial comparing USL and SSL repair showed composite functional and symptomatic success was 60% at 2 years and did not differ by technique [24]. While overall success may appear low, symptomatic vaginal bulge was present in only 17% to 19% of women at 2 years and only 5% underwent re-treatment with surgery or pessary during follow-up. Similar outcomes have been demonstrated for isolated cystocele repairs plicating the pubo-cervical fascia (anterior colporrhaphy). Cited failure rates have been as high as 70% [25], though this depends on the definition of success. When symptoms of bulge and/or prolapse beyond the hymen are used, success rates are closer to 89% at 2 years [26]. In one study comparing mesh-augmented cystocele repair with native tissue anterior colporrhaphy, 49% of women had a successful composite outcome at 2 years of grade 0 or 1 prolapse and no symptoms of bulge without the use of mesh graft [27]. Despite lower anatomic success rates, anterior colporrhaphy consistently relieves symptoms of bulge with low retreatment rates.
The high failure rates of native tissue vaginal repairs, especially in women with high-grade or recurrent prolapse, led to an interest in graft-augmented repairs. Furthermore, anatomic studies showed that up to 88% of cystoceles were associated with a lateral defect, or tearing of the pubocervical fascia from the pelvic sidewall (arcus tendineous fascia pelvis) [28]. Plicating the already weak fascia centrally would not repair an underlying lateral defect resulting in treatment failure. Replacing this weak fascia with a graft and anchoring it laterally and proximally should result in better anatomic and functional outcomes. These patches can be made from autologous tissue (rectus fascia), donor allograft material (fascia lata), xenografts (porcine dermis, bovine pericardium), or synthetic mesh. Initial studies using cadaveric dermis grafts for recurrent stage II or stage III/IV pelvic organ prolapse resulted in 50% failure at 4 years, but symptomatic failure was only 11% [29]. Further publications utilizing cadaveric tissue patches showed lower rates of cystocele recurrences of 0 to 17% between 20 and 56 months of follow-up [30].
As interest in patch repairs became popular, the use of synthetic mesh was applied to tension-free mid-urethral tapes for SUI. Studies were also showing rapid cadaveric and xenograft graft metabolism, graft extrusion, and early failure in some women [31]. This led to the use of larger pieces of synthetic mesh for prolapse repair, as it had been for abdominal wall and inguinal hernia repairs. Ultimately large-pore, light-weight polypropylene mesh was seen as the most favorable material and large randomized studies were performed to compare outcomes. Theoretically, a synthetic material would provide a replacement for the weakened and torn pubocervical fascia and not be subjected to enzymatic degradation. Altman et al published a widely cited randomized trial comparing native tissue vs. synthetic mesh showing that improvement in the composite primary outcome (no prolapse on the basis of both objective and subjective assessments) was more common in the mesh group (61% vs. 35%) at 1 year. Mesh placement was associated with longer operative times, higher blood loss, and 3.2% of women underwent secondary procedures for vaginal mesh exposure [27]. While there is still debate on the routine use of transvaginal mesh placement, current recommendations generally limit its use for recurrent or high grade pelvic organ prolapse (> Stage III), and possibly those at higher risks for recurrence. The American Urological Association has supported the FDA recommendation that patients undergo a thorough consent process and that surgeons are properly trained in pelvic reconstruction and mesh placement techniques. Furthermore, surgeons placing transvaginal mesh should be equipped to diagnose and treat any complications that may arise subsequent to its use.
Abdominal Approaches
Pelvic organ prolapse can also be approached through an abdominal technique. The classic description for vaginal vault prolapse repair is the abdominal sacrocolpopexy. This involves fixating the vaginal apex to the anterior longitudinal ligament at the sacral promontory. Hysterectomy is performed at the same setting if still in situ. A strip of lightweight polypropylene mesh is sutured to the anterior and posterior vaginal walls after dissecting the bladder and rectum off, then suspended in a tension-free manner to the sacrum. Large trials with long-term follow-up show durability of this repair. Seven-year follow-up of a large NIH-sponsored trial comparing sacrocolpopexy with and without urethropexy found 31/181 (17%) with anatomic prolapse beyond the hymen [32]. Of these women one-third had involvement of the vaginal apex, though 50% of women were asymptomatic. Overall, 95% of women had no retreatment for pelvic organ prolapse. A surprising finding was a 10.5% mesh exposure rate with a mean follow-up of 6.1 years. Previously, abdominally placed mesh was thought to be much safer than transvaginal mesh, but exposure rates are roughly similar in newer studies at high-volume, fellowship-trained centers [33]. The largest advance in abdominal prolapse surgery has come with the adoption of laparoscopic and robotic-assisted technology. Minimally invasive approaches to abdominal surgery have resulted in less blood loss and shorter length of stay, though longer operative times [34]. Short- and medium-term outcomes have been compared to the open techniques in smaller single-center series. At least 1 randomized trial comparing laparoscopic to robotic sacrocolpopexy showed similar complications and perioperative outcomes, though the robotic technique was more costly [35].
Stress Urinary Incontinence Procedures
When SUI is identified preoperatively, treatment should be considered at the time of prolapse repair [32,36]. The gold standard for treatment of SUI with urethral hypermobility has been placement of a synthetic mid-urethral sling. There are several types of slings available, mainly categorized as retropubic, transobturator, or single-incision “mini-slings.” In a multicenter study by the Urinary Incontinence Treatment Network (UITN), patient satisfaction after retropubic and transobturator sling placement was studied 12 months after surgery. Both groups had a high satisfaction rate (from 85% to 90%) for urine leakage, urgency, and frequency [37]. There was no significant difference in outcomes between the 2 approaches. Several other studies and systematic reviews have also shown excellent long-term results with sling treatment. In the recently published 5-year follow-up of the Trial of Mid-Urethral Slings (TOMUS), researchers demonstrated an 80% to 85% patient satisfaction rate with a 10% adverse event rate. Of these adverse events, only 6 were classified as serious requiring surgical, radiologic, or endoscopic intervention [38].
If the patient has SUI but no urethral hypermobility, consider intrinsic sphincter deficiency as the etiology of her incontinence. In that case, injectable therapy with urethral bulking agents is an effective treatment. Some commonly used injectables include carbon beads (Durasphere), calcium hydroxylapatite (Coaptite), bovine collagen (Contigen), and silicon particles (Macroplastique). In a Cochrane review of injectable therapy, they compared urethral injection to conservative treatment with physical therapy and noted an improvement with injection at 3 months. Surgical treatment was overall more effective; however, 50% of the women that received a collagen injection were satisfied at 12 months after the procedure. They also note lower morbidity for this procedure compared to surgery [39].
Treatment in This Patient
The patient underwent successful robotic sacrocolpopexy with mesh and a transobturator sling. There were no complications during the procedure and she reports no bulge or SUI symptoms. She has not been straining to void and has been emptying her bladder well since the Foley catheter was removed the day after surgery. However, she continues to complain of bothersome urgency, frequency, and urge incontinence. She is wearing 1 to 3 pads daily for leakage. At her 6-week postoperative visit, the exam showed excellent vaginal support, no SUI, low PVR, and her urine culture was negative.
What are the clinical implications of these findings?
At this point it is reasonable to continue treatment of OAB. The patient may continue to see improvement as she gets further out from surgery but especially in a patient that had preoperative OAB symptoms, treatment is indicated and may consist of reminding her of behavioral modifications, returning to pelvic floor physical therapy, or starting her on a medication.
What medications are used to treat OAB?
Anticholinergic Drugs
Anticholinergics are second-line therapy for OAB; these medications prevent the binding of acetylcholine to the M3 muscarinic receptor in the detrusor muscle and inhibit uncontrolled bladder contraction. There are numerous medications and delivery methods (pills, patches, gels) but efficacy is similar among the different drugs and all are limited by side effects such as dry mouth, constipation, and central nervous system side effects. Mirabegron, approved by the FDA in June 2012 and released in October 2012, is an agonist of the β3-adrenoceptor receptor in the detrusor muscle promoting bladder storage. A phase III trial found that mirabegron significantly decreased incontinence episodes and micturition frequency compared to placebo [40]. Dry mouth, common with anticholinergics, was 3 times less likely compared to tolterodine [41]. The most common side effects (headache, urinary tract infection, hypertension, and nasopharyngitis) were similar between treatment and placebo groups.
Long-term compliance, side effects, and decreased efficacy limit the benefits of medication therapy [42]. In one survey, 25% of patients taking OAB medications discontinued them within 12 months with 89% reporting unmet treatment expectations and/or tolerability [43].
6 Months Later
The patient continues to complain of persistent OAB symptoms despite anticholinergic and beta-3 agonist therapy. She reported significant constipation and dry mouth with an anticholinergic and symptoms did not improve with mirebegron. Despite having OAB symptoms prior to her prolapse repair, it is important to evaluate for any other cause of her persistent symptoms. Her surgical repair remains intact and urodynamics and cystoscopy were performed showing no evidence of bladder outlet obstruction and no mesh or suture material in the bladder. There was no leakage with valsalva, though she had some early sensation of fullness (sensory urge). With a negative evaluation, refractory OAB is diagnosed and the patient is a candidate for third-line OAB treatment.
What are third-line OAB treatments?
OnabotulinumtoxinA
OnabotulinumtoxinA (Botox) was approved in 2013 for patients intolerant or unresponsive to behavioral therapy and oral medications. OnabotulinumtoxinA is a chemical neuromodulator that cleaves the SNARE protein SNAP-25, inhibits the fusion of the cytoplasmic vesical to the nerve terminal, and prevents the release of acetylcholine. This causes detrusor muscle relaxation and may also inhibit sensory afferent pathways [44].
Nitti et al compared Botox 100 U to placebo in 557 patients that were refractory to anticholinergics [45]. Botox decreased the frequency of daily urinary incontinence episodes vs placebo (–2.65 vs –0.87, P < 0.001) and 22.9% vs 6.5% of patients became completely continent. A 5.4% rate of urinary retention occurred and UTI was the most common side effect (16%) in those receiving active drug. A dose of 100 U is recommended to limit side effects while maintaining efficacy [46].
Comparision of a daily anticholinergic (solifenacin) versus Botox 100 U for 6 months was done in a randomized double-blind, double-placebo-controlled trial [47]. Patients underwent saline injection or took an oral placebo in the anticholinergic and Botox groups, respectively. Complete resolution of urinary symptoms occurred in 13% of the medication group and 27% of the Botox group (P = 0.003). Dry mouth was more common in the medication group (46% vs. 31%) and the Botox group had a higher rate of catheter use and urinary tract infections (5% vs. 0%; 33% vs. 13%). Quality of life measures have also been shown to improve significantly following Botox injection [45,48].
When considering whether Botox is appropriate for a particular patient, physicians must determine whether the patient is willing and able to perform clean intermittent catheterization. Contraindications include active UTI, urinary retention, unwilling or unable to do clean intermittent catheterization, and known hypersenstivitiy to botulinum toxin type A. Although the definition of urinary retention and the PVR at which clean intermittent catheterization should be initiated varies, one study found a 94% rate of urinary retention with a preoperative PVR > 100 mL [49].
Botox can be administered in the clinic with or without local anesthetic but general anesthetic may be used in patients who might be poorly tolerant of the procedure. Using flexible or rigid cystoscopy, the bladder is filled to 100 to 200 mL. An injection needle is used to inject 0.5 cc aliquots of reconstituted onabotulinumtoxinA in 20 areas spaced 1 cm apart. Periprocedure antibiotics are recommended by the manufacturer but actual usage varies [50]. Patients should understand that the effects of Botox may take up to 4 weeks and an appointment should be scheduled within 2 weeks to evaluate PVR and any other adverse reactions. Repeat injections are needed between 3 to 9 months as symptoms return; however, efficacy is maintained with subsequent treatments [51].
Neuromodulation
Additional third-line treatment options include sacral or posterior tibial nerve neuromodulation. Sacral neuromodulation has been FDA approved for treatment of urgency, frequency and urgency incontinence since 1997. Also known as InterStim (Medtronic, Minneapolis, MN), this involves placement of a tined electrode adjacent to the S3 nerve root and is thought to result in modulation of the afferent nerve signals from the bladder to the spinal cord and the pontine micturition center.
Since the FDA approved sacral neuromodulation, long-term results for this therapy have been positive. A multicenter study with a 5-year follow-up showed a statistically significant reduction in daily leakage episodes, number of daily voids, and increase in voided volume, with a 5-year success rate of 68% for urgency incontinence and 56% for urgency/frequency [52]. Al-Zahrani et al followed 96 patients (35% with urgency incontinence) for a mean of 50.7 months and approximately 85% of the incontinent patients remained improved [53]. Conversely, Groen et al observed a gradual decrease in success rate from 1 month to 5 years in 60 women with urge incontinence, with only 15% completely continent at 5 years [54].
Sacral neuromodulation is typically performed in 2 stages. The first stage is electrode placement and trial period. A percutaneous nerve evaluation is a temporary electrode placement in the office or a permanent lead placement can be performed in the operating room. Correct placement stimulating the S3 nerve root is confirmed by motor and/or sensory testing. If there is an appropriate response, the electrode lead is connected to a temporary external pulse generator and is worn by the patient for a 2–14 day test period. If more than a 50% improvement in symptoms occur, a permanent lead and battery is placed in the operating room. If there is inadequate symptom response, the lead is removed. There are several recognized limitations of the office percutaneous nerve evaluation compared to operating room lead placement, including false-negative responses, possibly due to lead migration [55], incorrect lead placement, or an inadequate test period [56]. However, it is relatively noninvasive and potentially avoids 2 operating room procedures. Regardless of the choice of the initial test period, sacral neuromodulation offers a minimally invasive, long-term treatment option for refractory OAB.
Percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation (PTNS) is an office procedure that stimulates the posterior tibial nerve. This nerve contains L4–S3 fibers that originate from the same spinal segments that innervate the bladder and pelvic floor. In comparision to sacral neuromodulation, percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation is less invasive, less expensive and there is no permanent implant required [57].
Percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation is performed by a physician, nurse, or other advanced practice provider. Patients sit with knees abducted and the leg externally rotated. A 34-gauge needle is inserted 3 cm into the skin 3 fingerbreadths above the medial malleolus. The Urgent PC Neuromodulation System (Uroplasty, Minnetonka, MN) is attached and the amplitude of the stimulation is increased until the large toe curls or the toes fan. Each session lasts 30 minutes and 12 weekly treatments provides the best improvement in patient symptoms [58, 59]. There is a strong carry-over effect and patients generally need re-treatments every 4-6 weeks for 30 minutes.
Percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation has been compared favorably to both anticholinergic and sham treatments. The Overactive Bladder Innovative Therapy Trial (OrBIT) randomized 100 patients to PTNS or tolterodine for 12 weeks. The global response assessment demonstrated a statistically significant subjective improvement or cure over baseline in OAB symptoms in 79.5% of the PTNS group vs. 54.8% of the tolterodine group (P = 0.01)[60]. The SUmiT trial compared the efficacy of PTNS to sham for 12 weeks of therapy [59]. In this multicenter study, subjects were assessed at 13 weeks using the global response assessment for overall bladder symptoms. 55% of PTNS subjects achieved moderately or marked improvement in bladder symptoms compared to 20.9% of sham subjects (P < 0.001). Voiding diary parameters also improved compared to sham. In an earlier sham controlled trial, 12 patients (71%) in the treatment arm compared to none of the 15 placebo patients, demonstrated more than 50% improvement in diary and quality of life scores [61].
To evaluate long-term efficacy and safety, 36-month results of 29 positive responders of the initial SUmiT trial was reported [59]. In addition, a maintenance regimen was developed so patients received PTNS at tapering intervals over a 3-month period followed by a personalized treatment plan to sustain subjective improvement in their symptoms. With an average of 1 treatment a month, symptom severity scores and health related quality of life scores were statistically significant for improvement at each tested time-point. Yoong et al followed patients for 2 years following initial treatment with PTNS and confirmed a durable improvement in nocturia, frequency, urgency incontinence and symptom scores with a longer median length between treatments of 64 days [62].
PTNS is office-based, has few side effects, and avoids an implantable device. In addition, continuous stimulation is not necessary and a decreased treatment frequency is needed over time. Limitations include the time commitment that is required for both the initial treatment phase and the maintenance phase. Logistical concerns of weekly and monthly office visits or arranging for transportation can limit treatment.
Additional Treatment
The patient received injection of 100 U of Botox in the office. At her 2-week follow up appointment, her PVR was 90 mL and she was already seeing improvement in her incontinence episodes. At 6 weeks she was wearing 1 pad per day but using it mainly for protection. She still notices urgency, particularly if she drinks more than 1 cup of coffee in the morning, but overall she reports significant improvement in her symptoms. She has no complaints of a vaginal bulge and on exam has a grade 1 distal rectocele and no SUI with a full bladder. The physician discussed need for continued yearly examinations and repeat injections due to the duration of action of Botox.
Conclusion
This case demonstrates the complex step-wise management strategy of a patient with pelvic organ prolapse and voiding dysfunction. Interventions directed at patient bother and recognition of the various modalities and timing of treatment are essential to provide the greatest chance of positive treatment outcomes and patient satisfaction.
Corresponding author: Jaimie M Bartley, DO, 3601 W. 13 Mile Rd., Royal Oak, MI 48073.
Financial disclosures: None.
1. Nygaard I, Barber MD, Burgio KL, et al; Pelvic Floor Disorders Network. Prevalence of symptomatic pelvic floor disorders in US women. JAMA 2008;300:1311–6.
2. Hendrix SL, Clark A, Nygaard I, et al. Pelvic organ prolapse in the Women's Health Initiative: gravity and gravidity. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186:1160–6.
3. Barber MD, Maher C. Epidemiology and outcome assessment of pelvic organ prolapse. Int Urogynecol J 2013;24:1783–90.
4. Zhang C, Hai T, Yu L, et al. Association between occupational stress and risk of overactive bladder and other lower urinary tract symptoms: a cross-sectional study of female nurses in China. Neurourol Urodyn 2013;32:254–60.
5. Swift SE, Tate SB, Nicholas J. Correlation of symptoms with degree of pelvic organ support in a general population of women: what is pelvic organ prolapse? Am J Obstet Gynecol 2003;189:372–7.
6. Baessler K, Maher C. Pelvic organ prolapse surgery and bladder function. Int Urogynecol J 2013;24:1843–52.
7. Bump RC, Mattiasson A, Bø K, et al. The standardization of terminology of female pelvic organ prolapse and pelvic floor dysfunction. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1996;175:10–7.
8. Lohsiriwat S, Hirunsai M, Chaiyaprasithi B. Effect of caffeine on bladder function in patients with overactive bladder symptoms. Urol Ann 2011;3:14–8.
9. Wells MJ, Jamieson K, Markham TC, et al. The effect of caffeinated versus decaffeinated drinks on overactive bladder: a double-blind, randomized, crossover study. J Wound Ostomy Continence Nurs 2014;41:371–8.
10. Fantl JA, Wyman JF, McClish DK, et al. Efficacy of bladder training in older women with urinary incontinence. JAMA 1991;265:609–13.
11. Burgio KL, Locher JL, Goode PS, et al. Behavioral vs drug treatment for urge urinary incontinence in older women: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 1998;280:1995–2000.
12. Burgio KL. Update on behavioral and physical therapies for incontinence and overactive bladder: the role of pelvic floor muscle training. Curr Urol Rep 2013;14:457–64.
13. Burgio KL, Kraus SR, Menefee S, et al; Urinary Incontinence Treatment Network. Behavioral therapy to enable women with urge incontinence to discontinue drug treatment: a randomized trial. Ann Intern Med 2008;149:161–9.
14. Gormley EA, Lightner DJ, Faraday M, Vasavada SP. Diagnosis and Treatment of Overactive Bladder (Non-Neurogenic) in Adults: AUA/SUFU Guideline Amendment. J Urol 2015;193:1572–80.
15. Dumoulin C, Hay-Smith J, Habée-Séguin GM, Mercier J. Pelvic floor muscle training versus no treatment, or inactive control treatments, for urinary incontinence in women: A short version Cochrane systematic review with meta-analysis. Neurourol Urodyn 2015;34:300–8.
16. Labrie J, Berghmans BL, Fischer K, et al. Surgery versus physiotherapy for stress urinary incontinence. N Engl J Med 2013;369:1124–33.
17. Braekken IH, Majida M, Engh ME, Bø K. Can pelvic floor muscle training reverse pelvic organ prolapse and reduce prolapse symptoms? An assessor-blinded, randomized, controlled trial. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2010;203:170.e1–7.
18. Hagen S, Stark D, Glazener C, et al; POPPY Trial Collaborators. Individualised pelvic floor muscle training in women with pelvic organ prolapse (POPPY): a multicentre randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2014;383:796–806.
19. Alperin M, Khan A, Dubina E, et al. Patterns of pessary care and outcomes for medicare beneficiaries with pelvic organ prolapse. Female Pelvic Med Reconstr Surg 2013;19:142-7.
20. Lamers BH, Broekman BM, Milani AL. Pessary treatment for pelvic organ prolapse and health-related quality of life: a review. Int Urogynecol J 2011;22:637–44.
21. Richter HE, Burgio KL, Brubaker L, et al; Pelvic Floor Disorders Network. Continence pessary compared with behavioral therapy or combined therapy for stress incontinence: a randomized controlled trial. Obstet Gynecol 2010;115:609–17.
22. Wood LN, Anger JT. Urinary incontinence in women. BMJ 2014;349:g4531.
23. FDA Safety Communication. Update on serious complications associated with transvaginal placement of surgical mesh for pelvic organ prolapse. Available at http://www.fda.gov/MedicalDevices/Safety/AlertsandNotices/ucm262435.htm.
24. Barber MD, Brubaker L, Burgio KL, Meikle SF; Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development Pelvic Floor Disorders Network. Comparison of 2 transvaginal surgical approaches and perioperative behavioral therapy for apical vaginal prolapse: the OPTIMAL randomized trial. JAMA 2014;311:1023–34.
25. Weber AM, Walters MD, Piedmonte MR, Ballard LA. Anterior colporrhaphy: a randomized trial of three surgical techniques. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2001;185:1299–304.
26. Chmielewski L, Walters MD, Weber AM, Barber MD. Reanalysis of a randomized trial of 3 techniques of anterior colporrhaphy using clinically relevan tdefinitions of success. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2011;205:69.e1–8.
27. Altman D, Väyrynen T, Engh ME, et al; Nordic Transvaginal Mesh Group. Anterior colporrhaphy versus transvaginal mesh for pelvic-organ prolapse. N Engl J Med 2011;364:1826–36. Erratum in: N Engl J Med 2013;368:394.
28. Delancey JO. Fascial and muscular abnormalities in women with urethral hypermobility and anterior vaginal wall prolapse. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;187:93–8.
29. Clemons JL, Myers DL, Aguilar VC, Arya LA. Vaginal paravaginal repair with an AlloDerm graft. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2003;189:1612–8.
30. Gomelsky A, Rudy DC, Dmochowski RR. Porcine dermis interposition graft for repair of high grade anterior compartment defects with or without concomitant pelvic organ prolapse procedures. J Urol 2004;171:1581–4.
31. Handel LN, Frenkl TL, Kim YH. Results of cystocele repair: a comparison of traditional anterior colporrhaphy, polypropylene mesh and porcine dermis. J Urol 2007;178:153–6.
32. Nygaard I, Brubaker L, Zyczynski HM, et al. Long-term outcomes following abdominal sacrocolpopexy for pelvic organ prolapse. JAMA 2013;309:2016–24.
33. Sirls LT, McLennan GP, Killinger KA, et al. Exploring predictors of mesh exposure after vaginal prolapse repair. Female Pelvic Med Reconstr Surg 2013;19:206–9.
34. Hsiao KC, Latchamsetty K, Govier FE, et al. Comparison of laparoscopic and abdominal sacrocolpopexy for the treatment of vaginal vault prolapse. J Endourol 2007;21:926–30.
35. Anger JT, Mueller ER, Tarnay C, et al. Robotic compared with laparoscopic sacrocolpopexy: a randomized controlled trial. Obstet Gynecol 2014;123:5–12.
36. Wei JT, Nygaard I, Richter HE, et al; Pelvic Floor Disorders Network. A midurethral sling to reduce incontinence after vaginal prolapse repair. N Engl J Med 2012;366:2358–67.
37. Wai CY, Curto TM, Zyczynski HM, et al; Urinary Incontinence Treatment Network. Patient satisfaction after midurethral sling surgery for stress urinary incontinence. Obstet Gynecol 2013;121:1009–16.
38. Kenton K, Stoddard AM, Zyczynski H, et al. 5-year longitudinal followup after retropubic and transobturator mid urethral slings. J Urol 2015;193:203–10.
39. Kirchin V, Page T, Keegan PE, Atiemo K, Cody JD, McClinton S. Urethral injection therapy for urinary incontinence in women. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2012;2:CD003881.
40. Chapple CR, Kaplan SA, Mitcheson D, et al. Randomized double-blind, active-controlled phase 3 study to assess 12-month safety and efficacy of mirabegron, a β(3)-adrenoceptor agonist, in overactive bladder. Eur Urol 2013;63:296–305.
41. Nitti VW, Auerbach S, Martin N, et al. Results of a randomized phase III trial of mirabegron in patients with overactive bladder. J Urol 2013;189:1388–95.
42. Dmochowski RR, Newman DK. Impact of overactive bladder on women in the United States: results of a national survey. Curr Med Res Opin 2007;23:65–76.
43. Benner JS, Nichol MB, Rovner ES, et al. Patient-reported reasons for discontinuing overactive bladder medication. BJU Int 2010;105:1276–82.
44. Apostolidis A, Dasgupta P, Fowler CJ. Proposed mechanism for the efficacy of injected botulinum toxin in the treatment of human detrusor overactivity. Eur Urol 2006;49:644–50.
45. Nitti VW, Dmochowski R, Herschorn S, et al; EMBARK Study Group. OnabotulinumtoxinA for the treatment of patients with overactive bladder and urinary incontinence: results of a phase 3, randomized, placebo controlled trial. J Urol 2013;189:2186–93.
46. Dmochowski R, Chapple C, Nitti VW, et al. Efficacy and safety of onabotulinumtoxinA for idiopathic overactive bladder: a double-blind, placebo controlled, randomized, dose ranging trial. J Urol 2010;184:2416–22.
47. Visco AG, Brubaker L, Richter HE, et al; Pelvic Floor Disorders Network. Anticholinergic versus botulinum toxin A comparison trial for the treatment of bothersome urge urinary incontinence: ABC trial. Contemp Clin Trials 2012;33:184–96.
48. Chapple C, Sievert KD, MacDiarmid S, et al. OnabotulinumtoxinA 100 U significantly improves all idiopathic overactive bladder symptoms and quality of life in patients with overactive bladder and urinary incontinence: a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Eur Urol 2013;64:249–56.
49. Osborn DJ, Kaufman MR, Mock S, et al. Urinary retention rates after intravesical onabotulinumtoxinA injection for idiopathic overactive bladder in clinical practice and predictors of this outcome. Neurourol Urodyn 2014 Jun 29.
50. Rovner E. Chapter 6: Practical aspects of administration of onabotulinumtoxinA. Neurourol Urodyn 2014;33 Suppl 3:S32–7.
51. Duthie JB, Vincent M, Herbison GP, et al. Botulinum toxin injections for adults with overactive bladder syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2011;(12):CD005493.
52. van Kerrebroeck PE, van Voskuilen AC, Heesakkers JP, et al. Results of sacral neuromodulation therapy for urinary voiding dysfunction: outcomes of a prospective, worldwide clinical study. J Urol 2007;178:2029–34.
53. Al-zahrani AA, Elzayat EA, Gajewski JB. Long-term outcome and surgical interventions after sacral neuromodulation implant for lower urinary tract symptoms: 14-year experience at 1 center. J Urol 2011;185:981–6.
54. Groen J, Blok BF, Bosch JL. Sacral neuromodulation as treatment for refractory idiopathic urge urinary incontinence: 5-year results of a longitudinal study in 60 women. J Urol 2011;186:954–9.
55. Carey M, Fynes M, Murray C, Maher C. Sacral nerve root stimulation for lower urinary tract dysfunction: overcoming the problem of lead migration. BJU Int 2001;87:15–8.
56. Everaert K, Kerckhaert W, Caluwaerts H, et al. A prospective randomized trial comparing the 1-stage with the 2-stage implantation of a pulse generator in patients with pelvic floor dysfunction selected for sacral nerve stimulation. Eur Urol 2004;45:649–54.
57. Staskin DR, Peters KM, MacDiarmid S, et al. Percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation: a clinically and cost effective addition to the overactive bladder algorithm of care. Curr Urol Rep 2012;13:327–34.
58. Peters KM, Carrico DJ, Wooldridge LS, et al. Percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation for the long-term treatment of overactive bladder: 3-year results of the STEP study. J Urol 2013;189:2194–201.
59. Peters KM, Carrico DJ, Perez-Marrero RA, et al. Randomized trial of percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation versus Sham efficacy in the treatment of overactive bladder syndrome: results from the SUmiT trial. J Urol 2010;183:1438–43.
60. Peters KM, Macdiarmid SA, Wooldridge LS, et al. Randomized trial of percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation versus extended-release tolterodine: results from the overactive bladder innovative therapy trial. J Urol 2009;182:1055–61.
61. Finazzi-Agrò E, Petta F, Sciobica F, et al. Percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation effects on detrusor overactivity incontinence are not due to a placebo effect: a randomized, double-blind, placebo controlled trial. J Urol 2010;184:2001–6.
62. Yoong W, Shah P, Dadswell R, Green L. Sustained effectiveness of percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation for overactive bladder syndrome: 2-year follow-up of positive responders. Int Urogynecol J 2013;24:795–9.
1. Nygaard I, Barber MD, Burgio KL, et al; Pelvic Floor Disorders Network. Prevalence of symptomatic pelvic floor disorders in US women. JAMA 2008;300:1311–6.
2. Hendrix SL, Clark A, Nygaard I, et al. Pelvic organ prolapse in the Women's Health Initiative: gravity and gravidity. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186:1160–6.
3. Barber MD, Maher C. Epidemiology and outcome assessment of pelvic organ prolapse. Int Urogynecol J 2013;24:1783–90.
4. Zhang C, Hai T, Yu L, et al. Association between occupational stress and risk of overactive bladder and other lower urinary tract symptoms: a cross-sectional study of female nurses in China. Neurourol Urodyn 2013;32:254–60.
5. Swift SE, Tate SB, Nicholas J. Correlation of symptoms with degree of pelvic organ support in a general population of women: what is pelvic organ prolapse? Am J Obstet Gynecol 2003;189:372–7.
6. Baessler K, Maher C. Pelvic organ prolapse surgery and bladder function. Int Urogynecol J 2013;24:1843–52.
7. Bump RC, Mattiasson A, Bø K, et al. The standardization of terminology of female pelvic organ prolapse and pelvic floor dysfunction. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1996;175:10–7.
8. Lohsiriwat S, Hirunsai M, Chaiyaprasithi B. Effect of caffeine on bladder function in patients with overactive bladder symptoms. Urol Ann 2011;3:14–8.
9. Wells MJ, Jamieson K, Markham TC, et al. The effect of caffeinated versus decaffeinated drinks on overactive bladder: a double-blind, randomized, crossover study. J Wound Ostomy Continence Nurs 2014;41:371–8.
10. Fantl JA, Wyman JF, McClish DK, et al. Efficacy of bladder training in older women with urinary incontinence. JAMA 1991;265:609–13.
11. Burgio KL, Locher JL, Goode PS, et al. Behavioral vs drug treatment for urge urinary incontinence in older women: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 1998;280:1995–2000.
12. Burgio KL. Update on behavioral and physical therapies for incontinence and overactive bladder: the role of pelvic floor muscle training. Curr Urol Rep 2013;14:457–64.
13. Burgio KL, Kraus SR, Menefee S, et al; Urinary Incontinence Treatment Network. Behavioral therapy to enable women with urge incontinence to discontinue drug treatment: a randomized trial. Ann Intern Med 2008;149:161–9.
14. Gormley EA, Lightner DJ, Faraday M, Vasavada SP. Diagnosis and Treatment of Overactive Bladder (Non-Neurogenic) in Adults: AUA/SUFU Guideline Amendment. J Urol 2015;193:1572–80.
15. Dumoulin C, Hay-Smith J, Habée-Séguin GM, Mercier J. Pelvic floor muscle training versus no treatment, or inactive control treatments, for urinary incontinence in women: A short version Cochrane systematic review with meta-analysis. Neurourol Urodyn 2015;34:300–8.
16. Labrie J, Berghmans BL, Fischer K, et al. Surgery versus physiotherapy for stress urinary incontinence. N Engl J Med 2013;369:1124–33.
17. Braekken IH, Majida M, Engh ME, Bø K. Can pelvic floor muscle training reverse pelvic organ prolapse and reduce prolapse symptoms? An assessor-blinded, randomized, controlled trial. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2010;203:170.e1–7.
18. Hagen S, Stark D, Glazener C, et al; POPPY Trial Collaborators. Individualised pelvic floor muscle training in women with pelvic organ prolapse (POPPY): a multicentre randomised controlled trial. Lancet 2014;383:796–806.
19. Alperin M, Khan A, Dubina E, et al. Patterns of pessary care and outcomes for medicare beneficiaries with pelvic organ prolapse. Female Pelvic Med Reconstr Surg 2013;19:142-7.
20. Lamers BH, Broekman BM, Milani AL. Pessary treatment for pelvic organ prolapse and health-related quality of life: a review. Int Urogynecol J 2011;22:637–44.
21. Richter HE, Burgio KL, Brubaker L, et al; Pelvic Floor Disorders Network. Continence pessary compared with behavioral therapy or combined therapy for stress incontinence: a randomized controlled trial. Obstet Gynecol 2010;115:609–17.
22. Wood LN, Anger JT. Urinary incontinence in women. BMJ 2014;349:g4531.
23. FDA Safety Communication. Update on serious complications associated with transvaginal placement of surgical mesh for pelvic organ prolapse. Available at http://www.fda.gov/MedicalDevices/Safety/AlertsandNotices/ucm262435.htm.
24. Barber MD, Brubaker L, Burgio KL, Meikle SF; Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development Pelvic Floor Disorders Network. Comparison of 2 transvaginal surgical approaches and perioperative behavioral therapy for apical vaginal prolapse: the OPTIMAL randomized trial. JAMA 2014;311:1023–34.
25. Weber AM, Walters MD, Piedmonte MR, Ballard LA. Anterior colporrhaphy: a randomized trial of three surgical techniques. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2001;185:1299–304.
26. Chmielewski L, Walters MD, Weber AM, Barber MD. Reanalysis of a randomized trial of 3 techniques of anterior colporrhaphy using clinically relevan tdefinitions of success. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2011;205:69.e1–8.
27. Altman D, Väyrynen T, Engh ME, et al; Nordic Transvaginal Mesh Group. Anterior colporrhaphy versus transvaginal mesh for pelvic-organ prolapse. N Engl J Med 2011;364:1826–36. Erratum in: N Engl J Med 2013;368:394.
28. Delancey JO. Fascial and muscular abnormalities in women with urethral hypermobility and anterior vaginal wall prolapse. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;187:93–8.
29. Clemons JL, Myers DL, Aguilar VC, Arya LA. Vaginal paravaginal repair with an AlloDerm graft. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2003;189:1612–8.
30. Gomelsky A, Rudy DC, Dmochowski RR. Porcine dermis interposition graft for repair of high grade anterior compartment defects with or without concomitant pelvic organ prolapse procedures. J Urol 2004;171:1581–4.
31. Handel LN, Frenkl TL, Kim YH. Results of cystocele repair: a comparison of traditional anterior colporrhaphy, polypropylene mesh and porcine dermis. J Urol 2007;178:153–6.
32. Nygaard I, Brubaker L, Zyczynski HM, et al. Long-term outcomes following abdominal sacrocolpopexy for pelvic organ prolapse. JAMA 2013;309:2016–24.
33. Sirls LT, McLennan GP, Killinger KA, et al. Exploring predictors of mesh exposure after vaginal prolapse repair. Female Pelvic Med Reconstr Surg 2013;19:206–9.
34. Hsiao KC, Latchamsetty K, Govier FE, et al. Comparison of laparoscopic and abdominal sacrocolpopexy for the treatment of vaginal vault prolapse. J Endourol 2007;21:926–30.
35. Anger JT, Mueller ER, Tarnay C, et al. Robotic compared with laparoscopic sacrocolpopexy: a randomized controlled trial. Obstet Gynecol 2014;123:5–12.
36. Wei JT, Nygaard I, Richter HE, et al; Pelvic Floor Disorders Network. A midurethral sling to reduce incontinence after vaginal prolapse repair. N Engl J Med 2012;366:2358–67.
37. Wai CY, Curto TM, Zyczynski HM, et al; Urinary Incontinence Treatment Network. Patient satisfaction after midurethral sling surgery for stress urinary incontinence. Obstet Gynecol 2013;121:1009–16.
38. Kenton K, Stoddard AM, Zyczynski H, et al. 5-year longitudinal followup after retropubic and transobturator mid urethral slings. J Urol 2015;193:203–10.
39. Kirchin V, Page T, Keegan PE, Atiemo K, Cody JD, McClinton S. Urethral injection therapy for urinary incontinence in women. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2012;2:CD003881.
40. Chapple CR, Kaplan SA, Mitcheson D, et al. Randomized double-blind, active-controlled phase 3 study to assess 12-month safety and efficacy of mirabegron, a β(3)-adrenoceptor agonist, in overactive bladder. Eur Urol 2013;63:296–305.
41. Nitti VW, Auerbach S, Martin N, et al. Results of a randomized phase III trial of mirabegron in patients with overactive bladder. J Urol 2013;189:1388–95.
42. Dmochowski RR, Newman DK. Impact of overactive bladder on women in the United States: results of a national survey. Curr Med Res Opin 2007;23:65–76.
43. Benner JS, Nichol MB, Rovner ES, et al. Patient-reported reasons for discontinuing overactive bladder medication. BJU Int 2010;105:1276–82.
44. Apostolidis A, Dasgupta P, Fowler CJ. Proposed mechanism for the efficacy of injected botulinum toxin in the treatment of human detrusor overactivity. Eur Urol 2006;49:644–50.
45. Nitti VW, Dmochowski R, Herschorn S, et al; EMBARK Study Group. OnabotulinumtoxinA for the treatment of patients with overactive bladder and urinary incontinence: results of a phase 3, randomized, placebo controlled trial. J Urol 2013;189:2186–93.
46. Dmochowski R, Chapple C, Nitti VW, et al. Efficacy and safety of onabotulinumtoxinA for idiopathic overactive bladder: a double-blind, placebo controlled, randomized, dose ranging trial. J Urol 2010;184:2416–22.
47. Visco AG, Brubaker L, Richter HE, et al; Pelvic Floor Disorders Network. Anticholinergic versus botulinum toxin A comparison trial for the treatment of bothersome urge urinary incontinence: ABC trial. Contemp Clin Trials 2012;33:184–96.
48. Chapple C, Sievert KD, MacDiarmid S, et al. OnabotulinumtoxinA 100 U significantly improves all idiopathic overactive bladder symptoms and quality of life in patients with overactive bladder and urinary incontinence: a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Eur Urol 2013;64:249–56.
49. Osborn DJ, Kaufman MR, Mock S, et al. Urinary retention rates after intravesical onabotulinumtoxinA injection for idiopathic overactive bladder in clinical practice and predictors of this outcome. Neurourol Urodyn 2014 Jun 29.
50. Rovner E. Chapter 6: Practical aspects of administration of onabotulinumtoxinA. Neurourol Urodyn 2014;33 Suppl 3:S32–7.
51. Duthie JB, Vincent M, Herbison GP, et al. Botulinum toxin injections for adults with overactive bladder syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2011;(12):CD005493.
52. van Kerrebroeck PE, van Voskuilen AC, Heesakkers JP, et al. Results of sacral neuromodulation therapy for urinary voiding dysfunction: outcomes of a prospective, worldwide clinical study. J Urol 2007;178:2029–34.
53. Al-zahrani AA, Elzayat EA, Gajewski JB. Long-term outcome and surgical interventions after sacral neuromodulation implant for lower urinary tract symptoms: 14-year experience at 1 center. J Urol 2011;185:981–6.
54. Groen J, Blok BF, Bosch JL. Sacral neuromodulation as treatment for refractory idiopathic urge urinary incontinence: 5-year results of a longitudinal study in 60 women. J Urol 2011;186:954–9.
55. Carey M, Fynes M, Murray C, Maher C. Sacral nerve root stimulation for lower urinary tract dysfunction: overcoming the problem of lead migration. BJU Int 2001;87:15–8.
56. Everaert K, Kerckhaert W, Caluwaerts H, et al. A prospective randomized trial comparing the 1-stage with the 2-stage implantation of a pulse generator in patients with pelvic floor dysfunction selected for sacral nerve stimulation. Eur Urol 2004;45:649–54.
57. Staskin DR, Peters KM, MacDiarmid S, et al. Percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation: a clinically and cost effective addition to the overactive bladder algorithm of care. Curr Urol Rep 2012;13:327–34.
58. Peters KM, Carrico DJ, Wooldridge LS, et al. Percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation for the long-term treatment of overactive bladder: 3-year results of the STEP study. J Urol 2013;189:2194–201.
59. Peters KM, Carrico DJ, Perez-Marrero RA, et al. Randomized trial of percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation versus Sham efficacy in the treatment of overactive bladder syndrome: results from the SUmiT trial. J Urol 2010;183:1438–43.
60. Peters KM, Macdiarmid SA, Wooldridge LS, et al. Randomized trial of percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation versus extended-release tolterodine: results from the overactive bladder innovative therapy trial. J Urol 2009;182:1055–61.
61. Finazzi-Agrò E, Petta F, Sciobica F, et al. Percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation effects on detrusor overactivity incontinence are not due to a placebo effect: a randomized, double-blind, placebo controlled trial. J Urol 2010;184:2001–6.
62. Yoong W, Shah P, Dadswell R, Green L. Sustained effectiveness of percutaneous tibial nerve stimulation for overactive bladder syndrome: 2-year follow-up of positive responders. Int Urogynecol J 2013;24:795–9.
Ergonomic Strain in Minimally Invasive Surgery: Addressing the Strain Epidemic
From the Division of Reproductive Endocrinology and Infertility, Department of Obstetrics, Gynecology and Reproductive Science, Robert Wood Johnson Medical School, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, NJ (Dr. Fransasiak), and the Division of Gynecologic Oncology, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC (Dr. Gehrig).
Abstract
- Background: Minimally invasive surgery (MIS) has benefits to both patients and society and its use has increased markedly over the past 3 decades. With its introduction, new mental and physical challenges were presented to the surgeons, leading to concerns regarding operative ergonomics. Applied ergonomics has been used to study and improve operative techniques and technologies as they apply to MIS.
- Objective: To review the ergonomic challenges presented by both traditional MIS as well as robot-assisted MIS and discuss how ergonomic science has evolved to address these issues.
- Methods: Review of the literature involving MIS and applied ergonomics
- Results: Surgeon strain as it relates to MIS has historically been thought to occur in only approximately 15% of MIS surgeons. More recent data suggests this number is much higher. Rates of strain have been reported to be as high as 88% among traditional MIS surgeons and 45% among robotic-assisted MIS surgeons. Strain results from a number of factors, including instrument design and use, optics placement and resolution, patient and surgeon positioning, and the drive to implement surgical technologies which aim to further minimize the invasiveness of surgical procedures.
- Conclusion: Improvements in applied ergonomics in MIS have resulted in improved optics, more sophisticated and ergonomic instruments, and methods of optimizing positioning. However, despite these advancements, ergonomic strain rates amongst surgeons remain alarmingly high. With the ever-increasing demand for MIS, more research and development as well as MIS surgeon training are needed to improve the safety of surgeons and ensure the career longevity required to meet the patient and societal demand for MIS.
Since its introduction to North America in the 1980s, minimally invasive surgery (MIS) has become widely accepted and practiced across surgical disciplines including general surgery, gynecologic surgery, oncology, and thoracic surgery [1]. Procedures once done through large incisions, such as cholecystectomies, have been supplanted by those utilizing 2 or 3 small punctures as the gold standard.
The demand for MIS has been rising and is driven by both providers and patients. The minimally invasive approaches have been shown to decrease recovery time, result in less postoperative pain, and decrease blood loss and other surgical complications [2,3], allowing for patients and their supports to return to baseline function more quickly [4]. In this way, both individual patients and society as a whole derives benefits from MIS through decreased recovery times and return to productivity.
Despite the clear benefits to patients and society, there has been increasing evidence of an unanticipated side effect of MIS: surgeon ergonomic strain and injury [5].Although the same ultimate procedure is performed when open techniques are employed as when MIS is utilized, surgeons have reported increased physical stress and mental strain when utilizing minimally invasive technologies [6,7]. The phenomenon was first noted during the laparoscopic surgery boom of the early 1990s and has been revisited more recently in the setting of both traditional and robotic-assisted MIS techniques [5,8,9].
The source of the issues arises from the fact the surgeons are, by definition, operating with reduced access to the patient. This requires limiting the degrees of freedom in movements, employing specialized and often awkward or cumbersome instruments, and requiring use of an intracorporeal camera that projects the surgical field onto a screen, which causes increased mental strain due to perceptual challenges as well as visual strain [7,10–13].
The initial large survey studies characterizing surgeon strain during MIS revealed rates of strain and discomfort in the 12% to 18% range, with many reporting that strain was persistent and not simply limited to operative time [11,14]. In part, these early estimates focused on very experienced surgeons and thus may have underreported the rates of strain. Subsequently, other studies have quoted rates of strain in the 40% to 60% range [15,16]. These studies focused on a larger and more hetero-geneous group of MIS surgeons, which may explain the higher rates of strain. Most recently, in the setting of an ever growing demand for MIS, large survey studies have revealed rates of surgeon strain to be as high as 87% and 88% among traditional MIS surgeons and 45% among robotic-assisted MIS surgeons, with 26% reporting persistent strain beyond the robotic console time [5,9,17]. This prolonged strain can impact productivity, with 14% of surgeons limiting the number of surgical cases they do per day, and may impact quality of life, with 29% needing to seek treatment for strain related to MIS [9].
Here we review the 2 major forms of MIS, traditional and robotic-assisted surgery. The unique features of each type of MIS that predispose to surgeon strain are discussed along with the techniques and technologies that have been employed to improve the ergonomics of MIS and reduce surgeon strain.
Traditional MIS
Traditional MIS, developed in the 1980s, involves use of a surgeon-manipulated intracorporeal video camera to view the surgical field. Instruments are placed through fixed ports inserted through the body wall called trocars. Most MIS surgical suites involve 1 or more surgeons standing aside a patient holding the camera and surgical instruments and viewing the surgical field on monitors placed around the patient.
The field and technology have evolved greatly since its inception. However, there are a number of factors that persist in creating ergonomic strain during traditional MIS.
Instruments
MIS instruments are limited by several factors. They must have long, thin shafts that can be placed and removed through fixed trocars. The majority of trocars commonly used are 5 to 10 mm in diameter. Given this fixed point, the instrument motion is inverted in the operative cavity, which requires mental adjustment and scaling. Additionally, the range of motion of MIS instruments is limited to 5 degrees of freedom, which allows for less dexterity than is commonly enjoyed during open surgery through large incisions, which accommodate the surgeons hands and allows for more degrees of freedom and dexterity [18]. These limitations have historically yielded instruments that have not been ergonomically sound. Indeed, MIS instrument are identified as an ergonomic problem by over 80% of minimally invasive surgeons [19].
Additionally, given that the surgeon’s hands are often occupied with the camera and an operative tool, the activation of suction devices and electrocautery devices often requires use of instrument foot pedals. Requiring that the instrument and camera be optimally positioned and relatively stationary and the foot pedal be activated simultaneously can exacerbate poor posture and back strain as the surgeon balances on one foot. The addition of foot pedals around the operative table also further limits space for proper surgeon
positioning [19].
Ergonomic engineering has focused on instrument handles. To accommodate the varied sizes of surgeon hands, many companies have altered the size of the device handles allowing for a more comfortable grip. To address the issue of poor posture induced by the use of foot pedals, many instruments now have trigger finger or thumb-activated buttons on the handle of the device itself, which alleviates the need for positioning to activate a foot pedal. However, many of these may not be suitable to accommodate smaller hands.
Optics
A major limitation of MIS is the limited visual field. The video monitor is positioned outside of the sterile operative field, often requiring that the surgeon looks in one direction and operates in another direction, placing strain in both the axial or rotational and frontal or flexion/extension planes [20]. The surgeon does not have immediate visual access to the entire surgical field but rather must rely on movement of the camera, which can at times result in unnatural and uncomfortable positions in order to position the camera optimally [19]. Additionally, eye strain can result from constant visualization of the operative monitor throughout the surgery. Finally, until only recently, optic systems required operating in 2 dimensions, without the depth perception enjoyed during traditional open surgery.
To address neck and upper body strain as well as optic strain, operative monitor positioning has received significant emphasis. The original MIS video monitors were small, had poor resolution, and were fixed in their position. Over time, monitors have increased in size and resolution, allowing for easier viewing and decreased optic strain. Additionally, in the 1990s the MIS operative suite concept allowed for placement of monitors on swing arms, which allow for movement about the operating room with ease. Subsequently, use of systems that employed multiple monitors placed around the patient at different angles with independent height and inclination adjustment allowed for comfortable positioning for all members of the surgical team, particularly in cases where 2 or more surgeons are operating simultaneously [21]. The implementation of these monitor systems not only decrease ergonomic strain but have also been shown to improve intraoperative speed and surgical accuracy when performing standardized tasks [22,23].
The most recent advance in surgical optics has been the introduction of 3-dimensional (3D) imaging systems [21,24,25]. At present, most of these systems are cost prohibitive and have poorer resolution than the traditional 2-dimensional monitors which may in fact increase optic strain. The modern high-definition 2D monitor systems in current use have done much to decrease optic strain and further refinement of 3D technology may prove to mitigate this strain even further.
Operative Posture
MIS often involves assuming unnatural postures to manipulate instruments and visualize the operative monitors. When non-neutral posture is maintained, muscles require an increase in energy production in order to maintain the same contractile forces and the contractile forces required to stabilize joints is increased [20]. Maintaining these static positions for long periods of time results in rapid fatigue, muscle pain, and cramping, and strain that can persist after the operation is complete [19].
Attention to ideal posture is paramount during MIS. The surgeon should be upright next to the patient with the head slightly bent forward, ideally employing a shift in position of the neck from time to time throughout the surgery to avoid prolonged static positioning [11]. The arms should rest so that the elbow is at the side with a 90- to 120-degree bend to accommodate instrument manipulation. This angle can be tolerated for long period of time as opposed to angles that require the elbow be taken away from the side of the body [19]. The forearm should rest in the neutral rotating position between pronated and supinated whenever possible with the wrist slightly extended and the fingers slightly bent [26]. This neutral position allows for rapid and simple changes in grip.
Adjustment of table height or use of operative foot platforms is crucial to ensuring the arms remain in neutral position. Given that the patient is often positioned in steep Trendelenburg or reverse Trendelenburg for MIS, the standard operating beds may not be at a height that allows the surgeon to operate in a relaxed, neutral posture [27,28]. In these circumstances, rather than operating with arms and shoulders in an elevated position, a position that produces rapid upper extremity fatigue, surgeons should elevate themselves with the assistance of an operative platform or step.
Single Incision Laparoscopic Surgery
Most recently, single port laparoscopic surgery (SPLS), also called single incision laparoscopic surgery (SILS) has been introduced. This technique involves use of a slightly larger, single incision that allows for a single port, which accommodates several instruments and the operative camera. This enhances some of the challenges posed with traditional MIS, namely maintaining exposure of the operative field, sustaining pneumatic pressure in the operative space, avoiding instrument collision both intra- and extracorporeally, and avoiding instrument interference with optics [29].
A number of techniques have been employed to minimize these issues. For example, percutaneous sutures may be placed intraoperatively in order to assist with retraction and improve visualization. The most important technological advances have come in the form of coaxial, flexible, and articulating instruments to avoid collisions [29]. While there is a learning curve with these technologies in terms of instrument triangulation, they can be successfully employed to improve operative efficiency and ergonomics.
Robot-Assisted MIS
Robot-assisted MIS involves the use of intracorporeal instruments attached to robotic arms that have been docked to trocars. The surgeon controls these robotic arms with a computer console and a video monitor is available for the surgical assistants. Many robot-assisted surgeries involve the use of an assistant, who utilizes traditional MIS instruments and trocars. The same issues in ergonomics discussed above apply to the assistant surgeon. Here, we will focus on the ergonomic challenges unique to operating surgeon at a robotic console.
There have been several robotic systems developed for use during surgery. At present, only the da Vinci surgical system (Intuitive Surgical, Sunnyvale, CA) is in use in the United States. Several components of the robotic systems allow for potential advantages over traditional MIS in terms of ergonomics. First, as discussed, the primary surgeon is seated at a robotic console rather than standing next to the patient. The camera and instruments are held intracorporeally by the robotic system and controlled by the surgeon at the console. The mechanical engineering, which is associated with the instruments of the robotic system, allows for many for degrees of freedom in range of motion, which permits the surgeon to employ techniques which more closely mimic open surgical techniques.
The robotic surgical system has experienced rapid acceptance and growth over the past decade [30–33]. One small case comparison study and 1 large prospective analysis of over 200 procedures have suggested that robotic surgery is more ergonomically favorable and potentially less mentally stressful than conventional minimally invasive surgery [34,35]. However, although robotic surgery is often thought of as a tool to alleviate strain related to MIS [36,37], there are still high levels of strain, with some survey data indicating strain rates as high as 45%, involved with robotic surgery [8,9]. It is clear that, as with traditional MIS, effective interventions are needed to prevent and reduce strain to prevent work-related injury in robot-assisted MIS.
A primary cause of ergonomic strain during robot-assisted MIS is the lack of knowledge and training regard-ing proper ergonomic techniques at seated console work stations amongst surgeons, with as few as 16% of surgeons reporting any formal training [5,9,17,38]. Furthermore, when compared with traditional MIS, there is little available literature specific to robotic surgery ergonomics. Much of the data available has been extrapolated from recommendations from the U.S. Department of Labor’s Occupational Safety and Health Administration’s (OSHA’s) guidelines for working positions at workstations and on the available body of literature on the ergonomics of microscopy, which, due to somewhat similar positioning, have been adapted for robotic-assisted MIS [39].
The Robotic Console
When addressing applied ergonomics in robot-assisted MIS, the primary focuses in on the robotic console set-up and the surgeon positioning. The primary focus is on ensuring a comfortable headrest and adjustable ocular height, which relieves neck, shoulder, and upper back strain, and proper adjustment of armrests and finger controls aimed at minimizing arm and upper back strain due to static load forces [40].
The most common pitfalls during robotic-assisted MIS are when the arms are moved from the arm rest and the elbows flare out from the side of the operator. This departure from neutral position, common when attempting to reach for structures that are on the edge of the surgical field, causes significant tension and strain and is often not corrected for long period of time. Frequent use of the robotic clutch, which freezes the intracorporeal arms and allows for movement of the console arms freely, to bring the body back to neutral position is of paramount importance [17].
Conclusion
The field of applied ergonomics in surgery has never been more important. The fields of both traditional and robot-assisted MIS are growing rapidly and demand for these technologies will only increase as outcomes continue to improve. As the increasing workload of MIS is handled by a pool of surgeons that is not increasing rapidly enough to meet the demand, more volume will be handled by each surgeon.
With ergonomic strain now reported by nearly 90% of surgeons, much of it persistent strain beyond operative time, we will run into situations where surgeons may compensate for this persistent strain by decreasing operative volume and may decide to retire earlier than they otherwise might have. This could result in a health care supply problem as demand for MIS increases and the surgeon pool available to perform it stays constant or decreases.
To date, there has been relatively little research into this issue. The epidemiologic data on surgeon strain comes primarily from survey research done within various MIS subspecialties. There has been some data based on objective measures of strain utilizing validated strain indicators, but more work in this area is needed. Standardized methods of reporting strain will assist in clarifying both the epidemiology and standardize the response to interventions. Studies that aim to address the reported rates of strain are also needed. Much of the early work focused on operating room set-up and resulted in great improvements. More work is needed to assess optimal ergonomic positioning and formal surgeon training.
The solution will involve a combination of engineering advances in operating room set-up and equipment design along with a renewed focus on teaching ergonomic techniques and principles to MIS surgeons. While early data is promising and shows that training sessions in ergonomics are easy, acceptable by surgeons, and effective, more data is needed to develop optimal training session and modules when it comes to traditional and robot-assisted MIS ergonomics [17]. As ergonomic studies specifically designed to address this population accrue, more data driven guidelines can be developed and implemented.
Corresponding author: Jason M. Franasiak, MD, 140 Allen Rd., Basking Ridge, NJ 07920, [email protected].
Financial disclosures: None
1. Cuschieri A. Laparoscopic surgery: current status, issues and future developments. Surg J R Coll Surg Edinb Irel 2005;3:125–30, 132–3, 135–8.
2. Gehrig PA, Cantrell LA, Shafer A, et al. What is the optimal minimally invasive surgical procedure for endometrial cancer staging in the obese and morbidly obese woman? Gynecol Oncol 2008;111:41–5.
3. Walker JL, Piedmonte MR, Spirtos NM, et al. Laparoscopy compared with laparotomy for comprehensive surgical staging of uterine cancer: Gynecologic Oncology Group Study LAP2. J Clin Oncol 2009;27:5331–6.
4. Bell MC, Torgerson J, Seshadri-Kreaden U, et al. Comparison of outcomes and cost for endometrial cancer staging via traditional laparotomy, standard laparoscopy and robotic techniques. Gynecol Oncol 2008;111:407–11.
5. Park A, Lee G, Seagull FJ, et al. Patients benefit while surgeons suffer: an impending epidemic. J Am Coll Surg 2010;210:306–13.
6. Kant IJ, de Jong LC, van Rijssen-Moll M, Borm PJ. A survey of static and dynamic work postures of operating room staff. Int Arch Occup Environ Health 1992;63:423–8.
7. Patkin M, Isabel L. Ergonomics, engineering and surgery of endosurgical dissection. J R Coll Surg Edinb 1995;40:120–32.
8. Craven R, Franasiak J, Mosaly P, Gehrig PA. Ergonomic deficits in robotic gynecologic oncology surgery: a need for intervention. J Minim Invasive Gynecol 2013;20:648–55.
9. Franasiak J, Ko EM, Kidd J, et al. Physical strain and urgent need for ergonomic training among gynecologic oncologists who perform minimally invasive surgery. Gynecol Oncol 2012;126:437–42.
10. Berguer R. Surgical technology and the ergonomics of laparoscopic instruments. Surg Endosc 1998;12:458–62.
11. Berguer R. Surgery and ergonomics. Arch Surg 1999;134:1011–6.
12. Berguer R, Forkey DL, Smith WD. The effect of laparoscopic instrument working angle on surgeons’ upper extremity workload. Surg Endosc 2001;15:1027–9.
13. Lawson EH, Curet MJ, Sanchez BR, et al. Postural ergonomics during robotic and laparoscopic gastric bypass surgery: a pilot project. J Robot Surg 2007;1:61–7.
14. Van Veelen MA, Meijer DW. Ergonomics and design of laparoscopic instruments: results of a survey among laparoscopic surgeons. J Laparoendosc Adv Surg Tech A 1999;9:481–9.
15. Van Veelen MA, Nederlof EA, Goossens RHM, et al. Ergonomic problems encountered by the medical team related to products used for minimally invasive surgery. Surg Endosc 2003;17:1077–81.
16. Lawther RE, Kirk GR, Regan MC. Laparoscopic procedures are associated with a significant risk of digital nerve injury for general surgeons. Ann R Coll Surg Engl 2002;84:443.
17. Franasiak J, Craven R, Mosaly P, Gehrig PA. Feasibility and acceptance of a robotic surgery ergonomic training program. JSLS 2014;18(4).
18. Ballantyne GH. The pitfalls of laparoscopic surgery: challenges for robotics and telerobotic surgery. Surg Laparosc Endosc Percutan Tech 2002;12:1–5.
19. Matern U. Ergonomic deficiencies in the operating room: examples from minimally invasive surgery. Work 2009;33:165–8.
20. Van Det MJ, Meijerink WJHJ, Hoff C, et al. Optimal ergonomics for laparoscopic surgery in minimally invasive surgery suites: a review and guidelines. Surg Endosc 2009;23:1279–85.
21. Veelen MA, Jakimowicz JJ, Goossens RHM, et al. Evaluation of the usability of two types of image display systems, during laparoscopy. Surg Endosc 2002;16:674–8.
22. Haveran LA, Novitsky YW, Czerniach DR, et al. Optimizing laparoscopic task efficiency: the role of camera and monitor positions. Surg Endosc 2007;21:980–4.
23. Hanna GB, Shimi SM, Cuschieri A. Task performance in endoscopic surgery is influenced by location of the image display. Ann Surg 1998;227:481–4.
24. Ballantyne GH. Robotic surgery, telerobotic surgery, telepresence, and telementoring. Review of early clinical results. Surg Endosc 2002;16:1389–402.
25. Boppart SA, Deutsch TF, Rattner DW. Optical imaging technology in minimally invasive surgery. Current status and future directions. Surg Endosc 1999;13:718–22.
26. Matern U, Waller P. Instruments for minimally invasive surgery: principles of ergonomic handles. Surg Endosc 1999;13:174–82.
27. Matern U, Waller P, Giebmeyer C, et al. Ergonomics: requirements for adjusting the height of laparoscopic operating tables. JSLS 2001;5:7–12.
28. Van Veelen MA, Kazemier G, Koopman J, et al. Assessment of the ergonomically optimal operating surface height for laparoscopic surgery. J Laparoendosc Adv Surg Tech A 2002;12:47–52.
29. Tang B, Hou S, Cuschieri SA. Ergonomics of and technologies for single-port lapaxroscopic surgery. Minim Invasive Ther Allied Technol 2012;21:46–54.
30. Wexner SD, Bergamaschi R, Lacy A, et al. The current status of robotic pelvic surgery: results of a multinational interdisciplinary consensus conference. Surg Endosc 2009;23:438–43.
31. Challacombe BJ, Khan MS, Murphy D, Dasgupta P. The history of robotics in urology. World J Urol 2006;24:120–7.
32. Ballantyne GH, Moll F. The da Vinci telerobotic surgical system: the virtual operative field and telepresence surgery. Surg Clin North Am 2003;83:1293–304, vii.
33. Ruurda JP, van Vroonhoven TJ, Broeders IA. Robot-assisted surgical systems: a new era in laparoscopic surgery. Ann R Coll Surg Engl 2002;84:223–6.
34. Mohr CJ, Nadzam GS, Curet MJ. Totally robotic Roux-en-Y gastric bypass. Arch Surg 2005;140:779–86.
35. Talamini MA, Chapman S, Horgan S, Melvin WS; Academic Robotics Group. A prospective analysis of 211 robotic-assisted surgical procedures. Surg Endosc 2003;17:1521–4.
36. Mucksavage P, Kerbl DC, Lee JY. The da Vinci Surgical System overcomes innate hand dominance. J Endourol 2011;25:1385–8.
37. Schreuder HW, Verheijen RH. Robotic surgery. BJOG 2009;116:198–213.
38. Stone R, McCloy R. Ergonomics in medicine and surgery. BMJ 2004;328:1115–8.
39. Lux MM, Marshall M, Erturk E, Joseph JV. Ergonomic evaluation and guidelines for use of the daVinci Robot system. J Endourol 2010;24:371–5.
40. Sillanpaa J, Nyberg M, Laippala P. A new table for work with a microscope, a solution to ergonomic problems. Appl Ergon 2003;34:621–8.
From the Division of Reproductive Endocrinology and Infertility, Department of Obstetrics, Gynecology and Reproductive Science, Robert Wood Johnson Medical School, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, NJ (Dr. Fransasiak), and the Division of Gynecologic Oncology, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC (Dr. Gehrig).
Abstract
- Background: Minimally invasive surgery (MIS) has benefits to both patients and society and its use has increased markedly over the past 3 decades. With its introduction, new mental and physical challenges were presented to the surgeons, leading to concerns regarding operative ergonomics. Applied ergonomics has been used to study and improve operative techniques and technologies as they apply to MIS.
- Objective: To review the ergonomic challenges presented by both traditional MIS as well as robot-assisted MIS and discuss how ergonomic science has evolved to address these issues.
- Methods: Review of the literature involving MIS and applied ergonomics
- Results: Surgeon strain as it relates to MIS has historically been thought to occur in only approximately 15% of MIS surgeons. More recent data suggests this number is much higher. Rates of strain have been reported to be as high as 88% among traditional MIS surgeons and 45% among robotic-assisted MIS surgeons. Strain results from a number of factors, including instrument design and use, optics placement and resolution, patient and surgeon positioning, and the drive to implement surgical technologies which aim to further minimize the invasiveness of surgical procedures.
- Conclusion: Improvements in applied ergonomics in MIS have resulted in improved optics, more sophisticated and ergonomic instruments, and methods of optimizing positioning. However, despite these advancements, ergonomic strain rates amongst surgeons remain alarmingly high. With the ever-increasing demand for MIS, more research and development as well as MIS surgeon training are needed to improve the safety of surgeons and ensure the career longevity required to meet the patient and societal demand for MIS.
Since its introduction to North America in the 1980s, minimally invasive surgery (MIS) has become widely accepted and practiced across surgical disciplines including general surgery, gynecologic surgery, oncology, and thoracic surgery [1]. Procedures once done through large incisions, such as cholecystectomies, have been supplanted by those utilizing 2 or 3 small punctures as the gold standard.
The demand for MIS has been rising and is driven by both providers and patients. The minimally invasive approaches have been shown to decrease recovery time, result in less postoperative pain, and decrease blood loss and other surgical complications [2,3], allowing for patients and their supports to return to baseline function more quickly [4]. In this way, both individual patients and society as a whole derives benefits from MIS through decreased recovery times and return to productivity.
Despite the clear benefits to patients and society, there has been increasing evidence of an unanticipated side effect of MIS: surgeon ergonomic strain and injury [5].Although the same ultimate procedure is performed when open techniques are employed as when MIS is utilized, surgeons have reported increased physical stress and mental strain when utilizing minimally invasive technologies [6,7]. The phenomenon was first noted during the laparoscopic surgery boom of the early 1990s and has been revisited more recently in the setting of both traditional and robotic-assisted MIS techniques [5,8,9].
The source of the issues arises from the fact the surgeons are, by definition, operating with reduced access to the patient. This requires limiting the degrees of freedom in movements, employing specialized and often awkward or cumbersome instruments, and requiring use of an intracorporeal camera that projects the surgical field onto a screen, which causes increased mental strain due to perceptual challenges as well as visual strain [7,10–13].
The initial large survey studies characterizing surgeon strain during MIS revealed rates of strain and discomfort in the 12% to 18% range, with many reporting that strain was persistent and not simply limited to operative time [11,14]. In part, these early estimates focused on very experienced surgeons and thus may have underreported the rates of strain. Subsequently, other studies have quoted rates of strain in the 40% to 60% range [15,16]. These studies focused on a larger and more hetero-geneous group of MIS surgeons, which may explain the higher rates of strain. Most recently, in the setting of an ever growing demand for MIS, large survey studies have revealed rates of surgeon strain to be as high as 87% and 88% among traditional MIS surgeons and 45% among robotic-assisted MIS surgeons, with 26% reporting persistent strain beyond the robotic console time [5,9,17]. This prolonged strain can impact productivity, with 14% of surgeons limiting the number of surgical cases they do per day, and may impact quality of life, with 29% needing to seek treatment for strain related to MIS [9].
Here we review the 2 major forms of MIS, traditional and robotic-assisted surgery. The unique features of each type of MIS that predispose to surgeon strain are discussed along with the techniques and technologies that have been employed to improve the ergonomics of MIS and reduce surgeon strain.
Traditional MIS
Traditional MIS, developed in the 1980s, involves use of a surgeon-manipulated intracorporeal video camera to view the surgical field. Instruments are placed through fixed ports inserted through the body wall called trocars. Most MIS surgical suites involve 1 or more surgeons standing aside a patient holding the camera and surgical instruments and viewing the surgical field on monitors placed around the patient.
The field and technology have evolved greatly since its inception. However, there are a number of factors that persist in creating ergonomic strain during traditional MIS.
Instruments
MIS instruments are limited by several factors. They must have long, thin shafts that can be placed and removed through fixed trocars. The majority of trocars commonly used are 5 to 10 mm in diameter. Given this fixed point, the instrument motion is inverted in the operative cavity, which requires mental adjustment and scaling. Additionally, the range of motion of MIS instruments is limited to 5 degrees of freedom, which allows for less dexterity than is commonly enjoyed during open surgery through large incisions, which accommodate the surgeons hands and allows for more degrees of freedom and dexterity [18]. These limitations have historically yielded instruments that have not been ergonomically sound. Indeed, MIS instrument are identified as an ergonomic problem by over 80% of minimally invasive surgeons [19].
Additionally, given that the surgeon’s hands are often occupied with the camera and an operative tool, the activation of suction devices and electrocautery devices often requires use of instrument foot pedals. Requiring that the instrument and camera be optimally positioned and relatively stationary and the foot pedal be activated simultaneously can exacerbate poor posture and back strain as the surgeon balances on one foot. The addition of foot pedals around the operative table also further limits space for proper surgeon
positioning [19].
Ergonomic engineering has focused on instrument handles. To accommodate the varied sizes of surgeon hands, many companies have altered the size of the device handles allowing for a more comfortable grip. To address the issue of poor posture induced by the use of foot pedals, many instruments now have trigger finger or thumb-activated buttons on the handle of the device itself, which alleviates the need for positioning to activate a foot pedal. However, many of these may not be suitable to accommodate smaller hands.
Optics
A major limitation of MIS is the limited visual field. The video monitor is positioned outside of the sterile operative field, often requiring that the surgeon looks in one direction and operates in another direction, placing strain in both the axial or rotational and frontal or flexion/extension planes [20]. The surgeon does not have immediate visual access to the entire surgical field but rather must rely on movement of the camera, which can at times result in unnatural and uncomfortable positions in order to position the camera optimally [19]. Additionally, eye strain can result from constant visualization of the operative monitor throughout the surgery. Finally, until only recently, optic systems required operating in 2 dimensions, without the depth perception enjoyed during traditional open surgery.
To address neck and upper body strain as well as optic strain, operative monitor positioning has received significant emphasis. The original MIS video monitors were small, had poor resolution, and were fixed in their position. Over time, monitors have increased in size and resolution, allowing for easier viewing and decreased optic strain. Additionally, in the 1990s the MIS operative suite concept allowed for placement of monitors on swing arms, which allow for movement about the operating room with ease. Subsequently, use of systems that employed multiple monitors placed around the patient at different angles with independent height and inclination adjustment allowed for comfortable positioning for all members of the surgical team, particularly in cases where 2 or more surgeons are operating simultaneously [21]. The implementation of these monitor systems not only decrease ergonomic strain but have also been shown to improve intraoperative speed and surgical accuracy when performing standardized tasks [22,23].
The most recent advance in surgical optics has been the introduction of 3-dimensional (3D) imaging systems [21,24,25]. At present, most of these systems are cost prohibitive and have poorer resolution than the traditional 2-dimensional monitors which may in fact increase optic strain. The modern high-definition 2D monitor systems in current use have done much to decrease optic strain and further refinement of 3D technology may prove to mitigate this strain even further.
Operative Posture
MIS often involves assuming unnatural postures to manipulate instruments and visualize the operative monitors. When non-neutral posture is maintained, muscles require an increase in energy production in order to maintain the same contractile forces and the contractile forces required to stabilize joints is increased [20]. Maintaining these static positions for long periods of time results in rapid fatigue, muscle pain, and cramping, and strain that can persist after the operation is complete [19].
Attention to ideal posture is paramount during MIS. The surgeon should be upright next to the patient with the head slightly bent forward, ideally employing a shift in position of the neck from time to time throughout the surgery to avoid prolonged static positioning [11]. The arms should rest so that the elbow is at the side with a 90- to 120-degree bend to accommodate instrument manipulation. This angle can be tolerated for long period of time as opposed to angles that require the elbow be taken away from the side of the body [19]. The forearm should rest in the neutral rotating position between pronated and supinated whenever possible with the wrist slightly extended and the fingers slightly bent [26]. This neutral position allows for rapid and simple changes in grip.
Adjustment of table height or use of operative foot platforms is crucial to ensuring the arms remain in neutral position. Given that the patient is often positioned in steep Trendelenburg or reverse Trendelenburg for MIS, the standard operating beds may not be at a height that allows the surgeon to operate in a relaxed, neutral posture [27,28]. In these circumstances, rather than operating with arms and shoulders in an elevated position, a position that produces rapid upper extremity fatigue, surgeons should elevate themselves with the assistance of an operative platform or step.
Single Incision Laparoscopic Surgery
Most recently, single port laparoscopic surgery (SPLS), also called single incision laparoscopic surgery (SILS) has been introduced. This technique involves use of a slightly larger, single incision that allows for a single port, which accommodates several instruments and the operative camera. This enhances some of the challenges posed with traditional MIS, namely maintaining exposure of the operative field, sustaining pneumatic pressure in the operative space, avoiding instrument collision both intra- and extracorporeally, and avoiding instrument interference with optics [29].
A number of techniques have been employed to minimize these issues. For example, percutaneous sutures may be placed intraoperatively in order to assist with retraction and improve visualization. The most important technological advances have come in the form of coaxial, flexible, and articulating instruments to avoid collisions [29]. While there is a learning curve with these technologies in terms of instrument triangulation, they can be successfully employed to improve operative efficiency and ergonomics.
Robot-Assisted MIS
Robot-assisted MIS involves the use of intracorporeal instruments attached to robotic arms that have been docked to trocars. The surgeon controls these robotic arms with a computer console and a video monitor is available for the surgical assistants. Many robot-assisted surgeries involve the use of an assistant, who utilizes traditional MIS instruments and trocars. The same issues in ergonomics discussed above apply to the assistant surgeon. Here, we will focus on the ergonomic challenges unique to operating surgeon at a robotic console.
There have been several robotic systems developed for use during surgery. At present, only the da Vinci surgical system (Intuitive Surgical, Sunnyvale, CA) is in use in the United States. Several components of the robotic systems allow for potential advantages over traditional MIS in terms of ergonomics. First, as discussed, the primary surgeon is seated at a robotic console rather than standing next to the patient. The camera and instruments are held intracorporeally by the robotic system and controlled by the surgeon at the console. The mechanical engineering, which is associated with the instruments of the robotic system, allows for many for degrees of freedom in range of motion, which permits the surgeon to employ techniques which more closely mimic open surgical techniques.
The robotic surgical system has experienced rapid acceptance and growth over the past decade [30–33]. One small case comparison study and 1 large prospective analysis of over 200 procedures have suggested that robotic surgery is more ergonomically favorable and potentially less mentally stressful than conventional minimally invasive surgery [34,35]. However, although robotic surgery is often thought of as a tool to alleviate strain related to MIS [36,37], there are still high levels of strain, with some survey data indicating strain rates as high as 45%, involved with robotic surgery [8,9]. It is clear that, as with traditional MIS, effective interventions are needed to prevent and reduce strain to prevent work-related injury in robot-assisted MIS.
A primary cause of ergonomic strain during robot-assisted MIS is the lack of knowledge and training regard-ing proper ergonomic techniques at seated console work stations amongst surgeons, with as few as 16% of surgeons reporting any formal training [5,9,17,38]. Furthermore, when compared with traditional MIS, there is little available literature specific to robotic surgery ergonomics. Much of the data available has been extrapolated from recommendations from the U.S. Department of Labor’s Occupational Safety and Health Administration’s (OSHA’s) guidelines for working positions at workstations and on the available body of literature on the ergonomics of microscopy, which, due to somewhat similar positioning, have been adapted for robotic-assisted MIS [39].
The Robotic Console
When addressing applied ergonomics in robot-assisted MIS, the primary focuses in on the robotic console set-up and the surgeon positioning. The primary focus is on ensuring a comfortable headrest and adjustable ocular height, which relieves neck, shoulder, and upper back strain, and proper adjustment of armrests and finger controls aimed at minimizing arm and upper back strain due to static load forces [40].
The most common pitfalls during robotic-assisted MIS are when the arms are moved from the arm rest and the elbows flare out from the side of the operator. This departure from neutral position, common when attempting to reach for structures that are on the edge of the surgical field, causes significant tension and strain and is often not corrected for long period of time. Frequent use of the robotic clutch, which freezes the intracorporeal arms and allows for movement of the console arms freely, to bring the body back to neutral position is of paramount importance [17].
Conclusion
The field of applied ergonomics in surgery has never been more important. The fields of both traditional and robot-assisted MIS are growing rapidly and demand for these technologies will only increase as outcomes continue to improve. As the increasing workload of MIS is handled by a pool of surgeons that is not increasing rapidly enough to meet the demand, more volume will be handled by each surgeon.
With ergonomic strain now reported by nearly 90% of surgeons, much of it persistent strain beyond operative time, we will run into situations where surgeons may compensate for this persistent strain by decreasing operative volume and may decide to retire earlier than they otherwise might have. This could result in a health care supply problem as demand for MIS increases and the surgeon pool available to perform it stays constant or decreases.
To date, there has been relatively little research into this issue. The epidemiologic data on surgeon strain comes primarily from survey research done within various MIS subspecialties. There has been some data based on objective measures of strain utilizing validated strain indicators, but more work in this area is needed. Standardized methods of reporting strain will assist in clarifying both the epidemiology and standardize the response to interventions. Studies that aim to address the reported rates of strain are also needed. Much of the early work focused on operating room set-up and resulted in great improvements. More work is needed to assess optimal ergonomic positioning and formal surgeon training.
The solution will involve a combination of engineering advances in operating room set-up and equipment design along with a renewed focus on teaching ergonomic techniques and principles to MIS surgeons. While early data is promising and shows that training sessions in ergonomics are easy, acceptable by surgeons, and effective, more data is needed to develop optimal training session and modules when it comes to traditional and robot-assisted MIS ergonomics [17]. As ergonomic studies specifically designed to address this population accrue, more data driven guidelines can be developed and implemented.
Corresponding author: Jason M. Franasiak, MD, 140 Allen Rd., Basking Ridge, NJ 07920, [email protected].
Financial disclosures: None
From the Division of Reproductive Endocrinology and Infertility, Department of Obstetrics, Gynecology and Reproductive Science, Robert Wood Johnson Medical School, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, NJ (Dr. Fransasiak), and the Division of Gynecologic Oncology, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC (Dr. Gehrig).
Abstract
- Background: Minimally invasive surgery (MIS) has benefits to both patients and society and its use has increased markedly over the past 3 decades. With its introduction, new mental and physical challenges were presented to the surgeons, leading to concerns regarding operative ergonomics. Applied ergonomics has been used to study and improve operative techniques and technologies as they apply to MIS.
- Objective: To review the ergonomic challenges presented by both traditional MIS as well as robot-assisted MIS and discuss how ergonomic science has evolved to address these issues.
- Methods: Review of the literature involving MIS and applied ergonomics
- Results: Surgeon strain as it relates to MIS has historically been thought to occur in only approximately 15% of MIS surgeons. More recent data suggests this number is much higher. Rates of strain have been reported to be as high as 88% among traditional MIS surgeons and 45% among robotic-assisted MIS surgeons. Strain results from a number of factors, including instrument design and use, optics placement and resolution, patient and surgeon positioning, and the drive to implement surgical technologies which aim to further minimize the invasiveness of surgical procedures.
- Conclusion: Improvements in applied ergonomics in MIS have resulted in improved optics, more sophisticated and ergonomic instruments, and methods of optimizing positioning. However, despite these advancements, ergonomic strain rates amongst surgeons remain alarmingly high. With the ever-increasing demand for MIS, more research and development as well as MIS surgeon training are needed to improve the safety of surgeons and ensure the career longevity required to meet the patient and societal demand for MIS.
Since its introduction to North America in the 1980s, minimally invasive surgery (MIS) has become widely accepted and practiced across surgical disciplines including general surgery, gynecologic surgery, oncology, and thoracic surgery [1]. Procedures once done through large incisions, such as cholecystectomies, have been supplanted by those utilizing 2 or 3 small punctures as the gold standard.
The demand for MIS has been rising and is driven by both providers and patients. The minimally invasive approaches have been shown to decrease recovery time, result in less postoperative pain, and decrease blood loss and other surgical complications [2,3], allowing for patients and their supports to return to baseline function more quickly [4]. In this way, both individual patients and society as a whole derives benefits from MIS through decreased recovery times and return to productivity.
Despite the clear benefits to patients and society, there has been increasing evidence of an unanticipated side effect of MIS: surgeon ergonomic strain and injury [5].Although the same ultimate procedure is performed when open techniques are employed as when MIS is utilized, surgeons have reported increased physical stress and mental strain when utilizing minimally invasive technologies [6,7]. The phenomenon was first noted during the laparoscopic surgery boom of the early 1990s and has been revisited more recently in the setting of both traditional and robotic-assisted MIS techniques [5,8,9].
The source of the issues arises from the fact the surgeons are, by definition, operating with reduced access to the patient. This requires limiting the degrees of freedom in movements, employing specialized and often awkward or cumbersome instruments, and requiring use of an intracorporeal camera that projects the surgical field onto a screen, which causes increased mental strain due to perceptual challenges as well as visual strain [7,10–13].
The initial large survey studies characterizing surgeon strain during MIS revealed rates of strain and discomfort in the 12% to 18% range, with many reporting that strain was persistent and not simply limited to operative time [11,14]. In part, these early estimates focused on very experienced surgeons and thus may have underreported the rates of strain. Subsequently, other studies have quoted rates of strain in the 40% to 60% range [15,16]. These studies focused on a larger and more hetero-geneous group of MIS surgeons, which may explain the higher rates of strain. Most recently, in the setting of an ever growing demand for MIS, large survey studies have revealed rates of surgeon strain to be as high as 87% and 88% among traditional MIS surgeons and 45% among robotic-assisted MIS surgeons, with 26% reporting persistent strain beyond the robotic console time [5,9,17]. This prolonged strain can impact productivity, with 14% of surgeons limiting the number of surgical cases they do per day, and may impact quality of life, with 29% needing to seek treatment for strain related to MIS [9].
Here we review the 2 major forms of MIS, traditional and robotic-assisted surgery. The unique features of each type of MIS that predispose to surgeon strain are discussed along with the techniques and technologies that have been employed to improve the ergonomics of MIS and reduce surgeon strain.
Traditional MIS
Traditional MIS, developed in the 1980s, involves use of a surgeon-manipulated intracorporeal video camera to view the surgical field. Instruments are placed through fixed ports inserted through the body wall called trocars. Most MIS surgical suites involve 1 or more surgeons standing aside a patient holding the camera and surgical instruments and viewing the surgical field on monitors placed around the patient.
The field and technology have evolved greatly since its inception. However, there are a number of factors that persist in creating ergonomic strain during traditional MIS.
Instruments
MIS instruments are limited by several factors. They must have long, thin shafts that can be placed and removed through fixed trocars. The majority of trocars commonly used are 5 to 10 mm in diameter. Given this fixed point, the instrument motion is inverted in the operative cavity, which requires mental adjustment and scaling. Additionally, the range of motion of MIS instruments is limited to 5 degrees of freedom, which allows for less dexterity than is commonly enjoyed during open surgery through large incisions, which accommodate the surgeons hands and allows for more degrees of freedom and dexterity [18]. These limitations have historically yielded instruments that have not been ergonomically sound. Indeed, MIS instrument are identified as an ergonomic problem by over 80% of minimally invasive surgeons [19].
Additionally, given that the surgeon’s hands are often occupied with the camera and an operative tool, the activation of suction devices and electrocautery devices often requires use of instrument foot pedals. Requiring that the instrument and camera be optimally positioned and relatively stationary and the foot pedal be activated simultaneously can exacerbate poor posture and back strain as the surgeon balances on one foot. The addition of foot pedals around the operative table also further limits space for proper surgeon
positioning [19].
Ergonomic engineering has focused on instrument handles. To accommodate the varied sizes of surgeon hands, many companies have altered the size of the device handles allowing for a more comfortable grip. To address the issue of poor posture induced by the use of foot pedals, many instruments now have trigger finger or thumb-activated buttons on the handle of the device itself, which alleviates the need for positioning to activate a foot pedal. However, many of these may not be suitable to accommodate smaller hands.
Optics
A major limitation of MIS is the limited visual field. The video monitor is positioned outside of the sterile operative field, often requiring that the surgeon looks in one direction and operates in another direction, placing strain in both the axial or rotational and frontal or flexion/extension planes [20]. The surgeon does not have immediate visual access to the entire surgical field but rather must rely on movement of the camera, which can at times result in unnatural and uncomfortable positions in order to position the camera optimally [19]. Additionally, eye strain can result from constant visualization of the operative monitor throughout the surgery. Finally, until only recently, optic systems required operating in 2 dimensions, without the depth perception enjoyed during traditional open surgery.
To address neck and upper body strain as well as optic strain, operative monitor positioning has received significant emphasis. The original MIS video monitors were small, had poor resolution, and were fixed in their position. Over time, monitors have increased in size and resolution, allowing for easier viewing and decreased optic strain. Additionally, in the 1990s the MIS operative suite concept allowed for placement of monitors on swing arms, which allow for movement about the operating room with ease. Subsequently, use of systems that employed multiple monitors placed around the patient at different angles with independent height and inclination adjustment allowed for comfortable positioning for all members of the surgical team, particularly in cases where 2 or more surgeons are operating simultaneously [21]. The implementation of these monitor systems not only decrease ergonomic strain but have also been shown to improve intraoperative speed and surgical accuracy when performing standardized tasks [22,23].
The most recent advance in surgical optics has been the introduction of 3-dimensional (3D) imaging systems [21,24,25]. At present, most of these systems are cost prohibitive and have poorer resolution than the traditional 2-dimensional monitors which may in fact increase optic strain. The modern high-definition 2D monitor systems in current use have done much to decrease optic strain and further refinement of 3D technology may prove to mitigate this strain even further.
Operative Posture
MIS often involves assuming unnatural postures to manipulate instruments and visualize the operative monitors. When non-neutral posture is maintained, muscles require an increase in energy production in order to maintain the same contractile forces and the contractile forces required to stabilize joints is increased [20]. Maintaining these static positions for long periods of time results in rapid fatigue, muscle pain, and cramping, and strain that can persist after the operation is complete [19].
Attention to ideal posture is paramount during MIS. The surgeon should be upright next to the patient with the head slightly bent forward, ideally employing a shift in position of the neck from time to time throughout the surgery to avoid prolonged static positioning [11]. The arms should rest so that the elbow is at the side with a 90- to 120-degree bend to accommodate instrument manipulation. This angle can be tolerated for long period of time as opposed to angles that require the elbow be taken away from the side of the body [19]. The forearm should rest in the neutral rotating position between pronated and supinated whenever possible with the wrist slightly extended and the fingers slightly bent [26]. This neutral position allows for rapid and simple changes in grip.
Adjustment of table height or use of operative foot platforms is crucial to ensuring the arms remain in neutral position. Given that the patient is often positioned in steep Trendelenburg or reverse Trendelenburg for MIS, the standard operating beds may not be at a height that allows the surgeon to operate in a relaxed, neutral posture [27,28]. In these circumstances, rather than operating with arms and shoulders in an elevated position, a position that produces rapid upper extremity fatigue, surgeons should elevate themselves with the assistance of an operative platform or step.
Single Incision Laparoscopic Surgery
Most recently, single port laparoscopic surgery (SPLS), also called single incision laparoscopic surgery (SILS) has been introduced. This technique involves use of a slightly larger, single incision that allows for a single port, which accommodates several instruments and the operative camera. This enhances some of the challenges posed with traditional MIS, namely maintaining exposure of the operative field, sustaining pneumatic pressure in the operative space, avoiding instrument collision both intra- and extracorporeally, and avoiding instrument interference with optics [29].
A number of techniques have been employed to minimize these issues. For example, percutaneous sutures may be placed intraoperatively in order to assist with retraction and improve visualization. The most important technological advances have come in the form of coaxial, flexible, and articulating instruments to avoid collisions [29]. While there is a learning curve with these technologies in terms of instrument triangulation, they can be successfully employed to improve operative efficiency and ergonomics.
Robot-Assisted MIS
Robot-assisted MIS involves the use of intracorporeal instruments attached to robotic arms that have been docked to trocars. The surgeon controls these robotic arms with a computer console and a video monitor is available for the surgical assistants. Many robot-assisted surgeries involve the use of an assistant, who utilizes traditional MIS instruments and trocars. The same issues in ergonomics discussed above apply to the assistant surgeon. Here, we will focus on the ergonomic challenges unique to operating surgeon at a robotic console.
There have been several robotic systems developed for use during surgery. At present, only the da Vinci surgical system (Intuitive Surgical, Sunnyvale, CA) is in use in the United States. Several components of the robotic systems allow for potential advantages over traditional MIS in terms of ergonomics. First, as discussed, the primary surgeon is seated at a robotic console rather than standing next to the patient. The camera and instruments are held intracorporeally by the robotic system and controlled by the surgeon at the console. The mechanical engineering, which is associated with the instruments of the robotic system, allows for many for degrees of freedom in range of motion, which permits the surgeon to employ techniques which more closely mimic open surgical techniques.
The robotic surgical system has experienced rapid acceptance and growth over the past decade [30–33]. One small case comparison study and 1 large prospective analysis of over 200 procedures have suggested that robotic surgery is more ergonomically favorable and potentially less mentally stressful than conventional minimally invasive surgery [34,35]. However, although robotic surgery is often thought of as a tool to alleviate strain related to MIS [36,37], there are still high levels of strain, with some survey data indicating strain rates as high as 45%, involved with robotic surgery [8,9]. It is clear that, as with traditional MIS, effective interventions are needed to prevent and reduce strain to prevent work-related injury in robot-assisted MIS.
A primary cause of ergonomic strain during robot-assisted MIS is the lack of knowledge and training regard-ing proper ergonomic techniques at seated console work stations amongst surgeons, with as few as 16% of surgeons reporting any formal training [5,9,17,38]. Furthermore, when compared with traditional MIS, there is little available literature specific to robotic surgery ergonomics. Much of the data available has been extrapolated from recommendations from the U.S. Department of Labor’s Occupational Safety and Health Administration’s (OSHA’s) guidelines for working positions at workstations and on the available body of literature on the ergonomics of microscopy, which, due to somewhat similar positioning, have been adapted for robotic-assisted MIS [39].
The Robotic Console
When addressing applied ergonomics in robot-assisted MIS, the primary focuses in on the robotic console set-up and the surgeon positioning. The primary focus is on ensuring a comfortable headrest and adjustable ocular height, which relieves neck, shoulder, and upper back strain, and proper adjustment of armrests and finger controls aimed at minimizing arm and upper back strain due to static load forces [40].
The most common pitfalls during robotic-assisted MIS are when the arms are moved from the arm rest and the elbows flare out from the side of the operator. This departure from neutral position, common when attempting to reach for structures that are on the edge of the surgical field, causes significant tension and strain and is often not corrected for long period of time. Frequent use of the robotic clutch, which freezes the intracorporeal arms and allows for movement of the console arms freely, to bring the body back to neutral position is of paramount importance [17].
Conclusion
The field of applied ergonomics in surgery has never been more important. The fields of both traditional and robot-assisted MIS are growing rapidly and demand for these technologies will only increase as outcomes continue to improve. As the increasing workload of MIS is handled by a pool of surgeons that is not increasing rapidly enough to meet the demand, more volume will be handled by each surgeon.
With ergonomic strain now reported by nearly 90% of surgeons, much of it persistent strain beyond operative time, we will run into situations where surgeons may compensate for this persistent strain by decreasing operative volume and may decide to retire earlier than they otherwise might have. This could result in a health care supply problem as demand for MIS increases and the surgeon pool available to perform it stays constant or decreases.
To date, there has been relatively little research into this issue. The epidemiologic data on surgeon strain comes primarily from survey research done within various MIS subspecialties. There has been some data based on objective measures of strain utilizing validated strain indicators, but more work in this area is needed. Standardized methods of reporting strain will assist in clarifying both the epidemiology and standardize the response to interventions. Studies that aim to address the reported rates of strain are also needed. Much of the early work focused on operating room set-up and resulted in great improvements. More work is needed to assess optimal ergonomic positioning and formal surgeon training.
The solution will involve a combination of engineering advances in operating room set-up and equipment design along with a renewed focus on teaching ergonomic techniques and principles to MIS surgeons. While early data is promising and shows that training sessions in ergonomics are easy, acceptable by surgeons, and effective, more data is needed to develop optimal training session and modules when it comes to traditional and robot-assisted MIS ergonomics [17]. As ergonomic studies specifically designed to address this population accrue, more data driven guidelines can be developed and implemented.
Corresponding author: Jason M. Franasiak, MD, 140 Allen Rd., Basking Ridge, NJ 07920, [email protected].
Financial disclosures: None
1. Cuschieri A. Laparoscopic surgery: current status, issues and future developments. Surg J R Coll Surg Edinb Irel 2005;3:125–30, 132–3, 135–8.
2. Gehrig PA, Cantrell LA, Shafer A, et al. What is the optimal minimally invasive surgical procedure for endometrial cancer staging in the obese and morbidly obese woman? Gynecol Oncol 2008;111:41–5.
3. Walker JL, Piedmonte MR, Spirtos NM, et al. Laparoscopy compared with laparotomy for comprehensive surgical staging of uterine cancer: Gynecologic Oncology Group Study LAP2. J Clin Oncol 2009;27:5331–6.
4. Bell MC, Torgerson J, Seshadri-Kreaden U, et al. Comparison of outcomes and cost for endometrial cancer staging via traditional laparotomy, standard laparoscopy and robotic techniques. Gynecol Oncol 2008;111:407–11.
5. Park A, Lee G, Seagull FJ, et al. Patients benefit while surgeons suffer: an impending epidemic. J Am Coll Surg 2010;210:306–13.
6. Kant IJ, de Jong LC, van Rijssen-Moll M, Borm PJ. A survey of static and dynamic work postures of operating room staff. Int Arch Occup Environ Health 1992;63:423–8.
7. Patkin M, Isabel L. Ergonomics, engineering and surgery of endosurgical dissection. J R Coll Surg Edinb 1995;40:120–32.
8. Craven R, Franasiak J, Mosaly P, Gehrig PA. Ergonomic deficits in robotic gynecologic oncology surgery: a need for intervention. J Minim Invasive Gynecol 2013;20:648–55.
9. Franasiak J, Ko EM, Kidd J, et al. Physical strain and urgent need for ergonomic training among gynecologic oncologists who perform minimally invasive surgery. Gynecol Oncol 2012;126:437–42.
10. Berguer R. Surgical technology and the ergonomics of laparoscopic instruments. Surg Endosc 1998;12:458–62.
11. Berguer R. Surgery and ergonomics. Arch Surg 1999;134:1011–6.
12. Berguer R, Forkey DL, Smith WD. The effect of laparoscopic instrument working angle on surgeons’ upper extremity workload. Surg Endosc 2001;15:1027–9.
13. Lawson EH, Curet MJ, Sanchez BR, et al. Postural ergonomics during robotic and laparoscopic gastric bypass surgery: a pilot project. J Robot Surg 2007;1:61–7.
14. Van Veelen MA, Meijer DW. Ergonomics and design of laparoscopic instruments: results of a survey among laparoscopic surgeons. J Laparoendosc Adv Surg Tech A 1999;9:481–9.
15. Van Veelen MA, Nederlof EA, Goossens RHM, et al. Ergonomic problems encountered by the medical team related to products used for minimally invasive surgery. Surg Endosc 2003;17:1077–81.
16. Lawther RE, Kirk GR, Regan MC. Laparoscopic procedures are associated with a significant risk of digital nerve injury for general surgeons. Ann R Coll Surg Engl 2002;84:443.
17. Franasiak J, Craven R, Mosaly P, Gehrig PA. Feasibility and acceptance of a robotic surgery ergonomic training program. JSLS 2014;18(4).
18. Ballantyne GH. The pitfalls of laparoscopic surgery: challenges for robotics and telerobotic surgery. Surg Laparosc Endosc Percutan Tech 2002;12:1–5.
19. Matern U. Ergonomic deficiencies in the operating room: examples from minimally invasive surgery. Work 2009;33:165–8.
20. Van Det MJ, Meijerink WJHJ, Hoff C, et al. Optimal ergonomics for laparoscopic surgery in minimally invasive surgery suites: a review and guidelines. Surg Endosc 2009;23:1279–85.
21. Veelen MA, Jakimowicz JJ, Goossens RHM, et al. Evaluation of the usability of two types of image display systems, during laparoscopy. Surg Endosc 2002;16:674–8.
22. Haveran LA, Novitsky YW, Czerniach DR, et al. Optimizing laparoscopic task efficiency: the role of camera and monitor positions. Surg Endosc 2007;21:980–4.
23. Hanna GB, Shimi SM, Cuschieri A. Task performance in endoscopic surgery is influenced by location of the image display. Ann Surg 1998;227:481–4.
24. Ballantyne GH. Robotic surgery, telerobotic surgery, telepresence, and telementoring. Review of early clinical results. Surg Endosc 2002;16:1389–402.
25. Boppart SA, Deutsch TF, Rattner DW. Optical imaging technology in minimally invasive surgery. Current status and future directions. Surg Endosc 1999;13:718–22.
26. Matern U, Waller P. Instruments for minimally invasive surgery: principles of ergonomic handles. Surg Endosc 1999;13:174–82.
27. Matern U, Waller P, Giebmeyer C, et al. Ergonomics: requirements for adjusting the height of laparoscopic operating tables. JSLS 2001;5:7–12.
28. Van Veelen MA, Kazemier G, Koopman J, et al. Assessment of the ergonomically optimal operating surface height for laparoscopic surgery. J Laparoendosc Adv Surg Tech A 2002;12:47–52.
29. Tang B, Hou S, Cuschieri SA. Ergonomics of and technologies for single-port lapaxroscopic surgery. Minim Invasive Ther Allied Technol 2012;21:46–54.
30. Wexner SD, Bergamaschi R, Lacy A, et al. The current status of robotic pelvic surgery: results of a multinational interdisciplinary consensus conference. Surg Endosc 2009;23:438–43.
31. Challacombe BJ, Khan MS, Murphy D, Dasgupta P. The history of robotics in urology. World J Urol 2006;24:120–7.
32. Ballantyne GH, Moll F. The da Vinci telerobotic surgical system: the virtual operative field and telepresence surgery. Surg Clin North Am 2003;83:1293–304, vii.
33. Ruurda JP, van Vroonhoven TJ, Broeders IA. Robot-assisted surgical systems: a new era in laparoscopic surgery. Ann R Coll Surg Engl 2002;84:223–6.
34. Mohr CJ, Nadzam GS, Curet MJ. Totally robotic Roux-en-Y gastric bypass. Arch Surg 2005;140:779–86.
35. Talamini MA, Chapman S, Horgan S, Melvin WS; Academic Robotics Group. A prospective analysis of 211 robotic-assisted surgical procedures. Surg Endosc 2003;17:1521–4.
36. Mucksavage P, Kerbl DC, Lee JY. The da Vinci Surgical System overcomes innate hand dominance. J Endourol 2011;25:1385–8.
37. Schreuder HW, Verheijen RH. Robotic surgery. BJOG 2009;116:198–213.
38. Stone R, McCloy R. Ergonomics in medicine and surgery. BMJ 2004;328:1115–8.
39. Lux MM, Marshall M, Erturk E, Joseph JV. Ergonomic evaluation and guidelines for use of the daVinci Robot system. J Endourol 2010;24:371–5.
40. Sillanpaa J, Nyberg M, Laippala P. A new table for work with a microscope, a solution to ergonomic problems. Appl Ergon 2003;34:621–8.
1. Cuschieri A. Laparoscopic surgery: current status, issues and future developments. Surg J R Coll Surg Edinb Irel 2005;3:125–30, 132–3, 135–8.
2. Gehrig PA, Cantrell LA, Shafer A, et al. What is the optimal minimally invasive surgical procedure for endometrial cancer staging in the obese and morbidly obese woman? Gynecol Oncol 2008;111:41–5.
3. Walker JL, Piedmonte MR, Spirtos NM, et al. Laparoscopy compared with laparotomy for comprehensive surgical staging of uterine cancer: Gynecologic Oncology Group Study LAP2. J Clin Oncol 2009;27:5331–6.
4. Bell MC, Torgerson J, Seshadri-Kreaden U, et al. Comparison of outcomes and cost for endometrial cancer staging via traditional laparotomy, standard laparoscopy and robotic techniques. Gynecol Oncol 2008;111:407–11.
5. Park A, Lee G, Seagull FJ, et al. Patients benefit while surgeons suffer: an impending epidemic. J Am Coll Surg 2010;210:306–13.
6. Kant IJ, de Jong LC, van Rijssen-Moll M, Borm PJ. A survey of static and dynamic work postures of operating room staff. Int Arch Occup Environ Health 1992;63:423–8.
7. Patkin M, Isabel L. Ergonomics, engineering and surgery of endosurgical dissection. J R Coll Surg Edinb 1995;40:120–32.
8. Craven R, Franasiak J, Mosaly P, Gehrig PA. Ergonomic deficits in robotic gynecologic oncology surgery: a need for intervention. J Minim Invasive Gynecol 2013;20:648–55.
9. Franasiak J, Ko EM, Kidd J, et al. Physical strain and urgent need for ergonomic training among gynecologic oncologists who perform minimally invasive surgery. Gynecol Oncol 2012;126:437–42.
10. Berguer R. Surgical technology and the ergonomics of laparoscopic instruments. Surg Endosc 1998;12:458–62.
11. Berguer R. Surgery and ergonomics. Arch Surg 1999;134:1011–6.
12. Berguer R, Forkey DL, Smith WD. The effect of laparoscopic instrument working angle on surgeons’ upper extremity workload. Surg Endosc 2001;15:1027–9.
13. Lawson EH, Curet MJ, Sanchez BR, et al. Postural ergonomics during robotic and laparoscopic gastric bypass surgery: a pilot project. J Robot Surg 2007;1:61–7.
14. Van Veelen MA, Meijer DW. Ergonomics and design of laparoscopic instruments: results of a survey among laparoscopic surgeons. J Laparoendosc Adv Surg Tech A 1999;9:481–9.
15. Van Veelen MA, Nederlof EA, Goossens RHM, et al. Ergonomic problems encountered by the medical team related to products used for minimally invasive surgery. Surg Endosc 2003;17:1077–81.
16. Lawther RE, Kirk GR, Regan MC. Laparoscopic procedures are associated with a significant risk of digital nerve injury for general surgeons. Ann R Coll Surg Engl 2002;84:443.
17. Franasiak J, Craven R, Mosaly P, Gehrig PA. Feasibility and acceptance of a robotic surgery ergonomic training program. JSLS 2014;18(4).
18. Ballantyne GH. The pitfalls of laparoscopic surgery: challenges for robotics and telerobotic surgery. Surg Laparosc Endosc Percutan Tech 2002;12:1–5.
19. Matern U. Ergonomic deficiencies in the operating room: examples from minimally invasive surgery. Work 2009;33:165–8.
20. Van Det MJ, Meijerink WJHJ, Hoff C, et al. Optimal ergonomics for laparoscopic surgery in minimally invasive surgery suites: a review and guidelines. Surg Endosc 2009;23:1279–85.
21. Veelen MA, Jakimowicz JJ, Goossens RHM, et al. Evaluation of the usability of two types of image display systems, during laparoscopy. Surg Endosc 2002;16:674–8.
22. Haveran LA, Novitsky YW, Czerniach DR, et al. Optimizing laparoscopic task efficiency: the role of camera and monitor positions. Surg Endosc 2007;21:980–4.
23. Hanna GB, Shimi SM, Cuschieri A. Task performance in endoscopic surgery is influenced by location of the image display. Ann Surg 1998;227:481–4.
24. Ballantyne GH. Robotic surgery, telerobotic surgery, telepresence, and telementoring. Review of early clinical results. Surg Endosc 2002;16:1389–402.
25. Boppart SA, Deutsch TF, Rattner DW. Optical imaging technology in minimally invasive surgery. Current status and future directions. Surg Endosc 1999;13:718–22.
26. Matern U, Waller P. Instruments for minimally invasive surgery: principles of ergonomic handles. Surg Endosc 1999;13:174–82.
27. Matern U, Waller P, Giebmeyer C, et al. Ergonomics: requirements for adjusting the height of laparoscopic operating tables. JSLS 2001;5:7–12.
28. Van Veelen MA, Kazemier G, Koopman J, et al. Assessment of the ergonomically optimal operating surface height for laparoscopic surgery. J Laparoendosc Adv Surg Tech A 2002;12:47–52.
29. Tang B, Hou S, Cuschieri SA. Ergonomics of and technologies for single-port lapaxroscopic surgery. Minim Invasive Ther Allied Technol 2012;21:46–54.
30. Wexner SD, Bergamaschi R, Lacy A, et al. The current status of robotic pelvic surgery: results of a multinational interdisciplinary consensus conference. Surg Endosc 2009;23:438–43.
31. Challacombe BJ, Khan MS, Murphy D, Dasgupta P. The history of robotics in urology. World J Urol 2006;24:120–7.
32. Ballantyne GH, Moll F. The da Vinci telerobotic surgical system: the virtual operative field and telepresence surgery. Surg Clin North Am 2003;83:1293–304, vii.
33. Ruurda JP, van Vroonhoven TJ, Broeders IA. Robot-assisted surgical systems: a new era in laparoscopic surgery. Ann R Coll Surg Engl 2002;84:223–6.
34. Mohr CJ, Nadzam GS, Curet MJ. Totally robotic Roux-en-Y gastric bypass. Arch Surg 2005;140:779–86.
35. Talamini MA, Chapman S, Horgan S, Melvin WS; Academic Robotics Group. A prospective analysis of 211 robotic-assisted surgical procedures. Surg Endosc 2003;17:1521–4.
36. Mucksavage P, Kerbl DC, Lee JY. The da Vinci Surgical System overcomes innate hand dominance. J Endourol 2011;25:1385–8.
37. Schreuder HW, Verheijen RH. Robotic surgery. BJOG 2009;116:198–213.
38. Stone R, McCloy R. Ergonomics in medicine and surgery. BMJ 2004;328:1115–8.
39. Lux MM, Marshall M, Erturk E, Joseph JV. Ergonomic evaluation and guidelines for use of the daVinci Robot system. J Endourol 2010;24:371–5.
40. Sillanpaa J, Nyberg M, Laippala P. A new table for work with a microscope, a solution to ergonomic problems. Appl Ergon 2003;34:621–8.
Early Parkinsonism: Distinguishing Idiopathic Parkinson’s Disease from Other Syndromes
From the VA Medical Center (Dr. Lehosit) and the Parkinson’s and Movement Disorders Center, Virginia Commonwealth University (Dr. Cloud), Richmond, VA.
Abstract
- Objective: To provide an overview of the importance and challenges of accurate diagnosis of early idiopathic Parkinson’s disease and practical guidelines for clinicians.
- Methods: Review of the relevant literature.
- Results: Idiopathic Parkinson’s disease is a common neurodegenerative disorder causing a wide spectrum of motor and nonmotor symptoms. The cardinal motor features include resting tremors, bradykinesia, rigidity, and postural instability. The diagnosis is clinical, and ancillary laboratory or radiology tests are unnecessary in typical cases. Despite the use of validated diagnostic criteria, misdiagnosis is common, especially early in the disease process. This is largely due to the phenotypic heterogeneity in the idiopathic Parkinson’s disease population as well phenotypic overlapping with other diseases. The diseases most commonly confused with idiopathic Parkinson’s disease are the Parkinson-plus syndromes (dementia with Lewy bodies, multiple system atrophy, progressive supranuclear palsy, and corticobasal degeneration), vascular parkinsonism, drug-induced parkinsonism, dopa responsive dystonia, normal pressure hydrocephalus, and essential tremor. Since the diagnosis of these other diseases is also clinical, familiarity with their typical presentations and most current diagnostic criteria is helpful. Brain MRI can be helpful in diagnosing some of the diseases, though brain imaging is most commonly unremarkable in idiopathic Parkinson’s disease. DaTscan has an FDA indication to assist in the evaluation of adults with parkinsonian syndromes. It should not be used in typical cases but can be a useful adjunct to other diagnostic evaluations in atypical cases.
- Conclusion: Despite the challenges involved, accurate and early diagnosis of idiopathic Parkinson’s disease is essential for optimal patient education, counseling, and treatment.
Idiopathic Parkinson’s disease (IPD) is a common neurodenerative disease, affecting 1% of the population over the age of 65 [1]. A definitive diagnosis requires the postmortem findings of degeneration of the substantia nigra pars compacta and the presence of Lewy bodies (insoluble cytoplasmic inclusions composed of aggregated alpha-synuclein). In the later stages of the disease, a correct clinical diagnosis is made in more than 90% of patients [2]. Early on, however, clinical diagnosis is less reliable. For clinicians, distinguishing early IPD from other parkinsonian syndromes can be extraordinarily challenging because these conditions, especially in the earliest stages, present with highly variable yet overlapping phenotypes [3]. Furthermore, most of the diseases in the differential diagnosis, including IPD itself, are clinical diagnoses made on the basis of history and examination without the benefit of laboratory or radiology data. A high level of clinical acumen is therefore required for early and accurate diagnosis. Recent clinical trials in which subspecialists performed stringent diagnostic assessments to identify subjects with clinically diagnosed IPD later found that some subjects had normal functional dopamine imaging, suggesting that they probably did not have IPD [4,5]. These trials served to highlight the possibility of misdiagnosis, even in the hands of highly trained subspecialists. Early and accurate diagnosis is of paramount importance for many reasons. First, treatment approaches differ significantly across many of these diseases. Second, as neuroprotective interventions that are currently under investigation become available, long-term outcomes may significantly improve with earlier diagnosis and intervention. Third, some of these diseases are prognostically very different from one another, so accurate diagnosis enables better counseling and setting realistic expectations for progression.
This review will discuss the most common presenting signs and symptoms of early IPD, present the most widely used diagnostic criteria, and introduce the ancillary laboratory and imaging tests that may be helpful in distinguishing it from its mimics. The diseases most commonly confused with early IPD will also be discussed with an emphasis on the ways they most commonly differ from IPD. We will begin our discussion with the presenting signs and symptoms of IPD.
Idiopathic Parkinson’s Disease
IPD typically has a subtle and insidious onset with characteristic features developing over months to years. IPD most often presents in patients after age 60, and age is the most consistent risk factor for developing IPD; however, approximately 5% of IPD cases begin before age 40 years. These young-onset cases are likely to be caused by genetic mutations [6]. The widely recognized cardinal motor features of IPD include asymmetric resting tremor, rigidity, bradykinesia and postural instability [7]. Asymmetry is a key feature, as symptoms typically start on one side and remain more prominent on that side as the disease progresses. In fact, lack of asymmetry suggests an alternative diagnosis. Of the cardinal motor features, tremor is most often reported by patients as the first symptom [8]. However, IPD can alternately present with various other motor or even nonmotor complaints that will be discussed later.
Motor Features
Resting tremor is the most common presenting sign/symptom of early IPD, found in approximately 70% of patients [8]. The tremor typically is asymmetric and intermittent at onset, often starting in one hand. It is sometimes, though not necessarily, described as a “pill-rolling” rhythmic movement of the thumb and first finger while the hand is at rest. Patients will usually report a worsening of tremor with stress, anxiety, and increased fatigue. The tremor does not persist during sleep and diminishes with voluntary activity of the affected limb(s). By having the patient perform mentally challenging tasks (such as counting backwards) or motor movements of other body parts (such as finger tapping with the other hand or walking), the examiner may notice an increase in tremor amplitude [11]. There may also be a resting tremor of the lip or lower jaw, but true head tremor suggests an alternate diagnosis such as essential tremor [12]. Postural tremor can co-exist with resting tremor in IPD, which often leads to diagnostic confusion, especially when the postural tremor is more prominent than the resting tremor. In this scenario, the distinction between IPD and essential tremor (discussed later) can become more difficult.
Rigidity is characterized as the presence of increased resistance to passive stretch throughout the range of motion [13]. “Lead pipe” rigidity remains sustained throughout the motion of the joint, while “cogwheel” rigidity is intermittent through the movement. The examiner must take care to distinguish between true rigidity and other forms of increased tone such as spasticity (a velocity dependent increase in tone) and paratonia (a resistance to passive motion created by the patient). Subtle rigidity can be enhanced in a limb by having the patient perform a voluntary movement of the contralateral limb [14]. Rigidity in early IPD is also asymmetric and most commonly found in the upper extremities, but it can be seen in the neck and lower extremities as well. Patients may initially complain of shoulder pain and stiffness that is diagnosed as rotator cuff disease or arthritis, when this pain is actually due to rigidity from Parkinson’s disease [15]. Severe axial rigidity out of proportion to appendicular rigidity, however, should suggest an alternate diagnosis in the early stages of the disease (such as progressive supranuclear palsy which is further discussed below).
Bradykinesia refers to decreased amplitude and speed of voluntary motor movements. This sign can be found throughout the body in the form of hypometric saccades, decreased blink rate, decreased facial expressions (“masked facies”) and softening of speech (hypophonia) [16]. Patients may initially report a general slowing down of movements as well as difficulty with handwriting due to their writing becoming smaller (micrographia) [17]. Bradykinesia is evaluated by testing the speed, amplitude, and rhythmicity of voluntary movements such as repetitive tapping of the thumb and first finger together, alternation of supination and pronation of the forearm and hand, opening and closing the hand and tapping the foot rhythmically on the floor. The examiner should also evaluate for generalized bradykinesia by viewing the patient rise from a seated to standing position as well as observing the patient’s normal speed of ambulation and speed and symmetry of arm swing.
Gait disturbance and postural instability can sometimes be found in early IPD; however, significant impairment of postural reflexes, gait impairment and early falls may point to a diagnosis other than IPD. Early IPD postural changes include mild flexion of the neck or trunk that may be accompanied by a slight leaning to one side. On examination of natural gait, the patient may exhibit asymmetrically reduced arm swing, slowing of gait and turning, shortened stride length and intermittent shuffling of the feet. With disease progression, all of these become more severe and there may be festination of gait (“hurried” gate with increased cadence and difficulty stopping). This can lead to instability and falls as the patient’s center of balance is displaced forward. Freezing of gait can also develop, but is rarely found in early IPD [18]. Postural stability is evaluated by the “pull test” where the patient is asked to stand in a comfortable stance with eyes open and feet apart and instructed to resist falling backwards when pulled by the examiner. The patient is allowed to take one step backwards with either foot if necessary to prevent falling. This test is usually normal in early IPD, but it often becomes abnormal with disease progression.
Because of dramatic heterogeneity in the expression of these cardinal motor features in IPD, patients are often subcategorized based upon the most prominent features of their motor exam. Well-recognized motor subtypes include tremor-predominant, akinetic-rigid, postural instability gait disorder PD (PIGD), and mixed [19]. Tremor-predominant patients are those with significant tremors that overshadow the other motor features of the disease, while akinetic-rigid patients have prominent bradykinesia and rigidity with little to no tremor. PIGD patients have prominent postural and gait abnormalities, while mixed patients have roughly equal amounts of all of the cardinal motor features. Recent research has suggested that these motor subtypes differ with regard to the frequency of comorbid nonmotor features, disease prognosis, and response to certain treatments [20–22]. For example, tremor-predominant patients generally have a good prognosis with slow disease progression while PIGD patients have a poor prognosis with rapid progression, dementia, and depression [19].
Nonmotor Symptoms
Along with the classic motor features of IPD, patients often suffer from a variety of nonmotor symptoms that can sometimes precede the onset of motor symptoms by several years [23]. When nonmotor symptoms are the presenting symptoms, diagnosis is often delayed at 1.6 years versus 1.0 year for individuals with motor presentations [2]. Recognition of a nonmotor prodrome of PD has instigated a debate about whether new diagnostic criteria for early-stage and prodromal PD should be created [24]; for now, however, a diagnosis of PD still requires the motor syndrome. The spectrum of nonmotor symptoms in IPD can include olfactory dysfunction, urinary dysfunction, constipation, depression, anxiety, apathy, cognitive decline, sleep disorders such as REM (rapid eye movement) sleep behavior disorder and restless legs syndrome, fatigue and orthostatic hypotension. While many of these nonmotor symptoms are common in the general population and are certainly not specific to IPD, their presence in conjunction with early parkinsonism can help further support an IPD diagnosis.
Patients with IPD should exhibit a robust and sustained response to levodopa therapy. Over time, as the degenerative disease progresses, doses need to be increased and complications of therapy are likely to emerge, most commonly levodopa-induced dyskinesia, motor and nonmotor fluctuations [25]. The various forms of parkinsonism (discussed later) may have an initial response to levodopa therapy; however, this response is generally transient and wanes quickly despite increases in dose. Many will have no response at all.
Differential Diagnosis
The differential diagnosis for IPD most commonly includes the Parkinson-plus syndromes (dementia with Lewy bodies, multiple system atrophy, progressive supra-nuclear palsy, and corticobasal degeneration), vascular parkinsonism, drug-induced parkinsonism, dopa responsive dystonia, normal pressure hydrocephalus, and essential tremor. Each of these conditions will be discussed in further detail below.
Parkinson-Plus Syndromes
Dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB) may initially resemble IPD as it can present with parkinsonian motor signs, but the distinguishing feature of this disease is the presence of a progressive dementia with deficits in attention and executive function that occurs before or within 1 year of the development of parkinsonian motor signs [26]. This is in contrast to the dementia that can develop in IPD, which usually occurs many years into the disease course. Patients with DLB often have well-formed, visual hallucinations with this disorder. Motor parkinsonian symptoms do not improve with dopaminergic therapy and caution should be used with these patients as psychiatric symptoms may be exacerbated by even small doses of these medications [27]. Diagnostic criteria for probable DLB require the presence of dementia plus at least 2 of the following 3 core features: fluctuating attention and concentration, recurrent well-formed visual hallucinations, and spontaneous parkinsonian motor signs. Suggestive clinical features include REM behavior disorder, severe neuroleptic sensitivity, and low dopamine transporter uptake in the basal ganglia on SPECT or PET imaging. In the absence of 2 core features, the diagnosis of probable DLB can also be made if dementia plus at least 1 suggestive feature is present with just 1 core feature. Possible DLB can be diagnosed with the presence of dementia plus 1 core or suggestive feature. These criteria are 83% sensitive and 95% specific for the presence of neocortical Lewy bodies at autopsy [27]. Other supportive clinical features include repeated falls, syncope, transient loss of consciousness, severe autonomic dysfunction, depression, and systematized delusions or hallucinations in other sensory and perceptual modalities [27]. Definitive diagnosis requires pathological confirmation.
Corticobasal degeneration (CBD) is more rare than the previously described Parkinson-plus syndromes. CBD typically presents with a markedly unilateral/asymmetric motor features and can mimic early IPD, but other defining features include cortical signs of progressive unilateral apraxia, limb dystonia and visual-tactile neglect (“alien limb” sign) that can lead to loss of voluntary control of the extremity. This sign has been reported in approximately half of all patients with CBD [34]. As the disease progresses, cognitive decline, dementia, dysarthria, postural instability and gait dysfunction can all occur [35]. Patients with CBD typically do not show any response to dopaminergic therapy. CBD brain MRI findings include asymmetric cortical atrophy (most commonly in the superior parietal region), bilateral basal ganglia atrophy, corpus callosum atrophy and T2 hyperintensities of the subcortical white matter and posterolateral putamen [36]. In recently published consensus criteria, Armstrong et al broadened the clinical phenotype associated with CBD to acknowledge the spectrum and overlapping phenotypes of tau-related neurodegenerative diseases [37]. The criteria for probable corticobasal syndrome require asymmetric presentation of 2 of: (a) limb rigidity or akinesia, (b) limb dystonia, (c) limb myoclonus plus 2 of: (d) orobuccal or limb apraxia, (e) cortical sensory deficit, (f) alien limb phenomena (more than simple levitation). Possible corticobasal syndrome may be symmetric and requires 1 of: (a) limb rigidity or akinesia, (b) limb dystonia, (c) limb myoclonus plus 1 of: (d) orobuccal or limb apraxia, (e) cortical sensory deficit, (f) alien limb phenomena (more than simple levitation). Unfortunately, these new criteria have not improved the specificity of diagnosis compared to previous criteria as shown by a recent longitudinal clinical and neuropathological study that found that all of their patients with a cortiocobasal syndrome but without corticobasal pathology had all met the new diagnostic criteria for possible or probable CBD [38]. The reader should be aware that Armstrong et al acknowledged that memory dysfunction is common in CBD, although this was not incorporated into the diagnostic criteria.
Other Causes of Parkinsonism
Vascular parkinsonism results from the accumulation of multiple infarcts in the basal ganglia and/or subcortical white matter [39]. It may account for up to 12% of all cases of parkinsonism [40]. There are not any specific clinical diagnostic criteria for vascular parkinsonism; however, the clinical presentation is somewhat distinctive. Vascular parkinsonism initially presents with gait problems, and the upper extremities are less affected than the lower extremities. Vascular parkinsonism has been referred to as “lower body parkinsonism” due to this distribution of symptoms. Patients often present with a characteristic shuffling gait, but may also exhibit significant freezing of gait, even early in the course of the disease (in contrast to IPD). Tremor is reported less consistently and other pyramidal tract signs, urinary symptoms, dementia and pseudobulbar affect resulting from various ischemic lesions often co-exist [41]. Patients tend to have a history of cerebrovascular risk factors. Response to dopaminergic therapy is present in one-third to one-half of patients and is typically short-lived [42]. Brain MRI findings in vascular parkinsonism include diffuse subcortical white or gray matter lesions, particularly involving the globus pallidus, thalamus, substantia nigra and frontal lobes. One study reported a “cutoff” point to help differentiate between vascular parkinsonism and the normal vascular changes associated with aging at 0.6% lesioned volume of brain tissue [43]. It is important to remember that microvascular lesions are commonly seen on MRI scans of older patients and therefore the presence of these lesions on imaging does not necessarily convey a diagnosis of vascular parkinsonism.
Evaluation of any parkinsonian patient should involve careful scrutiny of the medication list (current and past) to exclude the possibility of drug-induced parkinsonism (DIP). DIP is typically, though not always, symmetric in onset. Drugs causing DIP include all of the typical and atypical antipsychotics, dopamine depleters such as reserpine and tetrabenazine, gastrointestinal drugs with dopamine receptor blocking activity such as antiemetics and metoclopramide, calcium channel blockers, valproic acid, selective serotonin reuptake inhibiters and lithium [44]. Traditionally this syndrome was thought to be reversible with discontinuation of the offending drug; however, resolution can require many months and at least 10% of patients with DIP develop persistent and progressive parkinsonism despite discontinuation of the drug [45].
Dopa-responsive dystonia (DRD) most typically presents in childhood with initial onset of lower limb dystonia with parkinsonism developing over time. Symptoms respond robustly to low doses of levodopa, hence the name DRD. Occasionally, however, DRD can present in adulthood. In adult-onset cases of DRD, parkinsonism usually develops before dystonia. Because it presents with parkinsonism and is levodopa responsive, adult-onset DRD can easily be confused with young-onset IPD [46]. Clues to the presence of DRD include diurnal fluctuation, stability of symptoms over time, and a normal DaTscan (discussed later) [46].
Other rare causes of parkinsonism include exposure to toxins (MPTP, manganese, carbon monoxide, methanol), metabolic disorders (hypoparathyroidism, hypothyroidism, acquired hepatocerebral degeneration), early-onset and genetic disorders (Wilson’s disease, juvenile Huntington’s disease, spinocerebellar ataxia types 2 and 3, and neurodegeneration with brain iron accumulation), infectious diseases, trauma, space-occupying brain lesions, autoimmune diseases (Sjogren’s syndrome) and paraneoplastic disorders [47–51]. Further discussion of these more rare causes parkinsonism is beyond the scope of this review; however, clinicians should always carefully consider the past medical, family, and social history, along with the review of systems, as these aspects of the patient history may point to one of these causes of parkinsonism.
Normal pressure hydrocephalus (NPH) refers to chronic communicating hydrocephalus with adult onset. The classic clinical triad of NPH includes cognitive impairment, urinary incontinence, and gait disturbance in the absence of signs of increased intracranial pressure such as papilledema. NPH can present with motor signs similar to those found in vascular parkinsonism, possibly due to the close proximity of basal ganglia structures to the ventricular system [52]. The gait of NPH typically shows a decrease in step height and foot clearance as well as a decrease in walking speed. This is often referred to as a “magnetic gait.” In contrast to Parkinson’s disease patients, the gait disturbance in NPH does not improve with visual cues or dopaminergic therapy [53]. Dementia also occurs early on in the course of NPH and is mostly characterized by apathy, forgetfulness, and impaired recall. Urinary incontinence and urgency is a later finding of the disease in contrast to IPD in which urinary dysfunction is often an early nonmotor symptom. MRI and CT scans of the brain reveal enlarged ventricles (out of proportion to surrounding cerebral atrophy if present) and should be followed by a diagnostic high volume lumbar puncture. Clinical improvement following lumbar puncture is supportive of the diagnosis of NPH and helps to identify patients who may benefit from ventriculoperitoneal shunting [54].
Essential tremor (ET) is characterized by postural and action tremors, rather than resting tremors, though some ET patients can have co-existing resting tremors. Though it is usually bilateral, it is often asymmetric, adding to the potential for diagnostic confusion with IPD. It typically has a higher frequency than the tremor of IPD. The absence of rigidity, bradykinesia, postural and gait disturbances and no response to dopaminergic therapy help distinguish it further from IPD [55]. There is phenotypic overlap between these two conditions and some patients with IPD have more postural tremor than rest tremor (or even postural tremor with no rest tremor), while some with long-standing essential tremor may go on to develop parkinsonism [56].
The Role of DaTscan in Diagnosing Early Parkinsonism
Final Thoughts
Despite the challenges involved, accurate and early diagnosis of IPD is essential for optimal patient education, counseling, and treatment. Careful attention to the initial presentation and examination may be all that is required for diagnosis in typical cases. In atypical cases, brain MRI to evaluate for other diseases or DaTscan may be helpful adjunctive tests. As research advances over the coming years, it is likely that additional imaging or fluid biomarkers will become available to assist us with the diagnosis of IPD (and related disorders) in the early stages. Until then, clinicians must remain highly vigilant in their efforts to make these often challenging clinical diagnoses.
Corresponding author: Leslie J. Cloud, MD, MSc, 6605 West Broad St., Ste. C, Richmond, VA 23230, [email protected].
Financial disclosures: None.
1. Wirdefeldt K, Adami HO, Cole P, et al. Epidemiology and etiology of Parkinson’s disease: a review of the evidence. Eur J Epidemiol 2011;26 Suppl 1:S1–58.
2. O’Sullivan SS, Williams DR, Gallagher DA, et al. Nonmotor symptoms as presenting complaints in Parkinson’s disease: a clinicopathological study. Mov Disord 2008;23:101–6.
3. Ali K, Morris HR. Parkinson’s disease: chameleons and mimics. Pract Neurol 2015;15:14–25.
4. Holloway RG, Shoulson I, Fahn S, et al. Pramipexole vs levodopa as initial treatment for Parkinson disease: a 4-year randomized controlled trial. Arch Neurol 2004;61:1044–53.
5. Whone AL, Watts RL, Stoessl AJ, et al. Slower progression of Parkinson’s disease with ropinirole versus levodopa: The REAL-PET study. Ann Neurol 2003;54:93–101.
6. Wickremaratchi MM, Ben-Shlomo Y, Morris HR. The effect of onset age on the clinical features of Parkinson’s disease. Eur J Neurol 2009;16:450–6.
7. Gelb DJ, Oliver E, Gilman S. Diagnostic criteria for Parkinson disease. Arch Neurol 1999;56:33–9.
8. Rajput AH, Rozdilsky B, Ang L. Occurrence of resting tremor in Parkinson’s disease. Neurology 1991;41:1298–9.
9. Hughes AJ, Daniel SE, Kilford L, Lees AJ. Accuracy of clinical diagnosis of idiopathic Parkinson’s disease: a clinico-pathological study of 100 cases. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1992;55:181–4.
10. Dickson DW, Braak H, Duda JE, et al. Neuropathological assessment of Parkinson’s disease: refining the diagnostic criteria. Lancet Neurol 2009;8:1150–7.
11. Raethjen J, Austermann K, Witt K, et al. Provocation of Parkinsonian tremor. Mov Disord 2008;23:1019–23.
12. Roze E, Coêlho-Braga MC, Gayraud D, et al. Head tremor in Parkinson’s disease. Mov Disord 2006;21:1245–8.
13. Hallett M. Parkinson revisited: pathophysiology of motor signs. Adv Neurol 2003;91:19–28.
14. Broussolle E, Krack P, Thobois S, et al. Contribution of Jules Froment to the study of parkinsonian rigidity. Mov Disord 2007;22:909–14.
15. Riley D, Lang AE, Blair RD, et al. Frozen shoulder and other shoulder disturbances in Parkinson’s disease. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1989;52:63–6.
16. Rottach KG, Riley DE, DiScenna AO, et al. Dynamic properties of horizontal and vertical eye movements in parkinsonian syndromes. Ann Neurol 1996;39:368–77.
17. Cooper JA, Sagar HJ, Tidswell P, Jordan N. Slowed central processing in simple and go/no-go reaction time tasks in Parkinson’s disease. Brain 1994;117(Pt 3):517–29.
18. Almeida QJ, Lebold CA. Freezing of gait in Parkinson’s disease: a perceptual cause for a motor impairment? J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2010;81:513–8.
19. Thenganatt MA, Jankovic J. Parkinson disease subtypes. JAMA Neurology 2014;71:499–504.
20. Burn DJ, Rowan EN, Allan LM, et al. Motor subtype and cognitive decline in Parkinson’s disease, Parkinson’s disease with dementia, and dementia with Lewy bodies. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2006;77:585–9.
21. Burn DJ, Landau S, Hindle JV, et al; PROMS-PD Study Group. Parkinson’s disease motor subtypes and mood. Mov Disord 2012;27:379–86.
22. Katz M, Luciano MS, Carlson K, et al; CSP 468 study group. Differential effects of deep brain stimulation target on motor subtypes in Parkinson’s disease. Ann Neurol 2015;77:710–9.
23. Savica R, Rocca WA, Ahlskog JE. When does Parkinson disease start? Arch Neurol 2010;67:798–801.
24. Berg D, Postuma RB, Bloem B, et al. Time to redefine PD? Introductory statement of the MDS Task Force on the definition of Parkinson’s disease. Mov Disord 2014;29:454–62.
25. Aquino CC, Fox SH. Clinical spectrum of levodopa-induced complications. Mov Disord 2015;30:80–9.
26. Geser F, Wenning GK, Poewe W, McKeith I. How to diagnose dementia with Lewy bodies: state of the art. Mov Disord 2005;20 Suppl 12:S11–20.
27. Karantzoulis S, Galvin JE. Update on dementia with Lewy bodies. Curr Transl Geriatr Exp Gerontol Rep 2013;2:196–204.
28. Gilman S, Low PA, Quinn N, et al. Consensus statement on the diagnosis of multiple system atrophy. J Neurol Sci 1999;163:94–8.
29. Kim HJ, Jeon BS, Jellinger KA. Diagnosis and differential diagnosis of MSA: boundary issues. J Neurol 2015 Feb 7. [Epub ahead of print]
30. Lee EA, Cho HI, Kim SS, Lee WY. Comparison of magnetic resonance imaging in subtypes of multiple system atrophy. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2004;10:363–8.
31. Golbe LI, Davis PH, Schoenberg BS, Duvoisin RC. Prevalence and natural history of progressive supranuclear palsy. Neurology 1988;38:1031–4.
32. Maher ER, Lees AJ. The clinical features and natural history of the Steele-Richardson-Olszewski syndrome (progressive supranuclear palsy). Neurology 1986;36:1005–8.
33. Gröschel K, Kastrup A, Litvan I, Schulz JB. Penguins and hummingbirds: midbrain atrophy in progressive supranuclear palsy. Neurology 2006;66:949–50.
34. Rinne JO, Lee MS, Thompson PD, Marsden CD. Corticobasal degeneration. A clinical study of 36 cases. Brain 1994117(Pt 5):1183–96.
35. Grimes DA, Lang AE, Bergeron CB. Dementia as the most common presentation of cortical-basal ganglionic degeneration. Neurology 1999;53:1969–74.
36. Tokumaru AM, O’uchi T, Kuru Y, et al. Corticobasal degeneration: MR with histopathologic comparison. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol 1996;17:1849–52.
37. Armstrong MJ, Litvan I, Lang AE, et al. Criteria for the diagnosis of corticobasal degeneration. Neurology 2013;80:496–503.
38. Alexander SK, Rittman T, Xuereb JH, et al. Validation of the new consensus criteria for the diagnosis of corticobasal degeneration. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2014;85:925–9.
39. Sibon I, Fenelon G, Quinn NP, Tison F. Vascular parkinsonism. J Neurol 2004;251:513–24.
40. Thanvi B, Lo N, Robinson T. Vascular parkinsonism--an important cause of parkinsonism in older people. Age Ageing 2005;34:114–9.
41. Kalra S, Grosset DG, Benamer HT. Differentiating vascular parkinsonism from idiopathic Parkinson’s disease: a systematic review. Mov Disord 2010;25:149–56.
42. Mehanna R, Jankovic J. Movement disorders in cerebrovascular disease. Lancet Neurol 2013; 12:597–608.
43. Josephs KA. Frontotemporal lobar degeneration. Neurol Clin 2007;25:683–96, vi.
44. Lopez-Sendon J, Mena MA, de Yebenes JG. Drug-induced parkinsonism. Expert Opin Drug Saf 2013;12:487–96.
45. Mena MA, de Yebenes JG. Drug-induced parkinsonism. Expert Opin Drug Saf 2006;5:759–71.
46. Brajkovic LD, Svetel MV, Kostic VS, et al. Dopamine transporter imaging (123)I-FP-CIT (DaTSCAN) SPET in differential diagnosis of dopa-responsive dystonia and young-onset Parkinson’s disease. Hell J Nucl Med 2012;15:134–8.
47. Krusz JC, Koller WC, Ziegler DK. Historical review: abnormal movements associated with epidemic encephalitis lethargica. Mov Disord 1987;2:137–41.
48. Langston JW, Ballard P, Tetrud JW, Irwin I. Chronic Parkinsonism in humans due to a product of meperidine-analog synthesis. Science 1983;219:979–80.
49. Jankovic J. Searching for a relationship between manganese and welding and Parkinson’s disease. Neurology 2005;64:2021–8.
50. Jankovic J, Kirkpatrick JB, Blomquist KA, et al. Late-onset Hallervorden-Spatz disease presenting as familial parkinsonism. Neurology 1985;35:227–34.
51. Cloud L, Jankovic J. Systemic disease and movement disorders. In: Burn DJ, editor. Oxford textbook of clinical neurology on movement disorders. Oxford University Press; 2013.
52. Bugalho P, Guimaraes J. Gait disturbance in normal pressure hydrocephalus: a clinical study. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2007;13:434–7.
53. Jankovic J, Newmark M, Peter P. Parkinsonism and acquired hydrocephalus. Mov Disord 1986;1:59–64.
54. Bergsneider M, Black PM, Klinge P, et al. Surgical management of idiopathic normal-pressure hydrocephalus. Neurosurgery 2005;57(3 Suppl): S29-39; discussion ii-v.
55. Bain P, Brin M, Deuschl G, et al. Criteria for the diagnosis of essential tremor. Neurology 2000; 54(11 Suppl 4): S7.
56. Jankovic J. Essential tremor and Parkinson’s disease. Ann Neurol 1989;25:211–2.
57. Catafau AM, Tolosa E; DaTSCAN Clinically Uncertain Parkinsonian Syndromes Study Group. Impact of dopamine transporter SPECT using 123I-Ioflupane on diagnosis and management of patients with clinically uncertain Parkinsonian syndromes. Mov Disord 2004;19:1175–82.
58. Bajaj N, Hauser RA, Grachev ID. Clinical utility of dopamine transporter single photon emission CT (DaT-SPECT) with (123I) ioflupane in diagnosis of parkinsonian syndromes. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2013;84:1288–95.
59. Kagi G, Bhatia KP, Tolosa E. The role of DAT-SPECT in movement disorders. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2010;81:5–12.
60. Litvan I, Agid Y, Calne D, et al. Clinical research criteria for the diagnosis of progressive supranuclear palsy (Steele-Richardson-Olszewski syndrome): report of the NINDS-SPSP international workshop. Neurology 1996;47:1–9.
From the VA Medical Center (Dr. Lehosit) and the Parkinson’s and Movement Disorders Center, Virginia Commonwealth University (Dr. Cloud), Richmond, VA.
Abstract
- Objective: To provide an overview of the importance and challenges of accurate diagnosis of early idiopathic Parkinson’s disease and practical guidelines for clinicians.
- Methods: Review of the relevant literature.
- Results: Idiopathic Parkinson’s disease is a common neurodegenerative disorder causing a wide spectrum of motor and nonmotor symptoms. The cardinal motor features include resting tremors, bradykinesia, rigidity, and postural instability. The diagnosis is clinical, and ancillary laboratory or radiology tests are unnecessary in typical cases. Despite the use of validated diagnostic criteria, misdiagnosis is common, especially early in the disease process. This is largely due to the phenotypic heterogeneity in the idiopathic Parkinson’s disease population as well phenotypic overlapping with other diseases. The diseases most commonly confused with idiopathic Parkinson’s disease are the Parkinson-plus syndromes (dementia with Lewy bodies, multiple system atrophy, progressive supranuclear palsy, and corticobasal degeneration), vascular parkinsonism, drug-induced parkinsonism, dopa responsive dystonia, normal pressure hydrocephalus, and essential tremor. Since the diagnosis of these other diseases is also clinical, familiarity with their typical presentations and most current diagnostic criteria is helpful. Brain MRI can be helpful in diagnosing some of the diseases, though brain imaging is most commonly unremarkable in idiopathic Parkinson’s disease. DaTscan has an FDA indication to assist in the evaluation of adults with parkinsonian syndromes. It should not be used in typical cases but can be a useful adjunct to other diagnostic evaluations in atypical cases.
- Conclusion: Despite the challenges involved, accurate and early diagnosis of idiopathic Parkinson’s disease is essential for optimal patient education, counseling, and treatment.
Idiopathic Parkinson’s disease (IPD) is a common neurodenerative disease, affecting 1% of the population over the age of 65 [1]. A definitive diagnosis requires the postmortem findings of degeneration of the substantia nigra pars compacta and the presence of Lewy bodies (insoluble cytoplasmic inclusions composed of aggregated alpha-synuclein). In the later stages of the disease, a correct clinical diagnosis is made in more than 90% of patients [2]. Early on, however, clinical diagnosis is less reliable. For clinicians, distinguishing early IPD from other parkinsonian syndromes can be extraordinarily challenging because these conditions, especially in the earliest stages, present with highly variable yet overlapping phenotypes [3]. Furthermore, most of the diseases in the differential diagnosis, including IPD itself, are clinical diagnoses made on the basis of history and examination without the benefit of laboratory or radiology data. A high level of clinical acumen is therefore required for early and accurate diagnosis. Recent clinical trials in which subspecialists performed stringent diagnostic assessments to identify subjects with clinically diagnosed IPD later found that some subjects had normal functional dopamine imaging, suggesting that they probably did not have IPD [4,5]. These trials served to highlight the possibility of misdiagnosis, even in the hands of highly trained subspecialists. Early and accurate diagnosis is of paramount importance for many reasons. First, treatment approaches differ significantly across many of these diseases. Second, as neuroprotective interventions that are currently under investigation become available, long-term outcomes may significantly improve with earlier diagnosis and intervention. Third, some of these diseases are prognostically very different from one another, so accurate diagnosis enables better counseling and setting realistic expectations for progression.
This review will discuss the most common presenting signs and symptoms of early IPD, present the most widely used diagnostic criteria, and introduce the ancillary laboratory and imaging tests that may be helpful in distinguishing it from its mimics. The diseases most commonly confused with early IPD will also be discussed with an emphasis on the ways they most commonly differ from IPD. We will begin our discussion with the presenting signs and symptoms of IPD.
Idiopathic Parkinson’s Disease
IPD typically has a subtle and insidious onset with characteristic features developing over months to years. IPD most often presents in patients after age 60, and age is the most consistent risk factor for developing IPD; however, approximately 5% of IPD cases begin before age 40 years. These young-onset cases are likely to be caused by genetic mutations [6]. The widely recognized cardinal motor features of IPD include asymmetric resting tremor, rigidity, bradykinesia and postural instability [7]. Asymmetry is a key feature, as symptoms typically start on one side and remain more prominent on that side as the disease progresses. In fact, lack of asymmetry suggests an alternative diagnosis. Of the cardinal motor features, tremor is most often reported by patients as the first symptom [8]. However, IPD can alternately present with various other motor or even nonmotor complaints that will be discussed later.
Motor Features
Resting tremor is the most common presenting sign/symptom of early IPD, found in approximately 70% of patients [8]. The tremor typically is asymmetric and intermittent at onset, often starting in one hand. It is sometimes, though not necessarily, described as a “pill-rolling” rhythmic movement of the thumb and first finger while the hand is at rest. Patients will usually report a worsening of tremor with stress, anxiety, and increased fatigue. The tremor does not persist during sleep and diminishes with voluntary activity of the affected limb(s). By having the patient perform mentally challenging tasks (such as counting backwards) or motor movements of other body parts (such as finger tapping with the other hand or walking), the examiner may notice an increase in tremor amplitude [11]. There may also be a resting tremor of the lip or lower jaw, but true head tremor suggests an alternate diagnosis such as essential tremor [12]. Postural tremor can co-exist with resting tremor in IPD, which often leads to diagnostic confusion, especially when the postural tremor is more prominent than the resting tremor. In this scenario, the distinction between IPD and essential tremor (discussed later) can become more difficult.
Rigidity is characterized as the presence of increased resistance to passive stretch throughout the range of motion [13]. “Lead pipe” rigidity remains sustained throughout the motion of the joint, while “cogwheel” rigidity is intermittent through the movement. The examiner must take care to distinguish between true rigidity and other forms of increased tone such as spasticity (a velocity dependent increase in tone) and paratonia (a resistance to passive motion created by the patient). Subtle rigidity can be enhanced in a limb by having the patient perform a voluntary movement of the contralateral limb [14]. Rigidity in early IPD is also asymmetric and most commonly found in the upper extremities, but it can be seen in the neck and lower extremities as well. Patients may initially complain of shoulder pain and stiffness that is diagnosed as rotator cuff disease or arthritis, when this pain is actually due to rigidity from Parkinson’s disease [15]. Severe axial rigidity out of proportion to appendicular rigidity, however, should suggest an alternate diagnosis in the early stages of the disease (such as progressive supranuclear palsy which is further discussed below).
Bradykinesia refers to decreased amplitude and speed of voluntary motor movements. This sign can be found throughout the body in the form of hypometric saccades, decreased blink rate, decreased facial expressions (“masked facies”) and softening of speech (hypophonia) [16]. Patients may initially report a general slowing down of movements as well as difficulty with handwriting due to their writing becoming smaller (micrographia) [17]. Bradykinesia is evaluated by testing the speed, amplitude, and rhythmicity of voluntary movements such as repetitive tapping of the thumb and first finger together, alternation of supination and pronation of the forearm and hand, opening and closing the hand and tapping the foot rhythmically on the floor. The examiner should also evaluate for generalized bradykinesia by viewing the patient rise from a seated to standing position as well as observing the patient’s normal speed of ambulation and speed and symmetry of arm swing.
Gait disturbance and postural instability can sometimes be found in early IPD; however, significant impairment of postural reflexes, gait impairment and early falls may point to a diagnosis other than IPD. Early IPD postural changes include mild flexion of the neck or trunk that may be accompanied by a slight leaning to one side. On examination of natural gait, the patient may exhibit asymmetrically reduced arm swing, slowing of gait and turning, shortened stride length and intermittent shuffling of the feet. With disease progression, all of these become more severe and there may be festination of gait (“hurried” gate with increased cadence and difficulty stopping). This can lead to instability and falls as the patient’s center of balance is displaced forward. Freezing of gait can also develop, but is rarely found in early IPD [18]. Postural stability is evaluated by the “pull test” where the patient is asked to stand in a comfortable stance with eyes open and feet apart and instructed to resist falling backwards when pulled by the examiner. The patient is allowed to take one step backwards with either foot if necessary to prevent falling. This test is usually normal in early IPD, but it often becomes abnormal with disease progression.
Because of dramatic heterogeneity in the expression of these cardinal motor features in IPD, patients are often subcategorized based upon the most prominent features of their motor exam. Well-recognized motor subtypes include tremor-predominant, akinetic-rigid, postural instability gait disorder PD (PIGD), and mixed [19]. Tremor-predominant patients are those with significant tremors that overshadow the other motor features of the disease, while akinetic-rigid patients have prominent bradykinesia and rigidity with little to no tremor. PIGD patients have prominent postural and gait abnormalities, while mixed patients have roughly equal amounts of all of the cardinal motor features. Recent research has suggested that these motor subtypes differ with regard to the frequency of comorbid nonmotor features, disease prognosis, and response to certain treatments [20–22]. For example, tremor-predominant patients generally have a good prognosis with slow disease progression while PIGD patients have a poor prognosis with rapid progression, dementia, and depression [19].
Nonmotor Symptoms
Along with the classic motor features of IPD, patients often suffer from a variety of nonmotor symptoms that can sometimes precede the onset of motor symptoms by several years [23]. When nonmotor symptoms are the presenting symptoms, diagnosis is often delayed at 1.6 years versus 1.0 year for individuals with motor presentations [2]. Recognition of a nonmotor prodrome of PD has instigated a debate about whether new diagnostic criteria for early-stage and prodromal PD should be created [24]; for now, however, a diagnosis of PD still requires the motor syndrome. The spectrum of nonmotor symptoms in IPD can include olfactory dysfunction, urinary dysfunction, constipation, depression, anxiety, apathy, cognitive decline, sleep disorders such as REM (rapid eye movement) sleep behavior disorder and restless legs syndrome, fatigue and orthostatic hypotension. While many of these nonmotor symptoms are common in the general population and are certainly not specific to IPD, their presence in conjunction with early parkinsonism can help further support an IPD diagnosis.
Patients with IPD should exhibit a robust and sustained response to levodopa therapy. Over time, as the degenerative disease progresses, doses need to be increased and complications of therapy are likely to emerge, most commonly levodopa-induced dyskinesia, motor and nonmotor fluctuations [25]. The various forms of parkinsonism (discussed later) may have an initial response to levodopa therapy; however, this response is generally transient and wanes quickly despite increases in dose. Many will have no response at all.
Differential Diagnosis
The differential diagnosis for IPD most commonly includes the Parkinson-plus syndromes (dementia with Lewy bodies, multiple system atrophy, progressive supra-nuclear palsy, and corticobasal degeneration), vascular parkinsonism, drug-induced parkinsonism, dopa responsive dystonia, normal pressure hydrocephalus, and essential tremor. Each of these conditions will be discussed in further detail below.
Parkinson-Plus Syndromes
Dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB) may initially resemble IPD as it can present with parkinsonian motor signs, but the distinguishing feature of this disease is the presence of a progressive dementia with deficits in attention and executive function that occurs before or within 1 year of the development of parkinsonian motor signs [26]. This is in contrast to the dementia that can develop in IPD, which usually occurs many years into the disease course. Patients with DLB often have well-formed, visual hallucinations with this disorder. Motor parkinsonian symptoms do not improve with dopaminergic therapy and caution should be used with these patients as psychiatric symptoms may be exacerbated by even small doses of these medications [27]. Diagnostic criteria for probable DLB require the presence of dementia plus at least 2 of the following 3 core features: fluctuating attention and concentration, recurrent well-formed visual hallucinations, and spontaneous parkinsonian motor signs. Suggestive clinical features include REM behavior disorder, severe neuroleptic sensitivity, and low dopamine transporter uptake in the basal ganglia on SPECT or PET imaging. In the absence of 2 core features, the diagnosis of probable DLB can also be made if dementia plus at least 1 suggestive feature is present with just 1 core feature. Possible DLB can be diagnosed with the presence of dementia plus 1 core or suggestive feature. These criteria are 83% sensitive and 95% specific for the presence of neocortical Lewy bodies at autopsy [27]. Other supportive clinical features include repeated falls, syncope, transient loss of consciousness, severe autonomic dysfunction, depression, and systematized delusions or hallucinations in other sensory and perceptual modalities [27]. Definitive diagnosis requires pathological confirmation.
Corticobasal degeneration (CBD) is more rare than the previously described Parkinson-plus syndromes. CBD typically presents with a markedly unilateral/asymmetric motor features and can mimic early IPD, but other defining features include cortical signs of progressive unilateral apraxia, limb dystonia and visual-tactile neglect (“alien limb” sign) that can lead to loss of voluntary control of the extremity. This sign has been reported in approximately half of all patients with CBD [34]. As the disease progresses, cognitive decline, dementia, dysarthria, postural instability and gait dysfunction can all occur [35]. Patients with CBD typically do not show any response to dopaminergic therapy. CBD brain MRI findings include asymmetric cortical atrophy (most commonly in the superior parietal region), bilateral basal ganglia atrophy, corpus callosum atrophy and T2 hyperintensities of the subcortical white matter and posterolateral putamen [36]. In recently published consensus criteria, Armstrong et al broadened the clinical phenotype associated with CBD to acknowledge the spectrum and overlapping phenotypes of tau-related neurodegenerative diseases [37]. The criteria for probable corticobasal syndrome require asymmetric presentation of 2 of: (a) limb rigidity or akinesia, (b) limb dystonia, (c) limb myoclonus plus 2 of: (d) orobuccal or limb apraxia, (e) cortical sensory deficit, (f) alien limb phenomena (more than simple levitation). Possible corticobasal syndrome may be symmetric and requires 1 of: (a) limb rigidity or akinesia, (b) limb dystonia, (c) limb myoclonus plus 1 of: (d) orobuccal or limb apraxia, (e) cortical sensory deficit, (f) alien limb phenomena (more than simple levitation). Unfortunately, these new criteria have not improved the specificity of diagnosis compared to previous criteria as shown by a recent longitudinal clinical and neuropathological study that found that all of their patients with a cortiocobasal syndrome but without corticobasal pathology had all met the new diagnostic criteria for possible or probable CBD [38]. The reader should be aware that Armstrong et al acknowledged that memory dysfunction is common in CBD, although this was not incorporated into the diagnostic criteria.
Other Causes of Parkinsonism
Vascular parkinsonism results from the accumulation of multiple infarcts in the basal ganglia and/or subcortical white matter [39]. It may account for up to 12% of all cases of parkinsonism [40]. There are not any specific clinical diagnostic criteria for vascular parkinsonism; however, the clinical presentation is somewhat distinctive. Vascular parkinsonism initially presents with gait problems, and the upper extremities are less affected than the lower extremities. Vascular parkinsonism has been referred to as “lower body parkinsonism” due to this distribution of symptoms. Patients often present with a characteristic shuffling gait, but may also exhibit significant freezing of gait, even early in the course of the disease (in contrast to IPD). Tremor is reported less consistently and other pyramidal tract signs, urinary symptoms, dementia and pseudobulbar affect resulting from various ischemic lesions often co-exist [41]. Patients tend to have a history of cerebrovascular risk factors. Response to dopaminergic therapy is present in one-third to one-half of patients and is typically short-lived [42]. Brain MRI findings in vascular parkinsonism include diffuse subcortical white or gray matter lesions, particularly involving the globus pallidus, thalamus, substantia nigra and frontal lobes. One study reported a “cutoff” point to help differentiate between vascular parkinsonism and the normal vascular changes associated with aging at 0.6% lesioned volume of brain tissue [43]. It is important to remember that microvascular lesions are commonly seen on MRI scans of older patients and therefore the presence of these lesions on imaging does not necessarily convey a diagnosis of vascular parkinsonism.
Evaluation of any parkinsonian patient should involve careful scrutiny of the medication list (current and past) to exclude the possibility of drug-induced parkinsonism (DIP). DIP is typically, though not always, symmetric in onset. Drugs causing DIP include all of the typical and atypical antipsychotics, dopamine depleters such as reserpine and tetrabenazine, gastrointestinal drugs with dopamine receptor blocking activity such as antiemetics and metoclopramide, calcium channel blockers, valproic acid, selective serotonin reuptake inhibiters and lithium [44]. Traditionally this syndrome was thought to be reversible with discontinuation of the offending drug; however, resolution can require many months and at least 10% of patients with DIP develop persistent and progressive parkinsonism despite discontinuation of the drug [45].
Dopa-responsive dystonia (DRD) most typically presents in childhood with initial onset of lower limb dystonia with parkinsonism developing over time. Symptoms respond robustly to low doses of levodopa, hence the name DRD. Occasionally, however, DRD can present in adulthood. In adult-onset cases of DRD, parkinsonism usually develops before dystonia. Because it presents with parkinsonism and is levodopa responsive, adult-onset DRD can easily be confused with young-onset IPD [46]. Clues to the presence of DRD include diurnal fluctuation, stability of symptoms over time, and a normal DaTscan (discussed later) [46].
Other rare causes of parkinsonism include exposure to toxins (MPTP, manganese, carbon monoxide, methanol), metabolic disorders (hypoparathyroidism, hypothyroidism, acquired hepatocerebral degeneration), early-onset and genetic disorders (Wilson’s disease, juvenile Huntington’s disease, spinocerebellar ataxia types 2 and 3, and neurodegeneration with brain iron accumulation), infectious diseases, trauma, space-occupying brain lesions, autoimmune diseases (Sjogren’s syndrome) and paraneoplastic disorders [47–51]. Further discussion of these more rare causes parkinsonism is beyond the scope of this review; however, clinicians should always carefully consider the past medical, family, and social history, along with the review of systems, as these aspects of the patient history may point to one of these causes of parkinsonism.
Normal pressure hydrocephalus (NPH) refers to chronic communicating hydrocephalus with adult onset. The classic clinical triad of NPH includes cognitive impairment, urinary incontinence, and gait disturbance in the absence of signs of increased intracranial pressure such as papilledema. NPH can present with motor signs similar to those found in vascular parkinsonism, possibly due to the close proximity of basal ganglia structures to the ventricular system [52]. The gait of NPH typically shows a decrease in step height and foot clearance as well as a decrease in walking speed. This is often referred to as a “magnetic gait.” In contrast to Parkinson’s disease patients, the gait disturbance in NPH does not improve with visual cues or dopaminergic therapy [53]. Dementia also occurs early on in the course of NPH and is mostly characterized by apathy, forgetfulness, and impaired recall. Urinary incontinence and urgency is a later finding of the disease in contrast to IPD in which urinary dysfunction is often an early nonmotor symptom. MRI and CT scans of the brain reveal enlarged ventricles (out of proportion to surrounding cerebral atrophy if present) and should be followed by a diagnostic high volume lumbar puncture. Clinical improvement following lumbar puncture is supportive of the diagnosis of NPH and helps to identify patients who may benefit from ventriculoperitoneal shunting [54].
Essential tremor (ET) is characterized by postural and action tremors, rather than resting tremors, though some ET patients can have co-existing resting tremors. Though it is usually bilateral, it is often asymmetric, adding to the potential for diagnostic confusion with IPD. It typically has a higher frequency than the tremor of IPD. The absence of rigidity, bradykinesia, postural and gait disturbances and no response to dopaminergic therapy help distinguish it further from IPD [55]. There is phenotypic overlap between these two conditions and some patients with IPD have more postural tremor than rest tremor (or even postural tremor with no rest tremor), while some with long-standing essential tremor may go on to develop parkinsonism [56].
The Role of DaTscan in Diagnosing Early Parkinsonism
Final Thoughts
Despite the challenges involved, accurate and early diagnosis of IPD is essential for optimal patient education, counseling, and treatment. Careful attention to the initial presentation and examination may be all that is required for diagnosis in typical cases. In atypical cases, brain MRI to evaluate for other diseases or DaTscan may be helpful adjunctive tests. As research advances over the coming years, it is likely that additional imaging or fluid biomarkers will become available to assist us with the diagnosis of IPD (and related disorders) in the early stages. Until then, clinicians must remain highly vigilant in their efforts to make these often challenging clinical diagnoses.
Corresponding author: Leslie J. Cloud, MD, MSc, 6605 West Broad St., Ste. C, Richmond, VA 23230, [email protected].
Financial disclosures: None.
From the VA Medical Center (Dr. Lehosit) and the Parkinson’s and Movement Disorders Center, Virginia Commonwealth University (Dr. Cloud), Richmond, VA.
Abstract
- Objective: To provide an overview of the importance and challenges of accurate diagnosis of early idiopathic Parkinson’s disease and practical guidelines for clinicians.
- Methods: Review of the relevant literature.
- Results: Idiopathic Parkinson’s disease is a common neurodegenerative disorder causing a wide spectrum of motor and nonmotor symptoms. The cardinal motor features include resting tremors, bradykinesia, rigidity, and postural instability. The diagnosis is clinical, and ancillary laboratory or radiology tests are unnecessary in typical cases. Despite the use of validated diagnostic criteria, misdiagnosis is common, especially early in the disease process. This is largely due to the phenotypic heterogeneity in the idiopathic Parkinson’s disease population as well phenotypic overlapping with other diseases. The diseases most commonly confused with idiopathic Parkinson’s disease are the Parkinson-plus syndromes (dementia with Lewy bodies, multiple system atrophy, progressive supranuclear palsy, and corticobasal degeneration), vascular parkinsonism, drug-induced parkinsonism, dopa responsive dystonia, normal pressure hydrocephalus, and essential tremor. Since the diagnosis of these other diseases is also clinical, familiarity with their typical presentations and most current diagnostic criteria is helpful. Brain MRI can be helpful in diagnosing some of the diseases, though brain imaging is most commonly unremarkable in idiopathic Parkinson’s disease. DaTscan has an FDA indication to assist in the evaluation of adults with parkinsonian syndromes. It should not be used in typical cases but can be a useful adjunct to other diagnostic evaluations in atypical cases.
- Conclusion: Despite the challenges involved, accurate and early diagnosis of idiopathic Parkinson’s disease is essential for optimal patient education, counseling, and treatment.
Idiopathic Parkinson’s disease (IPD) is a common neurodenerative disease, affecting 1% of the population over the age of 65 [1]. A definitive diagnosis requires the postmortem findings of degeneration of the substantia nigra pars compacta and the presence of Lewy bodies (insoluble cytoplasmic inclusions composed of aggregated alpha-synuclein). In the later stages of the disease, a correct clinical diagnosis is made in more than 90% of patients [2]. Early on, however, clinical diagnosis is less reliable. For clinicians, distinguishing early IPD from other parkinsonian syndromes can be extraordinarily challenging because these conditions, especially in the earliest stages, present with highly variable yet overlapping phenotypes [3]. Furthermore, most of the diseases in the differential diagnosis, including IPD itself, are clinical diagnoses made on the basis of history and examination without the benefit of laboratory or radiology data. A high level of clinical acumen is therefore required for early and accurate diagnosis. Recent clinical trials in which subspecialists performed stringent diagnostic assessments to identify subjects with clinically diagnosed IPD later found that some subjects had normal functional dopamine imaging, suggesting that they probably did not have IPD [4,5]. These trials served to highlight the possibility of misdiagnosis, even in the hands of highly trained subspecialists. Early and accurate diagnosis is of paramount importance for many reasons. First, treatment approaches differ significantly across many of these diseases. Second, as neuroprotective interventions that are currently under investigation become available, long-term outcomes may significantly improve with earlier diagnosis and intervention. Third, some of these diseases are prognostically very different from one another, so accurate diagnosis enables better counseling and setting realistic expectations for progression.
This review will discuss the most common presenting signs and symptoms of early IPD, present the most widely used diagnostic criteria, and introduce the ancillary laboratory and imaging tests that may be helpful in distinguishing it from its mimics. The diseases most commonly confused with early IPD will also be discussed with an emphasis on the ways they most commonly differ from IPD. We will begin our discussion with the presenting signs and symptoms of IPD.
Idiopathic Parkinson’s Disease
IPD typically has a subtle and insidious onset with characteristic features developing over months to years. IPD most often presents in patients after age 60, and age is the most consistent risk factor for developing IPD; however, approximately 5% of IPD cases begin before age 40 years. These young-onset cases are likely to be caused by genetic mutations [6]. The widely recognized cardinal motor features of IPD include asymmetric resting tremor, rigidity, bradykinesia and postural instability [7]. Asymmetry is a key feature, as symptoms typically start on one side and remain more prominent on that side as the disease progresses. In fact, lack of asymmetry suggests an alternative diagnosis. Of the cardinal motor features, tremor is most often reported by patients as the first symptom [8]. However, IPD can alternately present with various other motor or even nonmotor complaints that will be discussed later.
Motor Features
Resting tremor is the most common presenting sign/symptom of early IPD, found in approximately 70% of patients [8]. The tremor typically is asymmetric and intermittent at onset, often starting in one hand. It is sometimes, though not necessarily, described as a “pill-rolling” rhythmic movement of the thumb and first finger while the hand is at rest. Patients will usually report a worsening of tremor with stress, anxiety, and increased fatigue. The tremor does not persist during sleep and diminishes with voluntary activity of the affected limb(s). By having the patient perform mentally challenging tasks (such as counting backwards) or motor movements of other body parts (such as finger tapping with the other hand or walking), the examiner may notice an increase in tremor amplitude [11]. There may also be a resting tremor of the lip or lower jaw, but true head tremor suggests an alternate diagnosis such as essential tremor [12]. Postural tremor can co-exist with resting tremor in IPD, which often leads to diagnostic confusion, especially when the postural tremor is more prominent than the resting tremor. In this scenario, the distinction between IPD and essential tremor (discussed later) can become more difficult.
Rigidity is characterized as the presence of increased resistance to passive stretch throughout the range of motion [13]. “Lead pipe” rigidity remains sustained throughout the motion of the joint, while “cogwheel” rigidity is intermittent through the movement. The examiner must take care to distinguish between true rigidity and other forms of increased tone such as spasticity (a velocity dependent increase in tone) and paratonia (a resistance to passive motion created by the patient). Subtle rigidity can be enhanced in a limb by having the patient perform a voluntary movement of the contralateral limb [14]. Rigidity in early IPD is also asymmetric and most commonly found in the upper extremities, but it can be seen in the neck and lower extremities as well. Patients may initially complain of shoulder pain and stiffness that is diagnosed as rotator cuff disease or arthritis, when this pain is actually due to rigidity from Parkinson’s disease [15]. Severe axial rigidity out of proportion to appendicular rigidity, however, should suggest an alternate diagnosis in the early stages of the disease (such as progressive supranuclear palsy which is further discussed below).
Bradykinesia refers to decreased amplitude and speed of voluntary motor movements. This sign can be found throughout the body in the form of hypometric saccades, decreased blink rate, decreased facial expressions (“masked facies”) and softening of speech (hypophonia) [16]. Patients may initially report a general slowing down of movements as well as difficulty with handwriting due to their writing becoming smaller (micrographia) [17]. Bradykinesia is evaluated by testing the speed, amplitude, and rhythmicity of voluntary movements such as repetitive tapping of the thumb and first finger together, alternation of supination and pronation of the forearm and hand, opening and closing the hand and tapping the foot rhythmically on the floor. The examiner should also evaluate for generalized bradykinesia by viewing the patient rise from a seated to standing position as well as observing the patient’s normal speed of ambulation and speed and symmetry of arm swing.
Gait disturbance and postural instability can sometimes be found in early IPD; however, significant impairment of postural reflexes, gait impairment and early falls may point to a diagnosis other than IPD. Early IPD postural changes include mild flexion of the neck or trunk that may be accompanied by a slight leaning to one side. On examination of natural gait, the patient may exhibit asymmetrically reduced arm swing, slowing of gait and turning, shortened stride length and intermittent shuffling of the feet. With disease progression, all of these become more severe and there may be festination of gait (“hurried” gate with increased cadence and difficulty stopping). This can lead to instability and falls as the patient’s center of balance is displaced forward. Freezing of gait can also develop, but is rarely found in early IPD [18]. Postural stability is evaluated by the “pull test” where the patient is asked to stand in a comfortable stance with eyes open and feet apart and instructed to resist falling backwards when pulled by the examiner. The patient is allowed to take one step backwards with either foot if necessary to prevent falling. This test is usually normal in early IPD, but it often becomes abnormal with disease progression.
Because of dramatic heterogeneity in the expression of these cardinal motor features in IPD, patients are often subcategorized based upon the most prominent features of their motor exam. Well-recognized motor subtypes include tremor-predominant, akinetic-rigid, postural instability gait disorder PD (PIGD), and mixed [19]. Tremor-predominant patients are those with significant tremors that overshadow the other motor features of the disease, while akinetic-rigid patients have prominent bradykinesia and rigidity with little to no tremor. PIGD patients have prominent postural and gait abnormalities, while mixed patients have roughly equal amounts of all of the cardinal motor features. Recent research has suggested that these motor subtypes differ with regard to the frequency of comorbid nonmotor features, disease prognosis, and response to certain treatments [20–22]. For example, tremor-predominant patients generally have a good prognosis with slow disease progression while PIGD patients have a poor prognosis with rapid progression, dementia, and depression [19].
Nonmotor Symptoms
Along with the classic motor features of IPD, patients often suffer from a variety of nonmotor symptoms that can sometimes precede the onset of motor symptoms by several years [23]. When nonmotor symptoms are the presenting symptoms, diagnosis is often delayed at 1.6 years versus 1.0 year for individuals with motor presentations [2]. Recognition of a nonmotor prodrome of PD has instigated a debate about whether new diagnostic criteria for early-stage and prodromal PD should be created [24]; for now, however, a diagnosis of PD still requires the motor syndrome. The spectrum of nonmotor symptoms in IPD can include olfactory dysfunction, urinary dysfunction, constipation, depression, anxiety, apathy, cognitive decline, sleep disorders such as REM (rapid eye movement) sleep behavior disorder and restless legs syndrome, fatigue and orthostatic hypotension. While many of these nonmotor symptoms are common in the general population and are certainly not specific to IPD, their presence in conjunction with early parkinsonism can help further support an IPD diagnosis.
Patients with IPD should exhibit a robust and sustained response to levodopa therapy. Over time, as the degenerative disease progresses, doses need to be increased and complications of therapy are likely to emerge, most commonly levodopa-induced dyskinesia, motor and nonmotor fluctuations [25]. The various forms of parkinsonism (discussed later) may have an initial response to levodopa therapy; however, this response is generally transient and wanes quickly despite increases in dose. Many will have no response at all.
Differential Diagnosis
The differential diagnosis for IPD most commonly includes the Parkinson-plus syndromes (dementia with Lewy bodies, multiple system atrophy, progressive supra-nuclear palsy, and corticobasal degeneration), vascular parkinsonism, drug-induced parkinsonism, dopa responsive dystonia, normal pressure hydrocephalus, and essential tremor. Each of these conditions will be discussed in further detail below.
Parkinson-Plus Syndromes
Dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB) may initially resemble IPD as it can present with parkinsonian motor signs, but the distinguishing feature of this disease is the presence of a progressive dementia with deficits in attention and executive function that occurs before or within 1 year of the development of parkinsonian motor signs [26]. This is in contrast to the dementia that can develop in IPD, which usually occurs many years into the disease course. Patients with DLB often have well-formed, visual hallucinations with this disorder. Motor parkinsonian symptoms do not improve with dopaminergic therapy and caution should be used with these patients as psychiatric symptoms may be exacerbated by even small doses of these medications [27]. Diagnostic criteria for probable DLB require the presence of dementia plus at least 2 of the following 3 core features: fluctuating attention and concentration, recurrent well-formed visual hallucinations, and spontaneous parkinsonian motor signs. Suggestive clinical features include REM behavior disorder, severe neuroleptic sensitivity, and low dopamine transporter uptake in the basal ganglia on SPECT or PET imaging. In the absence of 2 core features, the diagnosis of probable DLB can also be made if dementia plus at least 1 suggestive feature is present with just 1 core feature. Possible DLB can be diagnosed with the presence of dementia plus 1 core or suggestive feature. These criteria are 83% sensitive and 95% specific for the presence of neocortical Lewy bodies at autopsy [27]. Other supportive clinical features include repeated falls, syncope, transient loss of consciousness, severe autonomic dysfunction, depression, and systematized delusions or hallucinations in other sensory and perceptual modalities [27]. Definitive diagnosis requires pathological confirmation.
Corticobasal degeneration (CBD) is more rare than the previously described Parkinson-plus syndromes. CBD typically presents with a markedly unilateral/asymmetric motor features and can mimic early IPD, but other defining features include cortical signs of progressive unilateral apraxia, limb dystonia and visual-tactile neglect (“alien limb” sign) that can lead to loss of voluntary control of the extremity. This sign has been reported in approximately half of all patients with CBD [34]. As the disease progresses, cognitive decline, dementia, dysarthria, postural instability and gait dysfunction can all occur [35]. Patients with CBD typically do not show any response to dopaminergic therapy. CBD brain MRI findings include asymmetric cortical atrophy (most commonly in the superior parietal region), bilateral basal ganglia atrophy, corpus callosum atrophy and T2 hyperintensities of the subcortical white matter and posterolateral putamen [36]. In recently published consensus criteria, Armstrong et al broadened the clinical phenotype associated with CBD to acknowledge the spectrum and overlapping phenotypes of tau-related neurodegenerative diseases [37]. The criteria for probable corticobasal syndrome require asymmetric presentation of 2 of: (a) limb rigidity or akinesia, (b) limb dystonia, (c) limb myoclonus plus 2 of: (d) orobuccal or limb apraxia, (e) cortical sensory deficit, (f) alien limb phenomena (more than simple levitation). Possible corticobasal syndrome may be symmetric and requires 1 of: (a) limb rigidity or akinesia, (b) limb dystonia, (c) limb myoclonus plus 1 of: (d) orobuccal or limb apraxia, (e) cortical sensory deficit, (f) alien limb phenomena (more than simple levitation). Unfortunately, these new criteria have not improved the specificity of diagnosis compared to previous criteria as shown by a recent longitudinal clinical and neuropathological study that found that all of their patients with a cortiocobasal syndrome but without corticobasal pathology had all met the new diagnostic criteria for possible or probable CBD [38]. The reader should be aware that Armstrong et al acknowledged that memory dysfunction is common in CBD, although this was not incorporated into the diagnostic criteria.
Other Causes of Parkinsonism
Vascular parkinsonism results from the accumulation of multiple infarcts in the basal ganglia and/or subcortical white matter [39]. It may account for up to 12% of all cases of parkinsonism [40]. There are not any specific clinical diagnostic criteria for vascular parkinsonism; however, the clinical presentation is somewhat distinctive. Vascular parkinsonism initially presents with gait problems, and the upper extremities are less affected than the lower extremities. Vascular parkinsonism has been referred to as “lower body parkinsonism” due to this distribution of symptoms. Patients often present with a characteristic shuffling gait, but may also exhibit significant freezing of gait, even early in the course of the disease (in contrast to IPD). Tremor is reported less consistently and other pyramidal tract signs, urinary symptoms, dementia and pseudobulbar affect resulting from various ischemic lesions often co-exist [41]. Patients tend to have a history of cerebrovascular risk factors. Response to dopaminergic therapy is present in one-third to one-half of patients and is typically short-lived [42]. Brain MRI findings in vascular parkinsonism include diffuse subcortical white or gray matter lesions, particularly involving the globus pallidus, thalamus, substantia nigra and frontal lobes. One study reported a “cutoff” point to help differentiate between vascular parkinsonism and the normal vascular changes associated with aging at 0.6% lesioned volume of brain tissue [43]. It is important to remember that microvascular lesions are commonly seen on MRI scans of older patients and therefore the presence of these lesions on imaging does not necessarily convey a diagnosis of vascular parkinsonism.
Evaluation of any parkinsonian patient should involve careful scrutiny of the medication list (current and past) to exclude the possibility of drug-induced parkinsonism (DIP). DIP is typically, though not always, symmetric in onset. Drugs causing DIP include all of the typical and atypical antipsychotics, dopamine depleters such as reserpine and tetrabenazine, gastrointestinal drugs with dopamine receptor blocking activity such as antiemetics and metoclopramide, calcium channel blockers, valproic acid, selective serotonin reuptake inhibiters and lithium [44]. Traditionally this syndrome was thought to be reversible with discontinuation of the offending drug; however, resolution can require many months and at least 10% of patients with DIP develop persistent and progressive parkinsonism despite discontinuation of the drug [45].
Dopa-responsive dystonia (DRD) most typically presents in childhood with initial onset of lower limb dystonia with parkinsonism developing over time. Symptoms respond robustly to low doses of levodopa, hence the name DRD. Occasionally, however, DRD can present in adulthood. In adult-onset cases of DRD, parkinsonism usually develops before dystonia. Because it presents with parkinsonism and is levodopa responsive, adult-onset DRD can easily be confused with young-onset IPD [46]. Clues to the presence of DRD include diurnal fluctuation, stability of symptoms over time, and a normal DaTscan (discussed later) [46].
Other rare causes of parkinsonism include exposure to toxins (MPTP, manganese, carbon monoxide, methanol), metabolic disorders (hypoparathyroidism, hypothyroidism, acquired hepatocerebral degeneration), early-onset and genetic disorders (Wilson’s disease, juvenile Huntington’s disease, spinocerebellar ataxia types 2 and 3, and neurodegeneration with brain iron accumulation), infectious diseases, trauma, space-occupying brain lesions, autoimmune diseases (Sjogren’s syndrome) and paraneoplastic disorders [47–51]. Further discussion of these more rare causes parkinsonism is beyond the scope of this review; however, clinicians should always carefully consider the past medical, family, and social history, along with the review of systems, as these aspects of the patient history may point to one of these causes of parkinsonism.
Normal pressure hydrocephalus (NPH) refers to chronic communicating hydrocephalus with adult onset. The classic clinical triad of NPH includes cognitive impairment, urinary incontinence, and gait disturbance in the absence of signs of increased intracranial pressure such as papilledema. NPH can present with motor signs similar to those found in vascular parkinsonism, possibly due to the close proximity of basal ganglia structures to the ventricular system [52]. The gait of NPH typically shows a decrease in step height and foot clearance as well as a decrease in walking speed. This is often referred to as a “magnetic gait.” In contrast to Parkinson’s disease patients, the gait disturbance in NPH does not improve with visual cues or dopaminergic therapy [53]. Dementia also occurs early on in the course of NPH and is mostly characterized by apathy, forgetfulness, and impaired recall. Urinary incontinence and urgency is a later finding of the disease in contrast to IPD in which urinary dysfunction is often an early nonmotor symptom. MRI and CT scans of the brain reveal enlarged ventricles (out of proportion to surrounding cerebral atrophy if present) and should be followed by a diagnostic high volume lumbar puncture. Clinical improvement following lumbar puncture is supportive of the diagnosis of NPH and helps to identify patients who may benefit from ventriculoperitoneal shunting [54].
Essential tremor (ET) is characterized by postural and action tremors, rather than resting tremors, though some ET patients can have co-existing resting tremors. Though it is usually bilateral, it is often asymmetric, adding to the potential for diagnostic confusion with IPD. It typically has a higher frequency than the tremor of IPD. The absence of rigidity, bradykinesia, postural and gait disturbances and no response to dopaminergic therapy help distinguish it further from IPD [55]. There is phenotypic overlap between these two conditions and some patients with IPD have more postural tremor than rest tremor (or even postural tremor with no rest tremor), while some with long-standing essential tremor may go on to develop parkinsonism [56].
The Role of DaTscan in Diagnosing Early Parkinsonism
Final Thoughts
Despite the challenges involved, accurate and early diagnosis of IPD is essential for optimal patient education, counseling, and treatment. Careful attention to the initial presentation and examination may be all that is required for diagnosis in typical cases. In atypical cases, brain MRI to evaluate for other diseases or DaTscan may be helpful adjunctive tests. As research advances over the coming years, it is likely that additional imaging or fluid biomarkers will become available to assist us with the diagnosis of IPD (and related disorders) in the early stages. Until then, clinicians must remain highly vigilant in their efforts to make these often challenging clinical diagnoses.
Corresponding author: Leslie J. Cloud, MD, MSc, 6605 West Broad St., Ste. C, Richmond, VA 23230, [email protected].
Financial disclosures: None.
1. Wirdefeldt K, Adami HO, Cole P, et al. Epidemiology and etiology of Parkinson’s disease: a review of the evidence. Eur J Epidemiol 2011;26 Suppl 1:S1–58.
2. O’Sullivan SS, Williams DR, Gallagher DA, et al. Nonmotor symptoms as presenting complaints in Parkinson’s disease: a clinicopathological study. Mov Disord 2008;23:101–6.
3. Ali K, Morris HR. Parkinson’s disease: chameleons and mimics. Pract Neurol 2015;15:14–25.
4. Holloway RG, Shoulson I, Fahn S, et al. Pramipexole vs levodopa as initial treatment for Parkinson disease: a 4-year randomized controlled trial. Arch Neurol 2004;61:1044–53.
5. Whone AL, Watts RL, Stoessl AJ, et al. Slower progression of Parkinson’s disease with ropinirole versus levodopa: The REAL-PET study. Ann Neurol 2003;54:93–101.
6. Wickremaratchi MM, Ben-Shlomo Y, Morris HR. The effect of onset age on the clinical features of Parkinson’s disease. Eur J Neurol 2009;16:450–6.
7. Gelb DJ, Oliver E, Gilman S. Diagnostic criteria for Parkinson disease. Arch Neurol 1999;56:33–9.
8. Rajput AH, Rozdilsky B, Ang L. Occurrence of resting tremor in Parkinson’s disease. Neurology 1991;41:1298–9.
9. Hughes AJ, Daniel SE, Kilford L, Lees AJ. Accuracy of clinical diagnosis of idiopathic Parkinson’s disease: a clinico-pathological study of 100 cases. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1992;55:181–4.
10. Dickson DW, Braak H, Duda JE, et al. Neuropathological assessment of Parkinson’s disease: refining the diagnostic criteria. Lancet Neurol 2009;8:1150–7.
11. Raethjen J, Austermann K, Witt K, et al. Provocation of Parkinsonian tremor. Mov Disord 2008;23:1019–23.
12. Roze E, Coêlho-Braga MC, Gayraud D, et al. Head tremor in Parkinson’s disease. Mov Disord 2006;21:1245–8.
13. Hallett M. Parkinson revisited: pathophysiology of motor signs. Adv Neurol 2003;91:19–28.
14. Broussolle E, Krack P, Thobois S, et al. Contribution of Jules Froment to the study of parkinsonian rigidity. Mov Disord 2007;22:909–14.
15. Riley D, Lang AE, Blair RD, et al. Frozen shoulder and other shoulder disturbances in Parkinson’s disease. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1989;52:63–6.
16. Rottach KG, Riley DE, DiScenna AO, et al. Dynamic properties of horizontal and vertical eye movements in parkinsonian syndromes. Ann Neurol 1996;39:368–77.
17. Cooper JA, Sagar HJ, Tidswell P, Jordan N. Slowed central processing in simple and go/no-go reaction time tasks in Parkinson’s disease. Brain 1994;117(Pt 3):517–29.
18. Almeida QJ, Lebold CA. Freezing of gait in Parkinson’s disease: a perceptual cause for a motor impairment? J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2010;81:513–8.
19. Thenganatt MA, Jankovic J. Parkinson disease subtypes. JAMA Neurology 2014;71:499–504.
20. Burn DJ, Rowan EN, Allan LM, et al. Motor subtype and cognitive decline in Parkinson’s disease, Parkinson’s disease with dementia, and dementia with Lewy bodies. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2006;77:585–9.
21. Burn DJ, Landau S, Hindle JV, et al; PROMS-PD Study Group. Parkinson’s disease motor subtypes and mood. Mov Disord 2012;27:379–86.
22. Katz M, Luciano MS, Carlson K, et al; CSP 468 study group. Differential effects of deep brain stimulation target on motor subtypes in Parkinson’s disease. Ann Neurol 2015;77:710–9.
23. Savica R, Rocca WA, Ahlskog JE. When does Parkinson disease start? Arch Neurol 2010;67:798–801.
24. Berg D, Postuma RB, Bloem B, et al. Time to redefine PD? Introductory statement of the MDS Task Force on the definition of Parkinson’s disease. Mov Disord 2014;29:454–62.
25. Aquino CC, Fox SH. Clinical spectrum of levodopa-induced complications. Mov Disord 2015;30:80–9.
26. Geser F, Wenning GK, Poewe W, McKeith I. How to diagnose dementia with Lewy bodies: state of the art. Mov Disord 2005;20 Suppl 12:S11–20.
27. Karantzoulis S, Galvin JE. Update on dementia with Lewy bodies. Curr Transl Geriatr Exp Gerontol Rep 2013;2:196–204.
28. Gilman S, Low PA, Quinn N, et al. Consensus statement on the diagnosis of multiple system atrophy. J Neurol Sci 1999;163:94–8.
29. Kim HJ, Jeon BS, Jellinger KA. Diagnosis and differential diagnosis of MSA: boundary issues. J Neurol 2015 Feb 7. [Epub ahead of print]
30. Lee EA, Cho HI, Kim SS, Lee WY. Comparison of magnetic resonance imaging in subtypes of multiple system atrophy. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2004;10:363–8.
31. Golbe LI, Davis PH, Schoenberg BS, Duvoisin RC. Prevalence and natural history of progressive supranuclear palsy. Neurology 1988;38:1031–4.
32. Maher ER, Lees AJ. The clinical features and natural history of the Steele-Richardson-Olszewski syndrome (progressive supranuclear palsy). Neurology 1986;36:1005–8.
33. Gröschel K, Kastrup A, Litvan I, Schulz JB. Penguins and hummingbirds: midbrain atrophy in progressive supranuclear palsy. Neurology 2006;66:949–50.
34. Rinne JO, Lee MS, Thompson PD, Marsden CD. Corticobasal degeneration. A clinical study of 36 cases. Brain 1994117(Pt 5):1183–96.
35. Grimes DA, Lang AE, Bergeron CB. Dementia as the most common presentation of cortical-basal ganglionic degeneration. Neurology 1999;53:1969–74.
36. Tokumaru AM, O’uchi T, Kuru Y, et al. Corticobasal degeneration: MR with histopathologic comparison. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol 1996;17:1849–52.
37. Armstrong MJ, Litvan I, Lang AE, et al. Criteria for the diagnosis of corticobasal degeneration. Neurology 2013;80:496–503.
38. Alexander SK, Rittman T, Xuereb JH, et al. Validation of the new consensus criteria for the diagnosis of corticobasal degeneration. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2014;85:925–9.
39. Sibon I, Fenelon G, Quinn NP, Tison F. Vascular parkinsonism. J Neurol 2004;251:513–24.
40. Thanvi B, Lo N, Robinson T. Vascular parkinsonism--an important cause of parkinsonism in older people. Age Ageing 2005;34:114–9.
41. Kalra S, Grosset DG, Benamer HT. Differentiating vascular parkinsonism from idiopathic Parkinson’s disease: a systematic review. Mov Disord 2010;25:149–56.
42. Mehanna R, Jankovic J. Movement disorders in cerebrovascular disease. Lancet Neurol 2013; 12:597–608.
43. Josephs KA. Frontotemporal lobar degeneration. Neurol Clin 2007;25:683–96, vi.
44. Lopez-Sendon J, Mena MA, de Yebenes JG. Drug-induced parkinsonism. Expert Opin Drug Saf 2013;12:487–96.
45. Mena MA, de Yebenes JG. Drug-induced parkinsonism. Expert Opin Drug Saf 2006;5:759–71.
46. Brajkovic LD, Svetel MV, Kostic VS, et al. Dopamine transporter imaging (123)I-FP-CIT (DaTSCAN) SPET in differential diagnosis of dopa-responsive dystonia and young-onset Parkinson’s disease. Hell J Nucl Med 2012;15:134–8.
47. Krusz JC, Koller WC, Ziegler DK. Historical review: abnormal movements associated with epidemic encephalitis lethargica. Mov Disord 1987;2:137–41.
48. Langston JW, Ballard P, Tetrud JW, Irwin I. Chronic Parkinsonism in humans due to a product of meperidine-analog synthesis. Science 1983;219:979–80.
49. Jankovic J. Searching for a relationship between manganese and welding and Parkinson’s disease. Neurology 2005;64:2021–8.
50. Jankovic J, Kirkpatrick JB, Blomquist KA, et al. Late-onset Hallervorden-Spatz disease presenting as familial parkinsonism. Neurology 1985;35:227–34.
51. Cloud L, Jankovic J. Systemic disease and movement disorders. In: Burn DJ, editor. Oxford textbook of clinical neurology on movement disorders. Oxford University Press; 2013.
52. Bugalho P, Guimaraes J. Gait disturbance in normal pressure hydrocephalus: a clinical study. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2007;13:434–7.
53. Jankovic J, Newmark M, Peter P. Parkinsonism and acquired hydrocephalus. Mov Disord 1986;1:59–64.
54. Bergsneider M, Black PM, Klinge P, et al. Surgical management of idiopathic normal-pressure hydrocephalus. Neurosurgery 2005;57(3 Suppl): S29-39; discussion ii-v.
55. Bain P, Brin M, Deuschl G, et al. Criteria for the diagnosis of essential tremor. Neurology 2000; 54(11 Suppl 4): S7.
56. Jankovic J. Essential tremor and Parkinson’s disease. Ann Neurol 1989;25:211–2.
57. Catafau AM, Tolosa E; DaTSCAN Clinically Uncertain Parkinsonian Syndromes Study Group. Impact of dopamine transporter SPECT using 123I-Ioflupane on diagnosis and management of patients with clinically uncertain Parkinsonian syndromes. Mov Disord 2004;19:1175–82.
58. Bajaj N, Hauser RA, Grachev ID. Clinical utility of dopamine transporter single photon emission CT (DaT-SPECT) with (123I) ioflupane in diagnosis of parkinsonian syndromes. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2013;84:1288–95.
59. Kagi G, Bhatia KP, Tolosa E. The role of DAT-SPECT in movement disorders. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2010;81:5–12.
60. Litvan I, Agid Y, Calne D, et al. Clinical research criteria for the diagnosis of progressive supranuclear palsy (Steele-Richardson-Olszewski syndrome): report of the NINDS-SPSP international workshop. Neurology 1996;47:1–9.
1. Wirdefeldt K, Adami HO, Cole P, et al. Epidemiology and etiology of Parkinson’s disease: a review of the evidence. Eur J Epidemiol 2011;26 Suppl 1:S1–58.
2. O’Sullivan SS, Williams DR, Gallagher DA, et al. Nonmotor symptoms as presenting complaints in Parkinson’s disease: a clinicopathological study. Mov Disord 2008;23:101–6.
3. Ali K, Morris HR. Parkinson’s disease: chameleons and mimics. Pract Neurol 2015;15:14–25.
4. Holloway RG, Shoulson I, Fahn S, et al. Pramipexole vs levodopa as initial treatment for Parkinson disease: a 4-year randomized controlled trial. Arch Neurol 2004;61:1044–53.
5. Whone AL, Watts RL, Stoessl AJ, et al. Slower progression of Parkinson’s disease with ropinirole versus levodopa: The REAL-PET study. Ann Neurol 2003;54:93–101.
6. Wickremaratchi MM, Ben-Shlomo Y, Morris HR. The effect of onset age on the clinical features of Parkinson’s disease. Eur J Neurol 2009;16:450–6.
7. Gelb DJ, Oliver E, Gilman S. Diagnostic criteria for Parkinson disease. Arch Neurol 1999;56:33–9.
8. Rajput AH, Rozdilsky B, Ang L. Occurrence of resting tremor in Parkinson’s disease. Neurology 1991;41:1298–9.
9. Hughes AJ, Daniel SE, Kilford L, Lees AJ. Accuracy of clinical diagnosis of idiopathic Parkinson’s disease: a clinico-pathological study of 100 cases. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1992;55:181–4.
10. Dickson DW, Braak H, Duda JE, et al. Neuropathological assessment of Parkinson’s disease: refining the diagnostic criteria. Lancet Neurol 2009;8:1150–7.
11. Raethjen J, Austermann K, Witt K, et al. Provocation of Parkinsonian tremor. Mov Disord 2008;23:1019–23.
12. Roze E, Coêlho-Braga MC, Gayraud D, et al. Head tremor in Parkinson’s disease. Mov Disord 2006;21:1245–8.
13. Hallett M. Parkinson revisited: pathophysiology of motor signs. Adv Neurol 2003;91:19–28.
14. Broussolle E, Krack P, Thobois S, et al. Contribution of Jules Froment to the study of parkinsonian rigidity. Mov Disord 2007;22:909–14.
15. Riley D, Lang AE, Blair RD, et al. Frozen shoulder and other shoulder disturbances in Parkinson’s disease. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1989;52:63–6.
16. Rottach KG, Riley DE, DiScenna AO, et al. Dynamic properties of horizontal and vertical eye movements in parkinsonian syndromes. Ann Neurol 1996;39:368–77.
17. Cooper JA, Sagar HJ, Tidswell P, Jordan N. Slowed central processing in simple and go/no-go reaction time tasks in Parkinson’s disease. Brain 1994;117(Pt 3):517–29.
18. Almeida QJ, Lebold CA. Freezing of gait in Parkinson’s disease: a perceptual cause for a motor impairment? J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2010;81:513–8.
19. Thenganatt MA, Jankovic J. Parkinson disease subtypes. JAMA Neurology 2014;71:499–504.
20. Burn DJ, Rowan EN, Allan LM, et al. Motor subtype and cognitive decline in Parkinson’s disease, Parkinson’s disease with dementia, and dementia with Lewy bodies. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2006;77:585–9.
21. Burn DJ, Landau S, Hindle JV, et al; PROMS-PD Study Group. Parkinson’s disease motor subtypes and mood. Mov Disord 2012;27:379–86.
22. Katz M, Luciano MS, Carlson K, et al; CSP 468 study group. Differential effects of deep brain stimulation target on motor subtypes in Parkinson’s disease. Ann Neurol 2015;77:710–9.
23. Savica R, Rocca WA, Ahlskog JE. When does Parkinson disease start? Arch Neurol 2010;67:798–801.
24. Berg D, Postuma RB, Bloem B, et al. Time to redefine PD? Introductory statement of the MDS Task Force on the definition of Parkinson’s disease. Mov Disord 2014;29:454–62.
25. Aquino CC, Fox SH. Clinical spectrum of levodopa-induced complications. Mov Disord 2015;30:80–9.
26. Geser F, Wenning GK, Poewe W, McKeith I. How to diagnose dementia with Lewy bodies: state of the art. Mov Disord 2005;20 Suppl 12:S11–20.
27. Karantzoulis S, Galvin JE. Update on dementia with Lewy bodies. Curr Transl Geriatr Exp Gerontol Rep 2013;2:196–204.
28. Gilman S, Low PA, Quinn N, et al. Consensus statement on the diagnosis of multiple system atrophy. J Neurol Sci 1999;163:94–8.
29. Kim HJ, Jeon BS, Jellinger KA. Diagnosis and differential diagnosis of MSA: boundary issues. J Neurol 2015 Feb 7. [Epub ahead of print]
30. Lee EA, Cho HI, Kim SS, Lee WY. Comparison of magnetic resonance imaging in subtypes of multiple system atrophy. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2004;10:363–8.
31. Golbe LI, Davis PH, Schoenberg BS, Duvoisin RC. Prevalence and natural history of progressive supranuclear palsy. Neurology 1988;38:1031–4.
32. Maher ER, Lees AJ. The clinical features and natural history of the Steele-Richardson-Olszewski syndrome (progressive supranuclear palsy). Neurology 1986;36:1005–8.
33. Gröschel K, Kastrup A, Litvan I, Schulz JB. Penguins and hummingbirds: midbrain atrophy in progressive supranuclear palsy. Neurology 2006;66:949–50.
34. Rinne JO, Lee MS, Thompson PD, Marsden CD. Corticobasal degeneration. A clinical study of 36 cases. Brain 1994117(Pt 5):1183–96.
35. Grimes DA, Lang AE, Bergeron CB. Dementia as the most common presentation of cortical-basal ganglionic degeneration. Neurology 1999;53:1969–74.
36. Tokumaru AM, O’uchi T, Kuru Y, et al. Corticobasal degeneration: MR with histopathologic comparison. AJNR Am J Neuroradiol 1996;17:1849–52.
37. Armstrong MJ, Litvan I, Lang AE, et al. Criteria for the diagnosis of corticobasal degeneration. Neurology 2013;80:496–503.
38. Alexander SK, Rittman T, Xuereb JH, et al. Validation of the new consensus criteria for the diagnosis of corticobasal degeneration. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2014;85:925–9.
39. Sibon I, Fenelon G, Quinn NP, Tison F. Vascular parkinsonism. J Neurol 2004;251:513–24.
40. Thanvi B, Lo N, Robinson T. Vascular parkinsonism--an important cause of parkinsonism in older people. Age Ageing 2005;34:114–9.
41. Kalra S, Grosset DG, Benamer HT. Differentiating vascular parkinsonism from idiopathic Parkinson’s disease: a systematic review. Mov Disord 2010;25:149–56.
42. Mehanna R, Jankovic J. Movement disorders in cerebrovascular disease. Lancet Neurol 2013; 12:597–608.
43. Josephs KA. Frontotemporal lobar degeneration. Neurol Clin 2007;25:683–96, vi.
44. Lopez-Sendon J, Mena MA, de Yebenes JG. Drug-induced parkinsonism. Expert Opin Drug Saf 2013;12:487–96.
45. Mena MA, de Yebenes JG. Drug-induced parkinsonism. Expert Opin Drug Saf 2006;5:759–71.
46. Brajkovic LD, Svetel MV, Kostic VS, et al. Dopamine transporter imaging (123)I-FP-CIT (DaTSCAN) SPET in differential diagnosis of dopa-responsive dystonia and young-onset Parkinson’s disease. Hell J Nucl Med 2012;15:134–8.
47. Krusz JC, Koller WC, Ziegler DK. Historical review: abnormal movements associated with epidemic encephalitis lethargica. Mov Disord 1987;2:137–41.
48. Langston JW, Ballard P, Tetrud JW, Irwin I. Chronic Parkinsonism in humans due to a product of meperidine-analog synthesis. Science 1983;219:979–80.
49. Jankovic J. Searching for a relationship between manganese and welding and Parkinson’s disease. Neurology 2005;64:2021–8.
50. Jankovic J, Kirkpatrick JB, Blomquist KA, et al. Late-onset Hallervorden-Spatz disease presenting as familial parkinsonism. Neurology 1985;35:227–34.
51. Cloud L, Jankovic J. Systemic disease and movement disorders. In: Burn DJ, editor. Oxford textbook of clinical neurology on movement disorders. Oxford University Press; 2013.
52. Bugalho P, Guimaraes J. Gait disturbance in normal pressure hydrocephalus: a clinical study. Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2007;13:434–7.
53. Jankovic J, Newmark M, Peter P. Parkinsonism and acquired hydrocephalus. Mov Disord 1986;1:59–64.
54. Bergsneider M, Black PM, Klinge P, et al. Surgical management of idiopathic normal-pressure hydrocephalus. Neurosurgery 2005;57(3 Suppl): S29-39; discussion ii-v.
55. Bain P, Brin M, Deuschl G, et al. Criteria for the diagnosis of essential tremor. Neurology 2000; 54(11 Suppl 4): S7.
56. Jankovic J. Essential tremor and Parkinson’s disease. Ann Neurol 1989;25:211–2.
57. Catafau AM, Tolosa E; DaTSCAN Clinically Uncertain Parkinsonian Syndromes Study Group. Impact of dopamine transporter SPECT using 123I-Ioflupane on diagnosis and management of patients with clinically uncertain Parkinsonian syndromes. Mov Disord 2004;19:1175–82.
58. Bajaj N, Hauser RA, Grachev ID. Clinical utility of dopamine transporter single photon emission CT (DaT-SPECT) with (123I) ioflupane in diagnosis of parkinsonian syndromes. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2013;84:1288–95.
59. Kagi G, Bhatia KP, Tolosa E. The role of DAT-SPECT in movement disorders. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 2010;81:5–12.
60. Litvan I, Agid Y, Calne D, et al. Clinical research criteria for the diagnosis of progressive supranuclear palsy (Steele-Richardson-Olszewski syndrome): report of the NINDS-SPSP international workshop. Neurology 1996;47:1–9.
For Worksite Weight Loss: Something Is Better than Nothing, but Is Something More Even Better than That?
Study Overview
Objective. To compare the effectiveness of 2 employee weight management programs—a less-intense program versus a more intense, individually-targeted program with financial incentives—at producing weight loss.
Design. Cluster randomized controlled trial.
Setting and participants. The setting for the “Tailored Worksite Weight Control Programs Project” was 28 small and medium-sized employers in and around Roanoke and Richmond, Virginia. Investigators enrolled the firms after a series of conversations with worksite leaders and conducted stratified cluster randomization based on worksite size (categorizing small firms as those with 100–300 employees and medium firms as those with 301–600 employees). For worksites to be considered for inclusion, the researchers required that the employer have between 100–600 employees total, provide internet access to employees, provide access to a weigh-in kiosk for the weight management program, and be willing to conduct a brief health survey of all employees at baseline to facilitate identification of eligible employees. Once eligible and interested worksites were identified, there were further inclusion criteria for employees themselves. To enroll in the study, an individual employee had to be over 18 years of age, have a BMI ≥ 25 kg/m2, not be pregnant or with a medical condition that would contraindicate participation, and not already participating in a structured weight loss program. Of 73 worksites deemed eligible upon review of local companies, 39 (53.4%) initially agreed to enroll in the study. Of those, 11 dropped out before the intervention due to lack of managerial support and/or employee interest. Within the 28 enrolled worksites that were randomized, 6258 employees were felt to be eligible based on baseline screening. Of those, 1790 (29%) enrolled in the study.
Intervention. At worksites randomized to the INCENT program, study participants received an internet-based, tailored weight loss advice intervention coupled with a financial incentive. The behavioral intervention was based in social cognitive theory. It focused on advising healthier diet and increasing physical activity levels to 150 min/wk. Participants in this group received daily emails from the program that were “tailored” according to their gender and according to their preferred features of physical activity. The modest financial incentive they received was tied to weight loss. They were paid $1 for each percent of body weight lost per month. All INCENT participants also had access to a comprehensive website where they could access information about exercise, including videos, and logs for monitoring activity and dietary intake.
At worksites randomized to the less intense LMW (“Livin’ My Weigh”) program, employees who enrolled received an intervention that also included information about diet and physical activity but did not include daily tailored emails or financial incentives. These participants did receive quarterly newsletters. Both programs were designed to last for 12 months, with a 6-month weight-loss phase followed by a 6-month weight maintenance phase. The results reported in this study focus on weight loss achieved at 6 months.
Main outcome measures. The primary outcome in this study was weight change, measured in 2 ways: mean weight loss at 6 months, and percentage of participants in each arm who had achieved clinically meaningful weight loss (defined as ≥ 5% of body weight) at 6 months. Weight change was measured using calibrated scales at kiosks that were provided within each workplace. Secondary outcomes of interest focused on behavioral measures based on self-report using repeated surveys of participants. These included change in physical activity levels (measured using 6 Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System (BRFSS) items, and 8 Rapid Assessment Physical Activity (RAPA) scale items), and change in dietary behaviors (using the Block Fruit-Vegetable Fiber Screener, and the Beverage Intake Questionnaire). Analysis was intention-to-treat (last observation carried forward for those who disenrolled before 6 months) and was conducted at the level of the individual participant, with generalized linear modeling including a time indicator and interaction terms for study group by time, to account for clustering effects.
Results. Of the 1790 participants who enrolled in the study, 1581 (88%) had complete follow-up data for analysis. Study participants were predominantly female (74%), Caucasian (77%), and well educated (only 17% had a high school diploma or less). Participants in the study differed from the overall eligible population for the study in a couple of important ways: they were more likely to be Caucasian and more likely to be women. The groups were well balanced with respect to most baseline characteristics, however, INCENT participants were significantly younger (45.7 vs. 48.2 years) and reported having worked at their current jobs for less time (8.1 vs. 11.6 years on average) than LMW participants. A significantly higher percentage of INCENT participants also reported meeting physical activity recommendations at baseline (10.2% vs. 6.8%, P < 0.05).
At the 6-month mark, participants in both groups lost weight on average (–2.3 lbs in INCENT, and –1.3 lbs in LMW), but there were no significant between-group differences. Likewise, although slightly more participants in INCENT (14.6%) achieved a 5% weight loss compared to those in LMW (9.7%), this difference also was not statistically significant.
For self-reported outcomes, some differences did emerge between the groups. INCENT participants reported a statistically significantly larger increase in daily fruit and vegetable intake (0.2 servings, P < 0.001) and fiber intake (0.58 g, P < 0.001). Within group change measured for self-reported water intake was significant for INCENT participants (increased by 0.47 fl oz per day), whereas it was not for LMW participants. Between group differences were presumably not significant for this measure, as they were not reported.
Conclusion. The authors conclude that both an individually targeted internet-based intervention and a minimal intervention can lead to improvements in activity and diet behaviors, and that both produce a modest amount of weight loss for employees.
Commentary
Given the high prevalence of overweight and obesity in the United States, employers are increasingly interested in programs that can promote more healthful behaviors and achieve weight loss for workers. Because many employers are faced with bearing the health care costs of obese employees [1], and because chronic health conditions linked to obesity may impact worker productivity through increased absenteeism [2], the financial benefits of successful employer-based weight management programs may be significant. Unfortunately, to date, many such programs have gone unevaluated. Those that have been evaluated tend to be lacking in empirical basis (eg, too brief and not based on principles of behavior change). Perhaps because of these programmatic weaknesses, evaluations have not generally shown that employer-based weight management programs are able to move the needle very much on weight [3].It seems that having any program in place is better than having nothing at all, but it is unclear whether programs of greater intensity are able to produce better results.
In this study by Almeida and colleagues, the researchers tested whether a more intense, tailored internet-based behavioral intervention with financial incentives produced greater weight loss than a less-intense program, hypothesizing that it would. Surprisingly, they actually found very little difference between the 2 groups with respect to weight outcomes, and only minimal differences with respect to behavior change. The strengths of this study include a randomized trial design with a strong comparison group, and the use of intention-to-treat analysis. Additionally, both interventions that were tested were “real-world friendly” programs, meaning that they could, in theory, be implemented relatively easily in a wide variety of settings. This is in stark contrast to traditional behavioral weight loss programs that tend to be incredibly intense and costly in nature—probably unappealing to most employers. Despite being of lower intensity, both of the interventions in this study had a clear basis in behavior change theory, which was a strength. Additionally, the retention rates at the end of the 6-month study period were excellent, with almost 90% of participants having complete follow-up data. Although this trend was probably facilitated by having a “captive” employee population, it speaks to the ease of participating in and hosting the programs.
Although the randomized design was a definite strength of this study, the demographic imbalances between the groups at baseline (resulting from individual-level factors that could not be randomized) may have been important. INCENT participants were younger and earlier in their careers, and although the researchers conducted multivariable analyses to try to eliminate confounding, this baseline imbalance raises concerns for whether or not other unmeasured confounding variables might have been unequally distributed between the groups.
It is not surprising that neither intervention produced large amounts of weight loss. Although the interventions were evidence-based in that they were grounded in behavior change theory, the specific behaviors focused on were not those that would be expected to yield significant weight loss. Both interventions, at least as described in this paper, seemed to put a greater emphasis on physical activity than diet (in terms of resources available for participants). While activity is critical for health promotion and weight maintenance [4], it is probably less important than diet for achieving meaningful weight loss. This is particularly the case when one considers the level of activity that was targeted in this study (150 min/wk). Although this is the recommended level for adults in order to maintain health, it is not believed to be sufficient to result in weight loss [5]. In terms of the dietary recommendations described in these programs, a focus on low-fat, high-fiber diets would be only expected to promote weight loss assuming that significant overall calorie reductions were met. Without stating specific caloric limits (which perhaps they did, even if not mentioned in the methods section), it’s hard to know how effective these diets would be at reducing weight, despite their likely positive impacts on overall health. In keeping with these points of emphasis for dietary change, the places where statistically significant differences emerged between the groups were not those that would be expected to produce differential weight loss. Fruit and vegetable intake, while important for health, will not produce weight loss independent of an overall decrease in caloric intake. The other dietary outcome that was significantly different between the groups was fiber intake, likely a correlate of the increased fruit and vegetable intake.
One of the key assumptions driving this study was that INCENT was a more intense program than LMY, and thus would produce greater weight loss. In reality, though, neither of the programs was particularly intensive—there were no face-to-face contacts in either, for example. This issue captures a fundamental trade-off between the need to achieve results and the need for pragmatism in designing interventions. Although less intense interventions are likely to produce less weight loss (as was the case in this study), they are probably also infinitely more likely to be adopted in the real world, making it very important to do studies such as this one.
One area where the INCENT arm could have enhanced its effectiveness without sacrificing pragmatism was in the size of the financial incentive used. The researchers mentioned not wanting to use large incentives in order to avoid “undermining intrinsic motivation,” a concern often raised in these kinds of interventions. Unfortunately, the “$1 per percent weight lost” reward probably went too far in the other direction, being too small to provide any kind of additional motivation. Studies of financial incentives for weight loss reveal that weight loss increases in proportion to the size of the incentive [5], and perhaps this incentive was too tiny to register with most participants, particularly in this population of well-educated, high-earning adults.
Applications for Real-World Implementation
For employers and others considering how to design pragmatic weight management interventions, this study shows that even relatively simple, low-key, internet-based interventions are able to produce some measureable behavior changes and a little bit of weight loss, which is likely meaningful when considered in a large population. On the other hand, reconfiguring the resources in such an intervention to provide greater focus on caloric consumption, higher physical activity levels, and the use of larger financial incentives might well be worth the bang for the buck in trying to improve upon these results.
—Kristine Lewis, MD, MPH
1. Colombi AM, Wood GC. Obesity in the workplace: impact on cardiovascular disease, cost and utilization of care. Am Health Drug Benefits 2011;4:271–8.
2. Dee A, Kearns K, O’Neill C, et al. The direct and indirect costs of both overweight and obesity: a systematic review. BMC Res Notes 2014;7:242.
3. Anderson LM, Quinn TA, Glanz K, et al. The effectiveness of worksite nutrition and physical activity interventions for controlling employee overweight and obesity: a systematic review. Am J Prev Med 2010; 37:340–57.
4. Swift DL, Johannsen NM, Lavie CJ, et al. The role of exercise and physical activity in weight loss and maintenance. Prog Cardiovasc Dis 2014;56:447.
5. Jeffery RW. Financial incentives and weight control. Prev Med 2012;55S:61–7.
Study Overview
Objective. To compare the effectiveness of 2 employee weight management programs—a less-intense program versus a more intense, individually-targeted program with financial incentives—at producing weight loss.
Design. Cluster randomized controlled trial.
Setting and participants. The setting for the “Tailored Worksite Weight Control Programs Project” was 28 small and medium-sized employers in and around Roanoke and Richmond, Virginia. Investigators enrolled the firms after a series of conversations with worksite leaders and conducted stratified cluster randomization based on worksite size (categorizing small firms as those with 100–300 employees and medium firms as those with 301–600 employees). For worksites to be considered for inclusion, the researchers required that the employer have between 100–600 employees total, provide internet access to employees, provide access to a weigh-in kiosk for the weight management program, and be willing to conduct a brief health survey of all employees at baseline to facilitate identification of eligible employees. Once eligible and interested worksites were identified, there were further inclusion criteria for employees themselves. To enroll in the study, an individual employee had to be over 18 years of age, have a BMI ≥ 25 kg/m2, not be pregnant or with a medical condition that would contraindicate participation, and not already participating in a structured weight loss program. Of 73 worksites deemed eligible upon review of local companies, 39 (53.4%) initially agreed to enroll in the study. Of those, 11 dropped out before the intervention due to lack of managerial support and/or employee interest. Within the 28 enrolled worksites that were randomized, 6258 employees were felt to be eligible based on baseline screening. Of those, 1790 (29%) enrolled in the study.
Intervention. At worksites randomized to the INCENT program, study participants received an internet-based, tailored weight loss advice intervention coupled with a financial incentive. The behavioral intervention was based in social cognitive theory. It focused on advising healthier diet and increasing physical activity levels to 150 min/wk. Participants in this group received daily emails from the program that were “tailored” according to their gender and according to their preferred features of physical activity. The modest financial incentive they received was tied to weight loss. They were paid $1 for each percent of body weight lost per month. All INCENT participants also had access to a comprehensive website where they could access information about exercise, including videos, and logs for monitoring activity and dietary intake.
At worksites randomized to the less intense LMW (“Livin’ My Weigh”) program, employees who enrolled received an intervention that also included information about diet and physical activity but did not include daily tailored emails or financial incentives. These participants did receive quarterly newsletters. Both programs were designed to last for 12 months, with a 6-month weight-loss phase followed by a 6-month weight maintenance phase. The results reported in this study focus on weight loss achieved at 6 months.
Main outcome measures. The primary outcome in this study was weight change, measured in 2 ways: mean weight loss at 6 months, and percentage of participants in each arm who had achieved clinically meaningful weight loss (defined as ≥ 5% of body weight) at 6 months. Weight change was measured using calibrated scales at kiosks that were provided within each workplace. Secondary outcomes of interest focused on behavioral measures based on self-report using repeated surveys of participants. These included change in physical activity levels (measured using 6 Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System (BRFSS) items, and 8 Rapid Assessment Physical Activity (RAPA) scale items), and change in dietary behaviors (using the Block Fruit-Vegetable Fiber Screener, and the Beverage Intake Questionnaire). Analysis was intention-to-treat (last observation carried forward for those who disenrolled before 6 months) and was conducted at the level of the individual participant, with generalized linear modeling including a time indicator and interaction terms for study group by time, to account for clustering effects.
Results. Of the 1790 participants who enrolled in the study, 1581 (88%) had complete follow-up data for analysis. Study participants were predominantly female (74%), Caucasian (77%), and well educated (only 17% had a high school diploma or less). Participants in the study differed from the overall eligible population for the study in a couple of important ways: they were more likely to be Caucasian and more likely to be women. The groups were well balanced with respect to most baseline characteristics, however, INCENT participants were significantly younger (45.7 vs. 48.2 years) and reported having worked at their current jobs for less time (8.1 vs. 11.6 years on average) than LMW participants. A significantly higher percentage of INCENT participants also reported meeting physical activity recommendations at baseline (10.2% vs. 6.8%, P < 0.05).
At the 6-month mark, participants in both groups lost weight on average (–2.3 lbs in INCENT, and –1.3 lbs in LMW), but there were no significant between-group differences. Likewise, although slightly more participants in INCENT (14.6%) achieved a 5% weight loss compared to those in LMW (9.7%), this difference also was not statistically significant.
For self-reported outcomes, some differences did emerge between the groups. INCENT participants reported a statistically significantly larger increase in daily fruit and vegetable intake (0.2 servings, P < 0.001) and fiber intake (0.58 g, P < 0.001). Within group change measured for self-reported water intake was significant for INCENT participants (increased by 0.47 fl oz per day), whereas it was not for LMW participants. Between group differences were presumably not significant for this measure, as they were not reported.
Conclusion. The authors conclude that both an individually targeted internet-based intervention and a minimal intervention can lead to improvements in activity and diet behaviors, and that both produce a modest amount of weight loss for employees.
Commentary
Given the high prevalence of overweight and obesity in the United States, employers are increasingly interested in programs that can promote more healthful behaviors and achieve weight loss for workers. Because many employers are faced with bearing the health care costs of obese employees [1], and because chronic health conditions linked to obesity may impact worker productivity through increased absenteeism [2], the financial benefits of successful employer-based weight management programs may be significant. Unfortunately, to date, many such programs have gone unevaluated. Those that have been evaluated tend to be lacking in empirical basis (eg, too brief and not based on principles of behavior change). Perhaps because of these programmatic weaknesses, evaluations have not generally shown that employer-based weight management programs are able to move the needle very much on weight [3].It seems that having any program in place is better than having nothing at all, but it is unclear whether programs of greater intensity are able to produce better results.
In this study by Almeida and colleagues, the researchers tested whether a more intense, tailored internet-based behavioral intervention with financial incentives produced greater weight loss than a less-intense program, hypothesizing that it would. Surprisingly, they actually found very little difference between the 2 groups with respect to weight outcomes, and only minimal differences with respect to behavior change. The strengths of this study include a randomized trial design with a strong comparison group, and the use of intention-to-treat analysis. Additionally, both interventions that were tested were “real-world friendly” programs, meaning that they could, in theory, be implemented relatively easily in a wide variety of settings. This is in stark contrast to traditional behavioral weight loss programs that tend to be incredibly intense and costly in nature—probably unappealing to most employers. Despite being of lower intensity, both of the interventions in this study had a clear basis in behavior change theory, which was a strength. Additionally, the retention rates at the end of the 6-month study period were excellent, with almost 90% of participants having complete follow-up data. Although this trend was probably facilitated by having a “captive” employee population, it speaks to the ease of participating in and hosting the programs.
Although the randomized design was a definite strength of this study, the demographic imbalances between the groups at baseline (resulting from individual-level factors that could not be randomized) may have been important. INCENT participants were younger and earlier in their careers, and although the researchers conducted multivariable analyses to try to eliminate confounding, this baseline imbalance raises concerns for whether or not other unmeasured confounding variables might have been unequally distributed between the groups.
It is not surprising that neither intervention produced large amounts of weight loss. Although the interventions were evidence-based in that they were grounded in behavior change theory, the specific behaviors focused on were not those that would be expected to yield significant weight loss. Both interventions, at least as described in this paper, seemed to put a greater emphasis on physical activity than diet (in terms of resources available for participants). While activity is critical for health promotion and weight maintenance [4], it is probably less important than diet for achieving meaningful weight loss. This is particularly the case when one considers the level of activity that was targeted in this study (150 min/wk). Although this is the recommended level for adults in order to maintain health, it is not believed to be sufficient to result in weight loss [5]. In terms of the dietary recommendations described in these programs, a focus on low-fat, high-fiber diets would be only expected to promote weight loss assuming that significant overall calorie reductions were met. Without stating specific caloric limits (which perhaps they did, even if not mentioned in the methods section), it’s hard to know how effective these diets would be at reducing weight, despite their likely positive impacts on overall health. In keeping with these points of emphasis for dietary change, the places where statistically significant differences emerged between the groups were not those that would be expected to produce differential weight loss. Fruit and vegetable intake, while important for health, will not produce weight loss independent of an overall decrease in caloric intake. The other dietary outcome that was significantly different between the groups was fiber intake, likely a correlate of the increased fruit and vegetable intake.
One of the key assumptions driving this study was that INCENT was a more intense program than LMY, and thus would produce greater weight loss. In reality, though, neither of the programs was particularly intensive—there were no face-to-face contacts in either, for example. This issue captures a fundamental trade-off between the need to achieve results and the need for pragmatism in designing interventions. Although less intense interventions are likely to produce less weight loss (as was the case in this study), they are probably also infinitely more likely to be adopted in the real world, making it very important to do studies such as this one.
One area where the INCENT arm could have enhanced its effectiveness without sacrificing pragmatism was in the size of the financial incentive used. The researchers mentioned not wanting to use large incentives in order to avoid “undermining intrinsic motivation,” a concern often raised in these kinds of interventions. Unfortunately, the “$1 per percent weight lost” reward probably went too far in the other direction, being too small to provide any kind of additional motivation. Studies of financial incentives for weight loss reveal that weight loss increases in proportion to the size of the incentive [5], and perhaps this incentive was too tiny to register with most participants, particularly in this population of well-educated, high-earning adults.
Applications for Real-World Implementation
For employers and others considering how to design pragmatic weight management interventions, this study shows that even relatively simple, low-key, internet-based interventions are able to produce some measureable behavior changes and a little bit of weight loss, which is likely meaningful when considered in a large population. On the other hand, reconfiguring the resources in such an intervention to provide greater focus on caloric consumption, higher physical activity levels, and the use of larger financial incentives might well be worth the bang for the buck in trying to improve upon these results.
—Kristine Lewis, MD, MPH
Study Overview
Objective. To compare the effectiveness of 2 employee weight management programs—a less-intense program versus a more intense, individually-targeted program with financial incentives—at producing weight loss.
Design. Cluster randomized controlled trial.
Setting and participants. The setting for the “Tailored Worksite Weight Control Programs Project” was 28 small and medium-sized employers in and around Roanoke and Richmond, Virginia. Investigators enrolled the firms after a series of conversations with worksite leaders and conducted stratified cluster randomization based on worksite size (categorizing small firms as those with 100–300 employees and medium firms as those with 301–600 employees). For worksites to be considered for inclusion, the researchers required that the employer have between 100–600 employees total, provide internet access to employees, provide access to a weigh-in kiosk for the weight management program, and be willing to conduct a brief health survey of all employees at baseline to facilitate identification of eligible employees. Once eligible and interested worksites were identified, there were further inclusion criteria for employees themselves. To enroll in the study, an individual employee had to be over 18 years of age, have a BMI ≥ 25 kg/m2, not be pregnant or with a medical condition that would contraindicate participation, and not already participating in a structured weight loss program. Of 73 worksites deemed eligible upon review of local companies, 39 (53.4%) initially agreed to enroll in the study. Of those, 11 dropped out before the intervention due to lack of managerial support and/or employee interest. Within the 28 enrolled worksites that were randomized, 6258 employees were felt to be eligible based on baseline screening. Of those, 1790 (29%) enrolled in the study.
Intervention. At worksites randomized to the INCENT program, study participants received an internet-based, tailored weight loss advice intervention coupled with a financial incentive. The behavioral intervention was based in social cognitive theory. It focused on advising healthier diet and increasing physical activity levels to 150 min/wk. Participants in this group received daily emails from the program that were “tailored” according to their gender and according to their preferred features of physical activity. The modest financial incentive they received was tied to weight loss. They were paid $1 for each percent of body weight lost per month. All INCENT participants also had access to a comprehensive website where they could access information about exercise, including videos, and logs for monitoring activity and dietary intake.
At worksites randomized to the less intense LMW (“Livin’ My Weigh”) program, employees who enrolled received an intervention that also included information about diet and physical activity but did not include daily tailored emails or financial incentives. These participants did receive quarterly newsletters. Both programs were designed to last for 12 months, with a 6-month weight-loss phase followed by a 6-month weight maintenance phase. The results reported in this study focus on weight loss achieved at 6 months.
Main outcome measures. The primary outcome in this study was weight change, measured in 2 ways: mean weight loss at 6 months, and percentage of participants in each arm who had achieved clinically meaningful weight loss (defined as ≥ 5% of body weight) at 6 months. Weight change was measured using calibrated scales at kiosks that were provided within each workplace. Secondary outcomes of interest focused on behavioral measures based on self-report using repeated surveys of participants. These included change in physical activity levels (measured using 6 Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System (BRFSS) items, and 8 Rapid Assessment Physical Activity (RAPA) scale items), and change in dietary behaviors (using the Block Fruit-Vegetable Fiber Screener, and the Beverage Intake Questionnaire). Analysis was intention-to-treat (last observation carried forward for those who disenrolled before 6 months) and was conducted at the level of the individual participant, with generalized linear modeling including a time indicator and interaction terms for study group by time, to account for clustering effects.
Results. Of the 1790 participants who enrolled in the study, 1581 (88%) had complete follow-up data for analysis. Study participants were predominantly female (74%), Caucasian (77%), and well educated (only 17% had a high school diploma or less). Participants in the study differed from the overall eligible population for the study in a couple of important ways: they were more likely to be Caucasian and more likely to be women. The groups were well balanced with respect to most baseline characteristics, however, INCENT participants were significantly younger (45.7 vs. 48.2 years) and reported having worked at their current jobs for less time (8.1 vs. 11.6 years on average) than LMW participants. A significantly higher percentage of INCENT participants also reported meeting physical activity recommendations at baseline (10.2% vs. 6.8%, P < 0.05).
At the 6-month mark, participants in both groups lost weight on average (–2.3 lbs in INCENT, and –1.3 lbs in LMW), but there were no significant between-group differences. Likewise, although slightly more participants in INCENT (14.6%) achieved a 5% weight loss compared to those in LMW (9.7%), this difference also was not statistically significant.
For self-reported outcomes, some differences did emerge between the groups. INCENT participants reported a statistically significantly larger increase in daily fruit and vegetable intake (0.2 servings, P < 0.001) and fiber intake (0.58 g, P < 0.001). Within group change measured for self-reported water intake was significant for INCENT participants (increased by 0.47 fl oz per day), whereas it was not for LMW participants. Between group differences were presumably not significant for this measure, as they were not reported.
Conclusion. The authors conclude that both an individually targeted internet-based intervention and a minimal intervention can lead to improvements in activity and diet behaviors, and that both produce a modest amount of weight loss for employees.
Commentary
Given the high prevalence of overweight and obesity in the United States, employers are increasingly interested in programs that can promote more healthful behaviors and achieve weight loss for workers. Because many employers are faced with bearing the health care costs of obese employees [1], and because chronic health conditions linked to obesity may impact worker productivity through increased absenteeism [2], the financial benefits of successful employer-based weight management programs may be significant. Unfortunately, to date, many such programs have gone unevaluated. Those that have been evaluated tend to be lacking in empirical basis (eg, too brief and not based on principles of behavior change). Perhaps because of these programmatic weaknesses, evaluations have not generally shown that employer-based weight management programs are able to move the needle very much on weight [3].It seems that having any program in place is better than having nothing at all, but it is unclear whether programs of greater intensity are able to produce better results.
In this study by Almeida and colleagues, the researchers tested whether a more intense, tailored internet-based behavioral intervention with financial incentives produced greater weight loss than a less-intense program, hypothesizing that it would. Surprisingly, they actually found very little difference between the 2 groups with respect to weight outcomes, and only minimal differences with respect to behavior change. The strengths of this study include a randomized trial design with a strong comparison group, and the use of intention-to-treat analysis. Additionally, both interventions that were tested were “real-world friendly” programs, meaning that they could, in theory, be implemented relatively easily in a wide variety of settings. This is in stark contrast to traditional behavioral weight loss programs that tend to be incredibly intense and costly in nature—probably unappealing to most employers. Despite being of lower intensity, both of the interventions in this study had a clear basis in behavior change theory, which was a strength. Additionally, the retention rates at the end of the 6-month study period were excellent, with almost 90% of participants having complete follow-up data. Although this trend was probably facilitated by having a “captive” employee population, it speaks to the ease of participating in and hosting the programs.
Although the randomized design was a definite strength of this study, the demographic imbalances between the groups at baseline (resulting from individual-level factors that could not be randomized) may have been important. INCENT participants were younger and earlier in their careers, and although the researchers conducted multivariable analyses to try to eliminate confounding, this baseline imbalance raises concerns for whether or not other unmeasured confounding variables might have been unequally distributed between the groups.
It is not surprising that neither intervention produced large amounts of weight loss. Although the interventions were evidence-based in that they were grounded in behavior change theory, the specific behaviors focused on were not those that would be expected to yield significant weight loss. Both interventions, at least as described in this paper, seemed to put a greater emphasis on physical activity than diet (in terms of resources available for participants). While activity is critical for health promotion and weight maintenance [4], it is probably less important than diet for achieving meaningful weight loss. This is particularly the case when one considers the level of activity that was targeted in this study (150 min/wk). Although this is the recommended level for adults in order to maintain health, it is not believed to be sufficient to result in weight loss [5]. In terms of the dietary recommendations described in these programs, a focus on low-fat, high-fiber diets would be only expected to promote weight loss assuming that significant overall calorie reductions were met. Without stating specific caloric limits (which perhaps they did, even if not mentioned in the methods section), it’s hard to know how effective these diets would be at reducing weight, despite their likely positive impacts on overall health. In keeping with these points of emphasis for dietary change, the places where statistically significant differences emerged between the groups were not those that would be expected to produce differential weight loss. Fruit and vegetable intake, while important for health, will not produce weight loss independent of an overall decrease in caloric intake. The other dietary outcome that was significantly different between the groups was fiber intake, likely a correlate of the increased fruit and vegetable intake.
One of the key assumptions driving this study was that INCENT was a more intense program than LMY, and thus would produce greater weight loss. In reality, though, neither of the programs was particularly intensive—there were no face-to-face contacts in either, for example. This issue captures a fundamental trade-off between the need to achieve results and the need for pragmatism in designing interventions. Although less intense interventions are likely to produce less weight loss (as was the case in this study), they are probably also infinitely more likely to be adopted in the real world, making it very important to do studies such as this one.
One area where the INCENT arm could have enhanced its effectiveness without sacrificing pragmatism was in the size of the financial incentive used. The researchers mentioned not wanting to use large incentives in order to avoid “undermining intrinsic motivation,” a concern often raised in these kinds of interventions. Unfortunately, the “$1 per percent weight lost” reward probably went too far in the other direction, being too small to provide any kind of additional motivation. Studies of financial incentives for weight loss reveal that weight loss increases in proportion to the size of the incentive [5], and perhaps this incentive was too tiny to register with most participants, particularly in this population of well-educated, high-earning adults.
Applications for Real-World Implementation
For employers and others considering how to design pragmatic weight management interventions, this study shows that even relatively simple, low-key, internet-based interventions are able to produce some measureable behavior changes and a little bit of weight loss, which is likely meaningful when considered in a large population. On the other hand, reconfiguring the resources in such an intervention to provide greater focus on caloric consumption, higher physical activity levels, and the use of larger financial incentives might well be worth the bang for the buck in trying to improve upon these results.
—Kristine Lewis, MD, MPH
1. Colombi AM, Wood GC. Obesity in the workplace: impact on cardiovascular disease, cost and utilization of care. Am Health Drug Benefits 2011;4:271–8.
2. Dee A, Kearns K, O’Neill C, et al. The direct and indirect costs of both overweight and obesity: a systematic review. BMC Res Notes 2014;7:242.
3. Anderson LM, Quinn TA, Glanz K, et al. The effectiveness of worksite nutrition and physical activity interventions for controlling employee overweight and obesity: a systematic review. Am J Prev Med 2010; 37:340–57.
4. Swift DL, Johannsen NM, Lavie CJ, et al. The role of exercise and physical activity in weight loss and maintenance. Prog Cardiovasc Dis 2014;56:447.
5. Jeffery RW. Financial incentives and weight control. Prev Med 2012;55S:61–7.
1. Colombi AM, Wood GC. Obesity in the workplace: impact on cardiovascular disease, cost and utilization of care. Am Health Drug Benefits 2011;4:271–8.
2. Dee A, Kearns K, O’Neill C, et al. The direct and indirect costs of both overweight and obesity: a systematic review. BMC Res Notes 2014;7:242.
3. Anderson LM, Quinn TA, Glanz K, et al. The effectiveness of worksite nutrition and physical activity interventions for controlling employee overweight and obesity: a systematic review. Am J Prev Med 2010; 37:340–57.
4. Swift DL, Johannsen NM, Lavie CJ, et al. The role of exercise and physical activity in weight loss and maintenance. Prog Cardiovasc Dis 2014;56:447.
5. Jeffery RW. Financial incentives and weight control. Prev Med 2012;55S:61–7.
Dabigatran Adherence Among Nonvalvular Atrial Fibrillation Patients Is Associated with Pharmacist-Based Activities
Study Overview
Objective. To assess site level adherence to dabigatran among patients with atrial fibrillation and to determine if specific practices at the site level are associated with adherence.
Design. Mixed-methods study involving retrospective quantitative and cross-sectional qualitative data.
Setting and participants. 67 Veterans Health Administration sites with 20 or more patients with dabigatran prescription for nonvalvular atrial fibrillation between 2010 and 2012 were included. Among these sites, 41 sites participated in an inquiry about practices related to dabigatran use. A total of 47 pharmacists among the 41 sites were interviewed. The investigators identified from the interviews 3 specific practices related to dabigatran use: appropriate patient selection (review of indications, contradictions, and prior adherence to other medications), pharmacist-driven patient education, and pharmacist-led adverse event and adherence monitoring. Sites were characterized as having adopted these specific practices or not, based on the interviews.
Main outcome measure. Dabigatran adherence defined by proportion of days covered (ratio of days supplied by prescription to follow-up duration) of 80% or more. Site level variance in dabigatran adherence among the 67 sites were described. Site level adherence was adjusted by patient level factors and site level factors. The association between site level practice and adherence was examined with Poisson models using generalized estimate equation to account for clustering of patients within sites.
Main results. A total of 67 sites with 4863 patients with prescriptions of dabigatran for atrial fibrillation were included in the analysis. There was wide variation among sites on adherence rate, with a range of 42% to 93% (median, 74%). The sites were categorized as high performing if their site level adherence rate was at least 74%. Among the 41 sites that participated in the qualitative study that defined exposure variables, appropriate patient selection was performed at 31 sites, pharmacist-led education was provided at 30 sites, and pharmacist-led monitoring at 28 sites. There was variation in the duration of monitoring among sites, with 18 of 28 monitoring for 3 to 6 months while the rest of the sites monitor indefinitely. Site level practices differed between low and high performing sites, with high performing sites more likely to have adopted appropriate patient selection with review of adherence (83% vs. 65% in low-performing sites), have pharmacist-driven education (83% vs. 59%), and have pharmacist-led adverse event monitoring (92% vs. 35%). After adjustment for patient level and site level characteristics, the association between adherence and appropriate patient selection (adjusted risk ratio [RR], 1.14; 95% confidence interval [CI], 1.05–1.25) and pharmacist-led adverse event monitoring (RR, 1.25; 95% CI, 1.11–1.41) remained.
Conclusion. There is wide variability in dabigatran adherence among patients with atrial fibrillation at different VA sites. Site level pharmacist-based practices are associated with the level of adherence at the sites.
Commentary
Studies have demonstrated that in a clinical trial setting, dabigatran is as effective as warfarin in stroke prevention among patients with atrial fibrillation and is associated with a lower risk of major hemorrhage [1]. However, outside of clinical trials, effectiveness of a treatment regimen is highly related to whether treatment is adhered to. In contrast with warfarin treatment, where treatment adherence is regularly tracked through monitoring of blood levels and clinic visits, dabigatran does not require monitoring and thus, adherence to dabigatran may not be monitored. A recent study finds that poorer adherence likely contributes to increased risk of stroke and death among patients on dabigatran [2]. The current study examines the variation in adherence rates on a site level and identifies factors that are associated with better adherence. The findings suggest that better patient selection through examination of prior adherence to warfarin and other medications and pharmacist-led adverse event and adherence monitoring are practices that are associated with better adherence. These are potentially important findings that may impact care for patients with atrial fibrillation.
These results need to be interpreted cautiously because of the limitations of the observational study design. Several factors need to be considered when interpreting the study findings. First, despite the VA being a comprehensive system of care, veterans often use care outside of the VA, including obtaining medications outside of VA [3]. Because of the prevalent concurrent use of care outside of VA, examining adherence to medication with only VA records may be incomplete and may erroneously categorize patients as low adherence. Second, the number of patients on dabigatran per facility is rather small and quite variable as well, with some sites that have very few number of patients. Although the investigators have excluded sites with fewer than 20 patients on dabigatran, the variability in the use of dabigatran may reflect site-specific factors, some of which may affect patient selection on the site level, that ultimately may affect outcome. Finally, the interview of pharmacist at each site may reflect the view of one to two pharmacists at each site, and thus may not truly reflect practices at the site throughout the period where patients were selected and outcomes defined.
Applications for Clinical Practice
Although it is tempting to conclude that instituting the pharmacist-based activities in patient selection and adverse event monitoring will lead to better adherence to dabigatran and thus improved patient outcomes, considering the limitations in the study a follow-up intervention study where sites are randomized to institute-specific practices for dabigatran use will be very important to demonstrate definitively the impact of these interventions. Also, as the use of dabigatran and other novel anticoagulants become more prevalent [4], a follow-up study to include a larger sample of patients may also be valuable to demonstrate if the conclusions are upheld.
—William Hung, MD, MPH
1. Connolly SJ, Ezekowitz MD, Yusuf S, et al. Dabigatran versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2009: 361:1139–50.
2. Shore S, Carey EP, Turakhia MP, et al. Adherence to dabigatran therapy and longitudinal patient outcomes: insights from the veterans health administration. Am Heart J 2014;167:810–7.
3. Hynes DM, Koelling K, Stroupe K, et al. Veterans’ access to and use of Medicare and veterans affairs health care. Med Care 2007:45:214–23.
4. Boyle AM. VA, army clinicians rapidly increase prescribing of novel anticoagulants. US Med Feb 2014. Available at www.usmedicine.com.
Study Overview
Objective. To assess site level adherence to dabigatran among patients with atrial fibrillation and to determine if specific practices at the site level are associated with adherence.
Design. Mixed-methods study involving retrospective quantitative and cross-sectional qualitative data.
Setting and participants. 67 Veterans Health Administration sites with 20 or more patients with dabigatran prescription for nonvalvular atrial fibrillation between 2010 and 2012 were included. Among these sites, 41 sites participated in an inquiry about practices related to dabigatran use. A total of 47 pharmacists among the 41 sites were interviewed. The investigators identified from the interviews 3 specific practices related to dabigatran use: appropriate patient selection (review of indications, contradictions, and prior adherence to other medications), pharmacist-driven patient education, and pharmacist-led adverse event and adherence monitoring. Sites were characterized as having adopted these specific practices or not, based on the interviews.
Main outcome measure. Dabigatran adherence defined by proportion of days covered (ratio of days supplied by prescription to follow-up duration) of 80% or more. Site level variance in dabigatran adherence among the 67 sites were described. Site level adherence was adjusted by patient level factors and site level factors. The association between site level practice and adherence was examined with Poisson models using generalized estimate equation to account for clustering of patients within sites.
Main results. A total of 67 sites with 4863 patients with prescriptions of dabigatran for atrial fibrillation were included in the analysis. There was wide variation among sites on adherence rate, with a range of 42% to 93% (median, 74%). The sites were categorized as high performing if their site level adherence rate was at least 74%. Among the 41 sites that participated in the qualitative study that defined exposure variables, appropriate patient selection was performed at 31 sites, pharmacist-led education was provided at 30 sites, and pharmacist-led monitoring at 28 sites. There was variation in the duration of monitoring among sites, with 18 of 28 monitoring for 3 to 6 months while the rest of the sites monitor indefinitely. Site level practices differed between low and high performing sites, with high performing sites more likely to have adopted appropriate patient selection with review of adherence (83% vs. 65% in low-performing sites), have pharmacist-driven education (83% vs. 59%), and have pharmacist-led adverse event monitoring (92% vs. 35%). After adjustment for patient level and site level characteristics, the association between adherence and appropriate patient selection (adjusted risk ratio [RR], 1.14; 95% confidence interval [CI], 1.05–1.25) and pharmacist-led adverse event monitoring (RR, 1.25; 95% CI, 1.11–1.41) remained.
Conclusion. There is wide variability in dabigatran adherence among patients with atrial fibrillation at different VA sites. Site level pharmacist-based practices are associated with the level of adherence at the sites.
Commentary
Studies have demonstrated that in a clinical trial setting, dabigatran is as effective as warfarin in stroke prevention among patients with atrial fibrillation and is associated with a lower risk of major hemorrhage [1]. However, outside of clinical trials, effectiveness of a treatment regimen is highly related to whether treatment is adhered to. In contrast with warfarin treatment, where treatment adherence is regularly tracked through monitoring of blood levels and clinic visits, dabigatran does not require monitoring and thus, adherence to dabigatran may not be monitored. A recent study finds that poorer adherence likely contributes to increased risk of stroke and death among patients on dabigatran [2]. The current study examines the variation in adherence rates on a site level and identifies factors that are associated with better adherence. The findings suggest that better patient selection through examination of prior adherence to warfarin and other medications and pharmacist-led adverse event and adherence monitoring are practices that are associated with better adherence. These are potentially important findings that may impact care for patients with atrial fibrillation.
These results need to be interpreted cautiously because of the limitations of the observational study design. Several factors need to be considered when interpreting the study findings. First, despite the VA being a comprehensive system of care, veterans often use care outside of the VA, including obtaining medications outside of VA [3]. Because of the prevalent concurrent use of care outside of VA, examining adherence to medication with only VA records may be incomplete and may erroneously categorize patients as low adherence. Second, the number of patients on dabigatran per facility is rather small and quite variable as well, with some sites that have very few number of patients. Although the investigators have excluded sites with fewer than 20 patients on dabigatran, the variability in the use of dabigatran may reflect site-specific factors, some of which may affect patient selection on the site level, that ultimately may affect outcome. Finally, the interview of pharmacist at each site may reflect the view of one to two pharmacists at each site, and thus may not truly reflect practices at the site throughout the period where patients were selected and outcomes defined.
Applications for Clinical Practice
Although it is tempting to conclude that instituting the pharmacist-based activities in patient selection and adverse event monitoring will lead to better adherence to dabigatran and thus improved patient outcomes, considering the limitations in the study a follow-up intervention study where sites are randomized to institute-specific practices for dabigatran use will be very important to demonstrate definitively the impact of these interventions. Also, as the use of dabigatran and other novel anticoagulants become more prevalent [4], a follow-up study to include a larger sample of patients may also be valuable to demonstrate if the conclusions are upheld.
—William Hung, MD, MPH
Study Overview
Objective. To assess site level adherence to dabigatran among patients with atrial fibrillation and to determine if specific practices at the site level are associated with adherence.
Design. Mixed-methods study involving retrospective quantitative and cross-sectional qualitative data.
Setting and participants. 67 Veterans Health Administration sites with 20 or more patients with dabigatran prescription for nonvalvular atrial fibrillation between 2010 and 2012 were included. Among these sites, 41 sites participated in an inquiry about practices related to dabigatran use. A total of 47 pharmacists among the 41 sites were interviewed. The investigators identified from the interviews 3 specific practices related to dabigatran use: appropriate patient selection (review of indications, contradictions, and prior adherence to other medications), pharmacist-driven patient education, and pharmacist-led adverse event and adherence monitoring. Sites were characterized as having adopted these specific practices or not, based on the interviews.
Main outcome measure. Dabigatran adherence defined by proportion of days covered (ratio of days supplied by prescription to follow-up duration) of 80% or more. Site level variance in dabigatran adherence among the 67 sites were described. Site level adherence was adjusted by patient level factors and site level factors. The association between site level practice and adherence was examined with Poisson models using generalized estimate equation to account for clustering of patients within sites.
Main results. A total of 67 sites with 4863 patients with prescriptions of dabigatran for atrial fibrillation were included in the analysis. There was wide variation among sites on adherence rate, with a range of 42% to 93% (median, 74%). The sites were categorized as high performing if their site level adherence rate was at least 74%. Among the 41 sites that participated in the qualitative study that defined exposure variables, appropriate patient selection was performed at 31 sites, pharmacist-led education was provided at 30 sites, and pharmacist-led monitoring at 28 sites. There was variation in the duration of monitoring among sites, with 18 of 28 monitoring for 3 to 6 months while the rest of the sites monitor indefinitely. Site level practices differed between low and high performing sites, with high performing sites more likely to have adopted appropriate patient selection with review of adherence (83% vs. 65% in low-performing sites), have pharmacist-driven education (83% vs. 59%), and have pharmacist-led adverse event monitoring (92% vs. 35%). After adjustment for patient level and site level characteristics, the association between adherence and appropriate patient selection (adjusted risk ratio [RR], 1.14; 95% confidence interval [CI], 1.05–1.25) and pharmacist-led adverse event monitoring (RR, 1.25; 95% CI, 1.11–1.41) remained.
Conclusion. There is wide variability in dabigatran adherence among patients with atrial fibrillation at different VA sites. Site level pharmacist-based practices are associated with the level of adherence at the sites.
Commentary
Studies have demonstrated that in a clinical trial setting, dabigatran is as effective as warfarin in stroke prevention among patients with atrial fibrillation and is associated with a lower risk of major hemorrhage [1]. However, outside of clinical trials, effectiveness of a treatment regimen is highly related to whether treatment is adhered to. In contrast with warfarin treatment, where treatment adherence is regularly tracked through monitoring of blood levels and clinic visits, dabigatran does not require monitoring and thus, adherence to dabigatran may not be monitored. A recent study finds that poorer adherence likely contributes to increased risk of stroke and death among patients on dabigatran [2]. The current study examines the variation in adherence rates on a site level and identifies factors that are associated with better adherence. The findings suggest that better patient selection through examination of prior adherence to warfarin and other medications and pharmacist-led adverse event and adherence monitoring are practices that are associated with better adherence. These are potentially important findings that may impact care for patients with atrial fibrillation.
These results need to be interpreted cautiously because of the limitations of the observational study design. Several factors need to be considered when interpreting the study findings. First, despite the VA being a comprehensive system of care, veterans often use care outside of the VA, including obtaining medications outside of VA [3]. Because of the prevalent concurrent use of care outside of VA, examining adherence to medication with only VA records may be incomplete and may erroneously categorize patients as low adherence. Second, the number of patients on dabigatran per facility is rather small and quite variable as well, with some sites that have very few number of patients. Although the investigators have excluded sites with fewer than 20 patients on dabigatran, the variability in the use of dabigatran may reflect site-specific factors, some of which may affect patient selection on the site level, that ultimately may affect outcome. Finally, the interview of pharmacist at each site may reflect the view of one to two pharmacists at each site, and thus may not truly reflect practices at the site throughout the period where patients were selected and outcomes defined.
Applications for Clinical Practice
Although it is tempting to conclude that instituting the pharmacist-based activities in patient selection and adverse event monitoring will lead to better adherence to dabigatran and thus improved patient outcomes, considering the limitations in the study a follow-up intervention study where sites are randomized to institute-specific practices for dabigatran use will be very important to demonstrate definitively the impact of these interventions. Also, as the use of dabigatran and other novel anticoagulants become more prevalent [4], a follow-up study to include a larger sample of patients may also be valuable to demonstrate if the conclusions are upheld.
—William Hung, MD, MPH
1. Connolly SJ, Ezekowitz MD, Yusuf S, et al. Dabigatran versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2009: 361:1139–50.
2. Shore S, Carey EP, Turakhia MP, et al. Adherence to dabigatran therapy and longitudinal patient outcomes: insights from the veterans health administration. Am Heart J 2014;167:810–7.
3. Hynes DM, Koelling K, Stroupe K, et al. Veterans’ access to and use of Medicare and veterans affairs health care. Med Care 2007:45:214–23.
4. Boyle AM. VA, army clinicians rapidly increase prescribing of novel anticoagulants. US Med Feb 2014. Available at www.usmedicine.com.
1. Connolly SJ, Ezekowitz MD, Yusuf S, et al. Dabigatran versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2009: 361:1139–50.
2. Shore S, Carey EP, Turakhia MP, et al. Adherence to dabigatran therapy and longitudinal patient outcomes: insights from the veterans health administration. Am Heart J 2014;167:810–7.
3. Hynes DM, Koelling K, Stroupe K, et al. Veterans’ access to and use of Medicare and veterans affairs health care. Med Care 2007:45:214–23.
4. Boyle AM. VA, army clinicians rapidly increase prescribing of novel anticoagulants. US Med Feb 2014. Available at www.usmedicine.com.
ASCO: Trial highlights cognitive toll of adjuvant whole-brain radiation
CHICAGO – Patients with limited brain metastases treated with radiosurgery have a higher risk of cognitive decline if they then undergo whole-brain radiation therapy, researchers reported at the annual meeting of the American Society of Clinical Oncology.
The phase III North Central Cancer Treatment Group (NCCTG)/Alliance trial also found that although whole-brain radiation therapy (WBRT) roughly halved the likelihood of progression in the brain, it did not prolong survival. And quality of life was worse with its use as well.
“We recommend initial treatment with stereotactic radiation alone and close monitoring in order to better preserve cognitive function, and then reserving whole-brain radiation until the time of symptomatic progression,” senior study author Dr. Jan C. Buckner, professor of oncology at the Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota, said in a press briefing.
He ticked off a list of alternative approaches for avoiding cognitive problems in general for patients with brain tumors: “If at all possible, use either no radiation, low-dose radiation, hippocampal-sparing radiation, or a combination of radiation and memantine as a way to reduce the risk of cognitive decline because essentially, the brain does not like to be radiated.”
ASCO expert Dr. Brian Michael Alexander said, “This scenario is a pretty complex one, and one that I take a lot of time talking to my patients about.” The disconnect between local control and survival with whole-brain radiation may be due to the availability of very good salvage therapies when brain metastases recur (so that recurrence is irrelevant) or a situation wherein progressive disease outside the brain is driving mortality, he proposed.
“If [the latter] is more of the answer, then … the population of patients who are unlikely to have deaths from progression of disease outside the brain may be the only place where you find a benefit for whole-brain radiation therapy,” according to Dr. Alexander, who is also Disease Center Leader of Radiation Oncology and a physician with the Center for Neuro-Oncology at the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, and an assistant professor of Radiation Oncology at Harvard Medical School, both in Boston.
Given the totality of data today on the risks and benefits of this therapy, “I think the burden of proof is now switched, to say, can we prove that whole-brain radiation therapy is beneficial in a subset of patients?” he maintained, adding that the calculus may be changing with better systemic therapies, such as targeted agents for lung cancer, that may reduce brain metastases.
In their National Institutes of Health–funded trial, Dr. Buckner and colleagues studied 213 adults who had one to three cerebral metastases measuring up to 3 cm in diameter. They were randomly assigned to receive radiosurgery alone or radiosurgery followed by WBRT. Cognitive progression, the trial’s primary endpoint, was assessed with a battery of tests.
With a median follow-up of 7.2 months, the 3-month rate of cognitive progression, defined as a decline of greater than one standard deviation from baseline in any of the six tests used, was 92% in the WBRT group and 64% in the control group (P = .0007). Specifically, the former were more likely to experience declines in immediate recall (30% vs. 8%), delayed recall (51% vs. 20%), and verbal fluency (19% vs. 2%).
The overall difference in cognitive decline persisted at 6 months and there was additionally a trend at 12 months among the small subset of patients still alive. The WBRT group also had significantly worse scores for patient-reported quality of life.
The 3-month rate of failure in the central nervous system was lower for the patients given WBRT (6% vs. 25%, P less than .0001), but overall survival did not differ significantly between groups, either in the entire population or in subgroups. “In spite of imaging evidence of disease control, there was no overall impact on survival in these patients as they died of other causes,” reported Dr. Buckner.
In the session where the results were presented, invited discussant Dr. Andrew B. Lassman, the John Harris Associate Professor of Neurology and the Chief of Neuro-oncology at Columbia University Medical Center, New York, said, “I think there are other interpretations [of the findings] when placing this study in the context of other trials for brain metastases.”
“First, whole-brain radiotherapy does increase survival in the appropriate context. Second, deferring whole-brain radiotherapy leads to more rapid and more numerous recurrences of brain metastases, which also cause neurocognitive injury,” he elaborated. “Accordingly, whole-brain radiotherapy should be used in selected cases when brain metastases are a life-limiting site of disease. This is a form of precision medicine.”
Adequate assessment of any survival benefit of this therapy requires appropriate patient selection, Dr. Lassman maintained. Therefore, ongoing analysis of the trial’s results according to patients’ graded prognostic assessment (GPA) scores are eagerly awaited.
“Whole-brain radiotherapy remains a useful tool in the appropriate context that should not be discarded, but it is a crude tool with significant toxicities that is now over 60 years old. Refinements and new approaches are needed and in development,” he concluded.
Dr. Buckner disclosed that he has a consulting or advisory role with Merck Serono and is provided with travel, accommodations, and expenses by Genentech/Roche. The trial was funded by the National Institutes of Health.
CHICAGO – Patients with limited brain metastases treated with radiosurgery have a higher risk of cognitive decline if they then undergo whole-brain radiation therapy, researchers reported at the annual meeting of the American Society of Clinical Oncology.
The phase III North Central Cancer Treatment Group (NCCTG)/Alliance trial also found that although whole-brain radiation therapy (WBRT) roughly halved the likelihood of progression in the brain, it did not prolong survival. And quality of life was worse with its use as well.
“We recommend initial treatment with stereotactic radiation alone and close monitoring in order to better preserve cognitive function, and then reserving whole-brain radiation until the time of symptomatic progression,” senior study author Dr. Jan C. Buckner, professor of oncology at the Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota, said in a press briefing.
He ticked off a list of alternative approaches for avoiding cognitive problems in general for patients with brain tumors: “If at all possible, use either no radiation, low-dose radiation, hippocampal-sparing radiation, or a combination of radiation and memantine as a way to reduce the risk of cognitive decline because essentially, the brain does not like to be radiated.”
ASCO expert Dr. Brian Michael Alexander said, “This scenario is a pretty complex one, and one that I take a lot of time talking to my patients about.” The disconnect between local control and survival with whole-brain radiation may be due to the availability of very good salvage therapies when brain metastases recur (so that recurrence is irrelevant) or a situation wherein progressive disease outside the brain is driving mortality, he proposed.
“If [the latter] is more of the answer, then … the population of patients who are unlikely to have deaths from progression of disease outside the brain may be the only place where you find a benefit for whole-brain radiation therapy,” according to Dr. Alexander, who is also Disease Center Leader of Radiation Oncology and a physician with the Center for Neuro-Oncology at the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, and an assistant professor of Radiation Oncology at Harvard Medical School, both in Boston.
Given the totality of data today on the risks and benefits of this therapy, “I think the burden of proof is now switched, to say, can we prove that whole-brain radiation therapy is beneficial in a subset of patients?” he maintained, adding that the calculus may be changing with better systemic therapies, such as targeted agents for lung cancer, that may reduce brain metastases.
In their National Institutes of Health–funded trial, Dr. Buckner and colleagues studied 213 adults who had one to three cerebral metastases measuring up to 3 cm in diameter. They were randomly assigned to receive radiosurgery alone or radiosurgery followed by WBRT. Cognitive progression, the trial’s primary endpoint, was assessed with a battery of tests.
With a median follow-up of 7.2 months, the 3-month rate of cognitive progression, defined as a decline of greater than one standard deviation from baseline in any of the six tests used, was 92% in the WBRT group and 64% in the control group (P = .0007). Specifically, the former were more likely to experience declines in immediate recall (30% vs. 8%), delayed recall (51% vs. 20%), and verbal fluency (19% vs. 2%).
The overall difference in cognitive decline persisted at 6 months and there was additionally a trend at 12 months among the small subset of patients still alive. The WBRT group also had significantly worse scores for patient-reported quality of life.
The 3-month rate of failure in the central nervous system was lower for the patients given WBRT (6% vs. 25%, P less than .0001), but overall survival did not differ significantly between groups, either in the entire population or in subgroups. “In spite of imaging evidence of disease control, there was no overall impact on survival in these patients as they died of other causes,” reported Dr. Buckner.
In the session where the results were presented, invited discussant Dr. Andrew B. Lassman, the John Harris Associate Professor of Neurology and the Chief of Neuro-oncology at Columbia University Medical Center, New York, said, “I think there are other interpretations [of the findings] when placing this study in the context of other trials for brain metastases.”
“First, whole-brain radiotherapy does increase survival in the appropriate context. Second, deferring whole-brain radiotherapy leads to more rapid and more numerous recurrences of brain metastases, which also cause neurocognitive injury,” he elaborated. “Accordingly, whole-brain radiotherapy should be used in selected cases when brain metastases are a life-limiting site of disease. This is a form of precision medicine.”
Adequate assessment of any survival benefit of this therapy requires appropriate patient selection, Dr. Lassman maintained. Therefore, ongoing analysis of the trial’s results according to patients’ graded prognostic assessment (GPA) scores are eagerly awaited.
“Whole-brain radiotherapy remains a useful tool in the appropriate context that should not be discarded, but it is a crude tool with significant toxicities that is now over 60 years old. Refinements and new approaches are needed and in development,” he concluded.
Dr. Buckner disclosed that he has a consulting or advisory role with Merck Serono and is provided with travel, accommodations, and expenses by Genentech/Roche. The trial was funded by the National Institutes of Health.
CHICAGO – Patients with limited brain metastases treated with radiosurgery have a higher risk of cognitive decline if they then undergo whole-brain radiation therapy, researchers reported at the annual meeting of the American Society of Clinical Oncology.
The phase III North Central Cancer Treatment Group (NCCTG)/Alliance trial also found that although whole-brain radiation therapy (WBRT) roughly halved the likelihood of progression in the brain, it did not prolong survival. And quality of life was worse with its use as well.
“We recommend initial treatment with stereotactic radiation alone and close monitoring in order to better preserve cognitive function, and then reserving whole-brain radiation until the time of symptomatic progression,” senior study author Dr. Jan C. Buckner, professor of oncology at the Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota, said in a press briefing.
He ticked off a list of alternative approaches for avoiding cognitive problems in general for patients with brain tumors: “If at all possible, use either no radiation, low-dose radiation, hippocampal-sparing radiation, or a combination of radiation and memantine as a way to reduce the risk of cognitive decline because essentially, the brain does not like to be radiated.”
ASCO expert Dr. Brian Michael Alexander said, “This scenario is a pretty complex one, and one that I take a lot of time talking to my patients about.” The disconnect between local control and survival with whole-brain radiation may be due to the availability of very good salvage therapies when brain metastases recur (so that recurrence is irrelevant) or a situation wherein progressive disease outside the brain is driving mortality, he proposed.
“If [the latter] is more of the answer, then … the population of patients who are unlikely to have deaths from progression of disease outside the brain may be the only place where you find a benefit for whole-brain radiation therapy,” according to Dr. Alexander, who is also Disease Center Leader of Radiation Oncology and a physician with the Center for Neuro-Oncology at the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, and an assistant professor of Radiation Oncology at Harvard Medical School, both in Boston.
Given the totality of data today on the risks and benefits of this therapy, “I think the burden of proof is now switched, to say, can we prove that whole-brain radiation therapy is beneficial in a subset of patients?” he maintained, adding that the calculus may be changing with better systemic therapies, such as targeted agents for lung cancer, that may reduce brain metastases.
In their National Institutes of Health–funded trial, Dr. Buckner and colleagues studied 213 adults who had one to three cerebral metastases measuring up to 3 cm in diameter. They were randomly assigned to receive radiosurgery alone or radiosurgery followed by WBRT. Cognitive progression, the trial’s primary endpoint, was assessed with a battery of tests.
With a median follow-up of 7.2 months, the 3-month rate of cognitive progression, defined as a decline of greater than one standard deviation from baseline in any of the six tests used, was 92% in the WBRT group and 64% in the control group (P = .0007). Specifically, the former were more likely to experience declines in immediate recall (30% vs. 8%), delayed recall (51% vs. 20%), and verbal fluency (19% vs. 2%).
The overall difference in cognitive decline persisted at 6 months and there was additionally a trend at 12 months among the small subset of patients still alive. The WBRT group also had significantly worse scores for patient-reported quality of life.
The 3-month rate of failure in the central nervous system was lower for the patients given WBRT (6% vs. 25%, P less than .0001), but overall survival did not differ significantly between groups, either in the entire population or in subgroups. “In spite of imaging evidence of disease control, there was no overall impact on survival in these patients as they died of other causes,” reported Dr. Buckner.
In the session where the results were presented, invited discussant Dr. Andrew B. Lassman, the John Harris Associate Professor of Neurology and the Chief of Neuro-oncology at Columbia University Medical Center, New York, said, “I think there are other interpretations [of the findings] when placing this study in the context of other trials for brain metastases.”
“First, whole-brain radiotherapy does increase survival in the appropriate context. Second, deferring whole-brain radiotherapy leads to more rapid and more numerous recurrences of brain metastases, which also cause neurocognitive injury,” he elaborated. “Accordingly, whole-brain radiotherapy should be used in selected cases when brain metastases are a life-limiting site of disease. This is a form of precision medicine.”
Adequate assessment of any survival benefit of this therapy requires appropriate patient selection, Dr. Lassman maintained. Therefore, ongoing analysis of the trial’s results according to patients’ graded prognostic assessment (GPA) scores are eagerly awaited.
“Whole-brain radiotherapy remains a useful tool in the appropriate context that should not be discarded, but it is a crude tool with significant toxicities that is now over 60 years old. Refinements and new approaches are needed and in development,” he concluded.
Dr. Buckner disclosed that he has a consulting or advisory role with Merck Serono and is provided with travel, accommodations, and expenses by Genentech/Roche. The trial was funded by the National Institutes of Health.
AT THE ASCO ANNUAL MEETING 2015
Key clinical point: Adding whole-brain radiation after radiosurgery increases the risk of cognitive decline in patients with limited brain metastases.
Major finding: Patients were more likely to experience cognitive decline if they received WBRT after radiosurgery vs. radiosurgery alone (92% vs. 64%).
Data source: A randomized phase III trial among 213 patients with one to three small brain metastases.
Disclosures: Dr. Buckner disclosed that he has a consulting or advisory role with Merck Serono and is provided with travel, accommodations, and expenses by Genentech/Roche. The trial was funded by the National Institutes of Health.